Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

001-33326

(Commission File Number)

 

Delaware   20-8447891

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(203) 338-7171

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of each class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨ .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   x     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   ¨     Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x .

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the last reported sales price of its common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $5,334,437,866.

As of February 11, 2008, there were 345,401,374 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 17, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2007 FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

 

         Page
Part I     
Item 1.   Business    1
Item 1A.   Risk Factors    13
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments    18
Item 2.   Properties    18
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings    19
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    19
Part II     
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    20
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data    21
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    21
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    21
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    74
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    74
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures    74
Item 9B.   Other Information    74
Part III     
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    75
Item 11.   Executive Compensation    76
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    76
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    76
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    76
Part IV     
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    77
Signatures    81


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

General

People’s United Financial, Inc. (People’s United Financial) is a savings and loan holding company and is incorporated under the state laws of Delaware. People’s United Financial was formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. People’s Mutual Holdings merged with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity, and People’s Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change. People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of the Chittenden Corporation, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. At December 31, 2007, Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion, total loans of $5.7 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion and 140 branches. The six banks in the Chittenden group of banks (each a “Subsidiary Bank” and together the “Subsidiary Banks”) will continue to do business under their existing names as subsidiaries of People’s United Bank: Chittenden Bank based in Burlington, Vermont; Flagship Bank and Trust Company based in Worcester, Massachusetts; Maine Bank & Trust based in Portland, Maine; Merrill Merchants Bank based in Bangor, Maine; Ocean Bank based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and The Bank of Western Massachusetts based in Springfield, Massachusetts. Each of the Subsidiary Banks became federally-chartered savings banks on January 1, 2008.

On a pro forma basis as of January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial had $21 billion in total assets and more than 300 branches in Connecticut, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine and New York. The acquisition of Chittenden will be accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, Chittenden’s results of operations will be included with People’s United Financial’s results of operations beginning in 2008. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-17 for a further discussion of the acquisition of Chittenden. The discussion that follows primarily pertains to People’s United Financial as of December 31, 2007.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within the state of Connecticut and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-bank subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc.; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc.

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 79 traditional branches, 75 supermarket branches, seven limited-service branches, 23 investment and brokerage offices (22 of which are located within branch offices), five wealth management and trust offices, nine People’s Capital and Leasing offices, six commercial banking offices and over 250 ATMs. People’s United Bank’s distribution network also includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

 

1


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank’s operations are divided into two primary business segments that represent its core businesses, Commercial Banking and Consumer Financial Services. Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial and industrial lending, commercial real estate lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing, cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. Consumer Financial Services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage lending and home equity and other consumer lending. In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox. In addition, the Treasury area is responsible for managing People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale funding activities.

Further discussion of People’s United Financial’s business and operations appears on pages 24 through 72.

Supervision and Regulation – People’s United Financial

General

Federal Holding Company Regulation

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, People’s United Financial is registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision has enforcement authority over People’s United Financial and its savings bank subsidiary. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

Activities Restrictions Applicable to Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the activities of all savings and loan holding companies formed after May 4, 1999, such as People’s United Financial, must be financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Accordingly, People’s United Financial’s activities are restricted to:

 

   

furnishing or performing management services for a savings institution subsidiary of such holding company;

 

   

conducting an insurance agency or escrow business;

 

   

holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings institution subsidiary of such company;

 

   

holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings institution subsidiary of such company;

 

   

acting as trustee under a deed of trust;

 

   

any other activity (1) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies, or (2) that multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized by regulation to directly engage in on March 5, 1987;

 

   

purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such holding company is approved by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; and

 

   

any activity permissible for financial holding companies under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

 

2


Table of Contents

Permissible activities that are deemed to be financial in nature or incidental thereto under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act include:

 

   

lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities;

 

   

insurance activities or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker;

 

   

financial, investment, or economic advisory services;

 

   

issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets that a bank is permitted to hold directly;

 

   

underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities;

 

   

activities previously determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking;

 

   

activities that bank holding companies are permitted to engage in outside of the United States; and

 

   

portfolio investments made by an insurance company.

In addition, People’s United Financial cannot be acquired or acquire a company unless the acquirer or target, as applicable, is engaged solely in financial activities.

Restrictions Applicable to All Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including People’s United Financial, directly or indirectly, from acquiring:

 

   

control (as defined under the Home Owners’ Loan Act) of another savings bank (or a holding company parent) without prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval;

 

   

through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, another savings bank or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or holding company without prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval; or

 

   

control of any depository institution not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (except through a merger with and into the holding company’s savings bank subsidiary that is approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision).

A savings and loan holding company may not acquire as a separate subsidiary an insured institution that has a principal office outside of the state where the principal office of its federal savings bank subsidiary is located, except:

 

   

in the case of certain emergency acquisitions approved by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

 

   

if such holding company controls a savings association subsidiary that operated a home or branch office in such additional state as of March 5, 1987; or

 

   

if the laws of the state in which the target savings association is located specifically authorize a savings association chartered by that state to be acquired by a savings association chartered by the state where the acquiring savings association or savings and loan holding company is located or by a holding company that controls such a state chartered association.

The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company (directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries) from acquiring another savings bank or holding company thereof without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings bank, a non-subsidiary holding company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings banks, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources and future

 

3


Table of Contents

prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

Federal Securities Law

People’s United Financial’s securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Delaware Corporation Law

People’s United Financial is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is therefore subject to regulation by the state of Delaware. The rights of People’s United Financial’s stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Supervision and Regulation – People’s United Bank

General

People’s United Bank has been a federally chartered savings bank since August 18, 2006 when it converted from a Connecticut chartered savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Deposit Insurance Fund. Under its charter, People’s United Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as the deposit insurer. People’s United Bank files reports with the Office of Thrift Supervision concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The Office of Thrift Supervision will conduct periodic examinations to assess People’s United Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federally chartered savings banks and has substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on a savings bank that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to capital requirements imposed on savings banks. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the authority to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federally chartered savings bank and, if action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such laws and regulations or interpretations thereof, whether by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on People’s United Bank and its operations.

People’s United Bank’s brokerage subsidiary, People’s Securities, is regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators. RC Knox is subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulators.

Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation

Activity Powers . People’s United Bank derives its lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision

 

4


Table of Contents

thereunder. Under these laws and regulations, federal savings banks, including People’s United Bank, generally may invest in:

 

   

real estate mortgages;

 

   

consumer and commercial loans;

 

   

certain types of debt securities; and

 

   

certain other assets.

People’s United Bank may also establish service corporations that may, subject to applicable limitations, engage in activities not otherwise permissible for People’s United Bank, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. People’s United Bank’s investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (1) a prohibition against the acquisition of any corporate debt security that is not rated in one of the four highest rating categories; (2) a limit of 400% of a savings bank’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (3) a limit of 20% of a savings bank’s assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to small business loans; (4) a limit of 35% of a savings bank’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities, with amounts in excess of 30% of assets being limited to loans made directly to the original obligor and where no third-party finder or referral fees were paid; (5) a limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (residential and farm loans in excess of the specific limitations of the Home Owners’ Loan Act); and (6) a limit of the greater of 5% of assets or a savings bank’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property. The Office of Thrift Supervision granted People’s United Bank a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary.

Capital Requirements. The Office of Thrift Supervision capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios:

 

   

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

 

   

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

 

   

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of Thrift Supervision takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements. See “Capital” on pages 68 through 70 for a further discussion regarding People’s United Bank’s capital requirements.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires that the Office of Thrift Supervision and other federal banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk, concentration risk and the risks of non-traditional activities. The Office of Thrift Supervision monitors the interest rate risk of individual institutions through the Office of Thrift Supervision requirements for interest rate risk management, the ability of the Office of Thrift Supervision

 

5


Table of Contents

to impose individual minimum capital requirements on institutions that exhibit a high degree of interest rate risk, and the requirements of Thrift Bulletin 13a, which provides guidance on the management of interest rate risk and the responsibility of boards of directors in that area.

The Office of Thrift Supervision continues to monitor the interest rate risk of individual institutions through analysis of the change in net portfolio value. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of the expected future cash flows of an entity’s assets and liabilities and, therefore, hypothetically represents the value of an institution’s net worth. The Office of Thrift Supervision has also used this net portfolio value analysis as part of its evaluation of certain applications or notices submitted by savings banks. The Office of Thrift Supervision, through its general oversight of the safety and soundness of savings associations, retains the right to impose minimum capital requirements on individual institutions to the extent the institution is not in compliance with certain written guidelines established by the Office of Thrift Supervision regarding net portfolio value analysis. The Office of Thrift Supervision has not imposed any such requirements on People’s United Bank.

Safety and Soundness Standards Pursuant to the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the Office of Thrift Supervision that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the Office of Thrift Supervision. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the Office of Thrift Supervision may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the Office of Thrift Supervision may seek to enforce the order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal bank regulators, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, are required to take certain and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, based upon five categories of capitalization which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act created: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The severity of the action authorized or required to be taken under the prompt corrective action regulations increases as a bank’s capital decreases within the three undercapitalized categories. All banks are prohibited from paying dividends or other capital distributions or paying management fees to any controlling person if, following such distribution, the bank would be undercapitalized. The Office of Thrift Supervision is required to monitor closely the condition of an undercapitalized savings bank and to restrict the growth of its assets. An undercapitalized bank is required to file a capital restoration plan within 45 days of the date the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is within any of the three undercapitalized categories, and the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. The aggregate liability of a parent holding company is limited to the lesser of:

 

   

an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and

 

6


Table of Contents
   

the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with a capital restoration plan.

If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Banks that are significantly or critically undercapitalized are subject to a wider range of regulatory requirements and restrictions. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, generally, a federal savings bank is treated as well- capitalized if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, and its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the Office of Thrift Supervision to meet a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the Office of Thrift Supervision’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution.

Insurance Activities. People’s United Bank is generally permitted to engage in certain insurance and annuity activities through its subsidiaries. However, federal banking laws prohibit depository institutions from conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity from an entity affiliated with the depository institution or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity that is not affiliated with the depository institution. Applicable regulations also require prior disclosure of this prohibition to potential insurance product or annuity customers.

Federal banking agencies, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, also require depository institutions that offer non-deposit investment products, such as certain annuity and related insurance products, to disclose to the consumer that the products are not federally insured, are not guaranteed by the institution and are subject to investment risk including possible loss of principal. These disclosure requirements apply if the institution offers the non-deposit investment products directly or through affiliates or subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation merged the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund to form the Deposit Insurance Fund on March 31, 2006. People’s United Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund and pays its deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established a system for setting deposit insurance premiums based upon the risks a particular bank or savings association posed to its deposit insurance fund. Effective January 1, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established a risk-based assessment system for determining the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by insured depository institutions. Under the assessment system, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assigns an institution to one of four risk categories, with the first category having two sub-categories based on the institution’s most recent supervisory and capital evaluations, designed to measure risk. Assessment rates currently range from 0.05% of deposits for an institution in the highest sub-category of the highest category to 0.43% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to raise the assessment rates as necessary to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation allows the use of credits for assessments previously paid, and People’s United Bank believes that it has credits that will offset certain assessments.

In addition, all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation at an annual rate of approximately 0.0114% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound

 

7


Table of Contents

practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The management of People’s United Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Transactions with Affiliates of People’s United Bank People’s United Bank is subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, as well as additional limitations as adopted by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding transactions with affiliates and insider transactions generally conform to Regulation W and Regulation O, respectively, issued by the Federal Reserve Board. Affiliated transactions provisions, among other things, prohibit or limit a savings bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates and principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of People’s United Bank.

In addition, Section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings bank from making a loan to an affiliate that is engaged in non-bank holding company activities and prohibits a savings bank from purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations also includes certain specific exemptions from these prohibitions. The Federal Reserve Board and the Office of Thrift Supervision require each depository institution that is subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding transactions with affiliates.

In addition to the insider transaction limitations of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgage loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.

Privacy Standards. People’s United Bank is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These regulations require People’s United Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, People’s United Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having People’s United Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before the bank can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition to certain state laws governing protection of customer information, People’s United Bank is subject to federal regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. These regulations implement certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal guidelines also impose certain customer disclosures and other actions in the event of unauthorized access to customer information.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as implemented by the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, any federally chartered savings bank, including People’s United Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an

 

8


Table of Contents

institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Office of Thrift Supervision, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings bank, to assess the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.

Current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the evaluation system focuses on three tests:

 

   

a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;

 

   

an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and

 

   

a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

The Community Reinvestment Act also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their Community Reinvestment Act ratings. People’s United Bank has received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination performed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Connecticut Department of Banking in 2006. The federal banking agencies adopted regulations implementing the requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that insured depository institutions publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act. People’s United Bank has no such agreements in place at this time.

Loans to One Borrower. Under the Home Owners’ Loan Act, savings banks are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings banks may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are secured by readily-marketable collateral. People’s United Bank is in compliance with applicable loans to one borrower limitations.

Nontraditional Mortgage Products. The federal banking agencies recently published final guidance for institutions that originate or service nontraditional or alternative mortgage products, defined to include all residential mortgage loan products that allow borrowers to defer repayment on principal or interest, such as interest-only mortgages and payment option adjustable-rate mortgages. A significant portion of People’s United Bank’s adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans are alternative mortgage loans.

Recognizing that alternative mortgage products expose institutions to increased risks as compared to traditional loans where payments amortize or reduce the principal amount, the guidance required increased scrutiny for alternative mortgage products. Institutions that originate or service alternative mortgages should have (1) strong risk management practices that include maintenance of capital levels and allowance for loan losses commensurate with the risk; (2) prudent lending policies and underwriting standards that address a borrower’s repayment capacity; and (3) programs and practices designed to ensure that consumers receive clear and balanced information to assist in making informed decisions about mortgage products. The guidance also recommends heightened controls and safeguards when an institution combines an alternative mortgage product with features that compound risk, such as a simultaneous second-lien or the use of reduced documentation to evaluate a loan application.

People’s United Bank complies with the guidance on non-traditional mortgage products as it is interpreted and applied by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. The Home Owners’ Loan Act requires federal savings banks to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender test. Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings bank is required to maintain at

 

9


Table of Contents

least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans, and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months. The Office of Thrift Supervision granted People’s United Bank an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of its conversion to a federal charter.

A savings bank that fails the Qualified Thrift Lender test and does not convert to a bank charter generally will be prohibited from: (1) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank; (2) paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations; and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, if the institution does not requalify under the Qualified Thrift Lender test within three years after failing the test, the institution would be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank and may have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as promptly as possible.

Limitation on Capital Distributions The Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose limitations upon certain capital distributions by federal savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash out merger and other distributions charged against capital.

The Office of Thrift Supervision regulates all capital distributions by People’s United Bank directly or indirectly to its shareholder, including dividend payments. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s United Bank currently must file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision for a proposed capital distribution.

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to its shareholder if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the Office of Thrift Supervision notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

Liquidity. People’s United Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.

Assessments. The Office of Thrift Supervision charges assessments to recover the cost of examining federal savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: (1) the size of the institution on which the basic assessment is based; (2) the institution’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and (3) the complexity of the institution’s operations, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced for others loans aggregating more than $1 billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.

The Office of Thrift Supervision also assesses fees against savings and loan holding companies, such as People’s United Financial. The Office of Thrift Supervision semi-annual assessment for savings and loan holding

 

10


Table of Contents

companies includes a $3,000 base assessment with an additional assessment based on the holding company’s risk or complexity, organizational form and condition.

Branching. Under Office of Thrift Supervision branching regulations, People’s United Bank is generally authorized to open branches within or beyond the State of Connecticut if People’s United Bank (1) continues to meet the requirements of a “highly-rated” federal savings bank, and (2) publishes public notice at least 35 days before opening a branch and no one opposes the branch. If a comment in opposition to a branch opening is filed and the Office of Thrift Supervision determines the comment to be relevant to the approval process standards, and to require action in response, the Office of Thrift Supervision may, among other things, require a branch application or elect to hold a meeting with People’s United Bank and the person who submitted the comment. Office of Thrift Supervision authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings banks.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. People’s United Bank is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including savings banks like People’s United Bank.

The USA PATRIOT Act and the related Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

 

   

establishment of anti-money laundering programs, including adoption of written procedures, designation of a compliance officer and auditing of the program;

 

   

establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time;

 

   

establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering;

 

   

prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks; and

 

   

requirements that bank regulators consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. People’s United Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The Federal Housing Finance Board has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances. People’s United Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in amount equal

 

11


Table of Contents

to 0.35% of People’s United Bank Membership Stock Investment Base plus an Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Activity Based Stock Requirement is equal to 3.0% of any outstanding principal for overnight advances, 4.0% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term of two days to three months and 4.5% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term greater than three months. People’s United Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve Board regulations require federally chartered savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal and demand deposit accounts). Institutions must maintain a reserve of 3% against aggregate transaction account balances between $7.8 million and $48.3 million (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against that portion of total transaction account balances in excess of $48.3 million. The first $7.8 million of otherwise reservable balances is exempt from the reserve requirements. People’s United Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce People’s United Bank’s interest-earning assets.

Market Area and Competition

People’s United Bank’s primary market area is the state of Connecticut. However, substantially all of the equipment financing activities of People’s Capital and Leasing involve customers outside of Connecticut. People’s Capital and Leasing provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states. At December 31, 2007, approximately 2% of the People’s Capital and Leasing portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, while approximately 42% were loans to customers located in Texas, California, Florida, Illinois and New York. In addition, People’s United Bank also participates in certain loans that aggregate $20 million or more and are shared by three or more supervised financial institutions. These loans are generally referred to as “shared national credits.” At December 31, 2007, approximately 93% of the shared national credits portfolio consisted of borrowers located outside of Connecticut, including approximately $346 million, or 47%, located in California, Florida and New York. In January 2008, People’s United Financial announced its decision to unwind its shared national credits portfolio in an orderly manner over the next two to three years. People’s United Bank competes for deposits, loans and financial services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions, and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 3.6 million and a median household income of $68,430 as of June 30, 2007, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $53,154, according to estimates from SNL Securities. The southern Connecticut market includes Fairfield, Middlesex, New Haven and New London Counties, while the northern Connecticut market includes Hartford, Litchfield, Tolland and Windham Counties. Fairfield County, where People’s United Bank is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2007 median household income of $84,825 according to estimates from SNL Securities.

Median household income has increased in all of the Connecticut counties since 2000, with Fairfield, Middlesex and Litchfield Counties recording the strongest growth in median household income. For the 2000 to 2007 period, Windham County had the lowest growth rate in median household income among the primary market area counties. Household income growth rates are generally projected to increase at comparable rates over the next five years as experienced during the 2000-2007 period.

The southern Connecticut market contains more than half of Connecticut’s population and a similar percentage of households. The southern Connecticut market also represents the greatest concentration of People’s United Bank’s retail operations. All of the Connecticut counties experienced increases in population and households from 2000 through 2007, with the strongest growth occurring in the less populated counties of

 

12


Table of Contents

Tolland, Windham and Middlesex. Projected population and household growth rates for Connecticut are not expected to vary materially from recent historical trends. The southern Connecticut market is expected to remain a slower growth market because it is more densely populated with greater physical limitations to growth.

The principal basis of competition for deposits is the interest rate paid for those deposits and related fees, convenient access to services through traditional and non-traditional delivery alternatives and the quality of services to customers. The principal basis of competition for loans is through the interest rates and loan fees charged and by developing relationships based on the efficiency, convenience and quality of services provided to borrowers. Further competition has been created through the rapid acceleration of commerce conducted over the Internet. This has enabled institutions, including People’s United Bank, to compete in markets outside their traditional geographic boundaries.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank had 2,416 full-time and 440 part-time employees.

Access to Information

As a public company, People’s United Financial is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street N.E., Mail Stop 5100, Washington, D.C. 20549 and are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s EDGAR database on the internet at www.sec.gov. People’s United Financial’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”.

Copies of many of these reports are also available through People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com .

People’s United Financial currently provides website access to the following reports:

Form 10-K (most recent filing and any related amendments)

Form 10-Q (four most recent filings and any related amendments)

Form 8-K (all filings in most recent 12 months and any related amendments)

Annual Report to Shareholders (two most recent years)

Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders (two most recent years)

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

People’s United Financial makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s United Financial earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s United Financial pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

People’s United Financial interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s United Financial’s books. Other rate changes

 

13


Table of Contents

occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s United Financial may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s United Financial interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s United Financial interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s United Financial will earn less on its interest-earning assets while it is still locked in to paying higher rates on its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s United Financial might have to pay more on its interest-bearing liabilities while it is still locked in to receiving lower rates on its interest-earning assets.

People’s United Financial manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s United Financial will probably be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. It is unlikely that our asset quality will stay as strong as it has been for the past several years, particularly if the economy deteriorates.

We May Not Be Able to Successfully Implement Our Plans for Growth

During 2007, People’s United Financial opened one traditional branch and one Stop & Shop branch, both in Connecticut, and two traditional branches in Westchester County, New York. People’s United Financial plans to continue its branch expansion by opening traditional and Stop & Shop branches in Connecticut and traditional branches in New York. In addition, we will consider expansion opportunities such as the acquisition of branches and other financial institutions, although we do not have any current understandings, agreements or arrangements for expansion by the acquisition of any branches or other financial institutions. Significant changes in interest rates or the competition we face may make it difficult to attract the level of customer deposits needed to fund our internal growth at projected levels. In addition, People’s United Financial may have difficulty finding suitable sites for de novo branches. Our expansion plans may result in People’s United Financial opening branches in geographic markets in which it has no previous experience. Our ability to grow effectively in those markets will be dependent on our ability to identify and retain personnel familiar with the new markets. Any future acquisitions of branches or of other financial institutions would present many challenges associated with integrating merged institutions and expanding operations. Our profitability may suffer if we do not continue to experience the type of growth that we have in the past, if we do not adequately and profitably implement our plans for growth or if we incur additional expenditures beyond current projections to support our growth.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand

One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s United Financial supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial has established 75 full-service Stop & Shop branches that provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. At December 31, 2007, 47% of People’s United Financial branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets.

People’s United Financial currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut, in the form of a license agreement between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s United Financial, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s United Financial within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s United Financial generally

 

14


Table of Contents

is required to open a branch in each new Connecticut Stop & Shop supermarket (up to a maximum of 120 supermarkets) that has either (1) a total square footage of greater than 45,000 square feet or (2) if less than 45,000 square feet in size, the store has projected customers of at least 15,000 per week. People’s United Financial has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2012, provided that People’s United Financial does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement. People’s United Financial has the option to extend the license agreement until 2022.

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut, with nearly twice the market share of its closest competitor, according to Modern Grocer. The success of People’s United Financial supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s United Financial Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s United Financial has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations through 2012, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished.

In addition, People’s United Financial may not be able to renew or renegotiate the license agreement with Stop & Shop beyond 2022. If renewal or renegotiation of the license agreement were unsuccessful, People’s would be forced to find new locations for and relocate the Stop & Shop branches, or to close those branches and transfer the affected customer accounts to other People’s United Financial branches, either of which would involve significant expense and the possible loss of customer relationships.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop and execute our business strategy.

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economy Generally, and the Geographic Concentration of Our Loan Portfolio and Lending Activities Makes Us Vulnerable to a Downturn in the Local Economy

Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

At December 31, 2007, approximately 72% of People’s United Financial’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to people and businesses located in the state of Connecticut, or involved property located here and all but two of its branches are located in Connecticut. How well we perform depends very much on the health of the Connecticut economy, and we expect that to remain true for the foreseeable future.

Last year, Connecticut residents, on average, earned more than the residents of any other state in the country. Our state unemployment rate for December 2007 was 5.0%, the same as the national rate. A very low unemployment rate usually means that businesses have a hard time finding qualified workers, and will have to pay them more if it can find them. Businesses that can not find workers or that have to pay higher wages might decide not to stay in Connecticut, or to send work outside the state. Someone deciding where to locate a new business or to expand an existing business might decide to go somewhere outside Connecticut.

 

15


Table of Contents

If the general economic situation deteriorates, or there are negative trends in the stock market, the Connecticut economy could suffer more than the national economy. This would be especially likely in Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial has many of its branches and where many of its customers reside, because of the large number of Fairfield County residents who are professionals in the financial services industry.

People’s United Financial could experience losses in its real estate-related loan portfolios if the prices for housing and other kinds of real estate decreased significantly in Connecticut. Even though Connecticut (especially Fairfield County) has some of the highest housing prices in the country, property values can decrease. This has happened before (as recently as the early 1990s), and can happen again.

In addition, our ability to continue to originate real estate loans may be impaired by adverse changes in the local and regional economic conditions in these real estate markets. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings. In addition, if poor economic conditions result in decreased demand for real estate loans, our profits may decrease because our alternative investments may earn less income for us than real estate loans.

During 2007, there has been a decline in the housing and real estate markets and in the general economy, both nationally and locally with some reports indicating that the national economy is bordering on a recession. Housing market conditions in the Northeast quadrant of the United States, where most of our lending activity occurs, have deteriorated during 2007 as evidenced by reduced levels of sales, increasing inventories of houses on the market, declining house prices and an increase in the length of time houses remain on the market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income, an increase in our non-performing loans, an increase in our provision for loan losses or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

The second half of 2007 has been highlighted by significant disruption and volatility in the financial and capital marketplaces. This turbulence has been attributable to a variety of factors, including the fallout associated with the sub-prime mortgage market. One aspect of this fallout has been significant deterioration in the activity of the secondary residential mortgage market. The disruptions have been exacerbated by the acceleration of the decline of the real estate and housing market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans

People’s United Financial faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also think that on-line services are important.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by the U.S., state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

In making decisions about loans, many people look first at the interest rate they will have to pay. They also think about any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Some people also think about whether

 

16


Table of Contents

the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard kind of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers look at many different factors that are not all financial in nature. Examples include the kind and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s United Financial for some kinds of commercial loans.

Many of People’s United Financial’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does. Some of them are much larger than it is. Connecticut, and especially Fairfield County, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. This means that there are not as many competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s United Financial also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in Connecticut can still have customers here by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s United Financial does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s United Financial business can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws can make our business less profitable. Changes in the accounting rules we are required to follow may also make us less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s United Financial to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable.

The Office of Thrift Supervision letter dated July 3, 2006 approving, among other things, People’s United Bank’s conversion from a Connecticut savings bank to a federal savings bank, granted People’s United Bank (1) a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary; and (2) an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of its conversion to a federal charter. The manner in which the Office of Thrift Supervision interprets or applies its phase-in period can also make it more expensive for us to do business, make our business less profitable and limit our strategic flexibility.

 

17


Table of Contents

If People’s United Financial’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease

People’s United Financial is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s United Financial records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to provision expense or to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: its historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing Company loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by its independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at December 31, 2007, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

People’s United Financial May Fail To Successfully Integrate Chittenden’s Operations and Realize All of the Anticipated Benefits of the Acquisition.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial acquired the Chittenden Corporation and its six Subsidiary Banks. The ultimate success of the acquisition will depend, in part, on the ability of People’s United Financial to realize the anticipated benefits from combining the businesses of People’s United Financial and Chittenden. However, to realize these anticipated benefits, People’s United Financial must successfully combine the businesses of People’s United Financial and Chittenden. If People’s United Financial is not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

People’s United Financial has not previously integrated an institution as large as Chittenden, and as a general matter has not been active as an acquirer of other financial institutions. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts will also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on the combined company going forward.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

People’s United Financial’s corporate headquarters is located at Bridgeport Center, in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The Bridgeport Center building had a net book value of $66.9 million at December 31, 2007 and People’s United Financial occupies approximately 92% of the building; all other available office space has been

 

18


Table of Contents

leased to unrelated parties. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial also conducted banking operations from its eight financial centers, 71 traditional branches, 75 supermarket branches and seven limited-service branches. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial’s branch network is primarily concentrated in Fairfield County, where it had 64 offices. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial also had 34 offices in New Haven County, 33 offices in Hartford County, 11 offices in New London County, six offices in Litchfield County, five offices in Tolland County, four offices in Middlesex County, two offices in Windham County and two offices in Westchester County, New York. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial owned 12 of its banking offices, which had an aggregate net book value of $10.5 million. People’s United Financial’s remaining banking operations are conducted in leased offices. Information regarding People’s United Financial’s operating leases for office space and related rent expense appears on page F-46.

In addition to branch offices, People’s United Financial owned seven other banking facilities with an aggregate net book value of $10.9 million at December 31, 2007. These facilities are used for a variety of purposes. On February 22, 2008, People’s United Financial announced that certain of these other facilities, all located in Bridgeport, Connecticut with an aggregate net book value of $8 million, are for sale.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is subject to various legal proceedings. Management has discussed the nature of these legal proceedings with legal counsel. In the opinion of management, the financial condition or results of operations of People’s United Financial will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of these legal proceedings.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

(a) People’s United Financial held its Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) on October 18, 2007.

(b) Not applicable.

(c) Shareholders voted on the following matters at the Annual Meeting:

1. Election of two directors . The results of the election of the two nominees for director are indicated below. There were 300,882,967 shares of common stock entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, of which 261,540,085 shares were present in person or by proxy.

 

Nominee

  

Votes For

  

Votes Withheld

Janet M. Hansen

   256,281,821    5,258,264

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   256,174,545    5,365,540

There were no abstentions or broker non-votes with respect to the election of the two nominees for director.

2. Adoption of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan . Of the 261,540,085 shares present at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy, 202,693,662 votes were cast for the proposal; 22,592,954 votes were cast against the proposal; 907,486 shares abstained from voting on the proposal; and there were 35,345,983 broker non-votes with respect to the proposal.

3. Adoption of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan . Of the 261,540,085 shares present at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy, 202,952,896 votes were cast for the proposal; 22,283,227 votes were cast against the proposal; 957,979 shares abstained from voting on the proposal; and there were 35,345,983 broker non-votes with respect to the proposal.

4. Ratification of Appointment of KPMG LLP as independent registered public accounting firm for 2007 . Of the 261,540,085 shares present at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy, 256,017,575 votes were cast for the proposal; 4,566,521 votes were cast against the proposal; and 955,989 shares abstained from voting on the proposal. There were no broker non-votes with respect to the proposal.

(d) Not applicable.

 

19


Table of Contents

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of People’s United Financial, Inc. is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PBCT. As of February 11, 2008, the closing price of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock was $17.02. As of that date, there were approximately 22,600 record holders of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock.

Five-Year Performance Comparison

The following graph compares total shareholder return on the common stock over the last five fiscal years with (a) the Russell Midcap Index, and (b) the SNL Thrift Index-Assets Greater than $5 Billion (the “Large Thrift Index”). Index values are as of December 31 of the indicated year.

LOGO

The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2002 in each of People’s United Financial’s common stock, the Russell Midcap Index, and the Large Thrift Index. The graph also assumes reinvestment of all dividends.

The Russell Midcap Index is a market-capitalization weighted index comprised of 800 publicly-traded companies which are among the 1,000 largest U.S. companies (by market capitalization) but not among the 200 largest such companies. People’s United Financial is included as a component of the Russell Midcap Index. The Large Thrift Index is an index prepared by SNL Securities comprised of 24 thrift institutions (including People’s United Financial) located throughout the United States and having assets in excess of $5 billion.

Additional information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Part III, Item 12 of this document and to pages F-29 and F-56.

 

20


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The information required by this item appears on page 22 and page 23.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information required by this item appears on pages 24 through 72.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The information required by this item appears on pages 70 through 72.

 

21


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions, except
per share data)

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Operating Data:

          

Net interest income - FTE

   $ 486.6     $ 382.4     $ 370.0     $ 327.4     $ 284.3  

Provision for loan losses

     8.0       3.4       8.6       13.3       16.7  

Fee-based revenues

     154.4       153.0       151.5       142.9       143.0  

Net security gains (losses)

     5.5       (27.2 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )

All other non-interest income (1)

     25.5       21.6       21.9       13.5       23.9  

Non-interest expense (2)

     439.3       346.9       344.4       479.7       346.0  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     149.2       121.7       125.9       (5.6 )     62.7  

Income from discontinued operations (3)

     1.5       2.3       11.2       205.3       1.1  

Net income

     150.7       124.0       137.1       199.7       63.8  
                                        

Selected Statistical Data:

          

Net interest margin

     4.12 %     3.87 %     3.68 %     3.33 %     2.89 %

Return on average assets (4)

     1.18       1.15       1.27       1.86       0.54  

Return on average stockholders’ equity (4)

     4.2       9.4       11.1       17.6       6.6  

Efficiency ratio

     56.1       61.3       62.8       69.2       76.4  
                                        

Financial Condition Data:

          

Total assets

   $ 13,555     $ 10,687     $ 10,933     $ 10,718     $ 11,672  

Loans

     8,950       9,372       8,573       7,933       7,105  

Securities, net

     61       77       1,363       2,071       2,405  

Short-term investments

     3,516       225       57       24       72  

Allowance for loan losses

     73       74       75       73       71  

Deposits

     8,881       9,083       9,083       8,862       8,714  

Core deposits

     8,836       9,040       8,954       8,756       8,519  

Borrowings

     —         4       295       341       1,516  

Purchased funds

     45       47       424       447       1,711  

Subordinated notes

     65       65       109       122       253  

Stockholders’ equity

     4,445       1,340       1,289       1,200       1,002  

Non-performing assets

     26       23       22       29       34  
                                        

Ratios:

          

Non-performing assets to total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.29 %     0.24 %     0.26 %     0.36 %     0.48 %

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

     0.10       0.05       0.07       0.15       0.22  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.81       0.79       0.87       0.91       0.99  

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

     28.1       12.3       11.5       10.6       8.2  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     32.8       12.5       11.8       11.2       8.6  

Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets

     32.3       11.7       10.9       10.3       7.7  

Total risk-based capital (5)

     33.4       16.1       16.4       16.7       13.1  
                                        

Per Common Share Data: (6)

          

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.52     $ 0.42     $ 0.46     $ 0.68     $ 0.22  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.52       0.41       0.46       0.68       0.22  

Cash dividends paid per share (7)

     0.52       0.46       0.40       0.36       0.32  

Dividend payout ratio (7)

     87.0 %     48.3 %     38.3 %     22.9 %     63.7 %

Book value (end of period)

   $ 15.43     $ 4.49     $ 4.33     $ 4.06     $ 3.42  

Tangible book value (end of period)

     15.07       4.13       3.98       3.69       3.03  

Stock price:

          

High

     22.81       21.62       16.07       14.12       7.20  

Low

     14.78       14.29       11.42       6.88       5.13  

Close (end of period)

     17.80       21.25       14.79       12.35       6.89  
                                        

 

22


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes an $8.1 million gain on sale of branches in 2005.
(2) Includes a $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation in 2007 and liability restructuring costs of $2.7 million, $133.4 million and $1.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
(3) Includes after-tax gains of $6.2 million in 2005 and $198.5 million in 2004 related to the sale of the credit card business in March 2004.
(4) Calculated based on net income for all years.
(5) Calculated for People’s United Bank in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations for all periods since December 31, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations for all prior periods.
(6) Common share data has been adjusted (except dividend payout ratio) to reflect the exchange of shares of People’s United Bank common stock for 2.1 shares of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock upon completing the second-step conversion in April 2007.
(7) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007.

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Periodic and other filings made by People’s United Financial with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) may from time to time contain information and statements that are forward-looking in nature. Such filings include the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Current Report on Form 8-K, and may include other forms such as proxy statements. Other written or oral statements made by People’s United Financial or its representatives from time to time may also contain forward-looking statements.

In general, forward-looking statements usually use words such as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “continue” and “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to People’s United Financial’s financial condition, results of operations and business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates. Forward-looking statements represent management’s beliefs, based upon information available at the time the statements are made, with regard to the matters addressed; they are not guarantees of future performance.

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause People’s United Financial’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such statements. Factors of particular importance to People’s United Financial include, but are not limited to: (1) changes in general, national or regional economic conditions; (2) changes in interest rates; (3) changes in loan default and charge-off rates; (4) changes in deposit levels; (5) changes in levels of income and expense in non-interest income and expense related activities; (6) residential mortgage and secondary market activity; (7) changes in accounting and regulatory guidance applicable to banks; (8) price levels and conditions in the public securities markets generally; (9) competition and its effect on pricing, spending, third-party relationships and revenues; and (10) the successful integration of Chittenden Corporation.

All forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. People’s United Financial does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

General

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial”) is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information for periods prior to March 31, 2007 is that of People’s Bank. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change.

People’s United Financial is registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements. People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $12.1 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2007. People’s United Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank and converted to stock form in 1988. In August 2006, People’s United Bank converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank.

 

24


Table of Contents

Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). People’s United Bank’s regulator is the OTS.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within the state of Connecticut and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-bank subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. (“PSI”); equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. (“RC Knox”).

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 79 traditional branches, 75 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches that provide customers with seven-day-a-week banking, seven limited-service branches, 23 investment and brokerage offices (22 of which are located within branch offices), five wealth management and trust offices, nine PCLC offices and six commercial banking offices. People’s United Bank’s distribution network also includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

People’s United Bank has expanded its residential mortgage and home equity lending activities in the contiguous markets of New York and Massachusetts. In addition, PCLC maintains a sales presence in six states to support its equipment financing operations outside of Connecticut. Within the Commercial Banking division, People’s United Bank maintains a national credits group, which seeks to participate in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans to borrowers in various industries on a national scale.

People’s United Financial’s results of operations are largely dependent upon revenues generated through net interest income and fee-based revenues and, to a much lesser extent, other forms of non-interest income such as gains on asset sales. Sources for these revenues are diversified across People’s United Financial’s two primary business segments representing its core businesses, Commercial Banking and Consumer Financial Services, and to a lesser extent, Treasury. People’s United Financial’s results of operations are also significantly affected by the provision for loan losses and the level of non-interest expense. In addition, People’s United Financial’s results of operations may also be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Acquisition of Chittenden Corporation

 

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of the Chittenden Corporation, a multi-bank holding company located in Burlington, Vermont for total consideration of approximately $1.7 billion. Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion as of December 31, 2007 and its six banks are located in Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and Maine. The acquisition of Chittenden will be accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, Chittenden’s results of operations will be included with People’s United Financial’s results of operations beginning in 2008. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, People’s United Financial is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including the classification of revenues and expenses to discontinued operations. Actual results could differ from People’s United Financial’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the

 

25


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments including the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets, and other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities. People’s United Financial’s significant accounting policies and critical estimates are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (1) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (2) commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans that are not considered impaired under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s United Financial will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s United Financial applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure is less than an impaired loan’s recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments. People’s United Financial uses derivatives for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes.

In accordance with SFAS No. 133, all derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Until such time that a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s United Financial hedge accounting methods vary depending on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings.

People’s United Financial formally documents all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to

 

26


Table of Contents

specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and exclude the value of mortgage servicing rights.

Asset Impairment Judgments

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 12 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment using a two-step approach that involves the identification of “reporting units” and the estimation of fair values. Goodwill shall also be tested for impairment when events occur that would more likely than not reduce the implied fair value of goodwill below its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over implied fair value.

People’s United Financial uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. This model requires the use of long-term planning forecasts and assumptions regarding industry-specific economic conditions that are outside our control.

Securities. Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term and those held by PSI (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in non-interest income. Debt securities that People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual

 

27


Table of Contents

prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a non-marketable equity security reported at cost.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security appears to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s United Financial’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP

 

In addition to evaluating People’s United Financial’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the efficiency ratio, core deposits and purchased funds. Management believes such non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding People’s United Financial’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks and thrifts.

Management utilizes core deposits and purchased funds as non-GAAP financial measures to supplement its analysis of People’s United Financial’s business performance. Core deposits is a measure of stable funding sources and is defined as total deposits, other than brokered certificates of deposit (acquired in the wholesale market), municipal deposits (which are seasonally variable by nature) and escrow funds from People’s United Financial’s stock offering (applicable only for 2007 average core deposits). Purchased funds include borrowings, brokered certificates of deposit and municipal deposits.

Although management believes that the above-mentioned non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of People’s United Financial’s operating performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures from GAAP to non-GAAP is presented below.

The following tables provide reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005    2004    2003

Deposits

   $ 8,881    $ 9,083    $ 9,083    $ 8,862    $ 8,714

Less:

              

Municipal deposits

     45      43      129      106      125

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —        —        —        70
                                  

Core deposits

   $ 8,836    $ 9,040    $ 8,954    $ 8,756    $ 8,519
                                  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005    2004    2003

Borrowings

   $ —      $ 4    $ 295    $ 341    $ 1,516

Plus:

              

Municipal deposits

     45      43      129      106      125

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —        —        —        70
                                  

Purchased funds

   $ 45    $ 47    $ 424    $ 447    $ 1,711
                                  

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition to the above non-GAAP financial measures, management uses the efficiency ratio to monitor its operating efficiency compared to its peers. The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required by People’s United Financial to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of total non-interest expense (excluding goodwill impairment charges, amortization of goodwill and acquisition-related intangibles, losses on real estate assets and nonrecurring expenses) (the numerator) to net interest income plus total non-interest income (including the fully taxable equivalent adjustment on bank-owned life insurance income and excluding gains and losses on sales of assets, other than residential mortgage loans, and nonrecurring income) (the denominator). People’s United Financial generally considers an income or expense to be nonrecurring if it is not similar to an income or expense of a type incurred within the last two years and is not similar to an income or expense of a type reasonably expected to be incurred within the following two years. Management considers the efficiency ratio to be more representative of People’s United Financial’s ongoing operating efficiency, as the excluded items are generally related to external market conditions and non-routine transactions.

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 439.3     $ 346.9     $ 344.4     $ 479.7     $ 346.0  

Less:

          

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation

     60.0       —         —         —         —    

Amortization of goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

     1.0       1.1       1.8       3.4       3.5  

Loss on sale of reverse repurchase agreements

     —         0.3       —         —         —    

Severance-related charges

     —         1.2       —         —         —    

RC Knox settlement

     —         0.9       —         —         —    

Goodwill impairment charge

     —         —         2.0       —         —    

Accelerated vesting of stock options charge

     —         —         0.7       —         —    

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         2.7       133.4       1.2  

Non-recurring compensation costs

     —         —         —         6.7       —    

Other

     1.0       0.3       0.1       1.6       0.2  
                                        

Total

   $ 377.3     $ 343.1     $ 337.1     $ 334.6     $ 341.1  
                                        

Net interest income (1)

   $ 486.6     $ 382.4     $ 370.0     $ 327.4     $ 284.3  

Total non-interest income

     185.4       147.4       173.3       151.7       166.3  

Add:

          

BOLI FTE adjustment (1)

     5.7       4.6       1.8       —         —    

Net security losses

     —         27.2       0.1       4.7       0.6  

Less:

          

Net security gains

     5.5       —         —         —         —    

Interest from completed IRS audit

     —         0.6       —         —         4.3  

Gain on sale of assets

     —         0.7       8.1       —         —    

MasterCard common stock redemption

     —         0.7       —         —         —    

Other

     —         —         0.3       0.1       0.3  
                                        

Total

   $ 672.2     $ 559.6     $ 536.8     $ 483.7     $ 446.6  
                                        

Efficiency ratio

     56.1 %     61.3 %     62.8 %     69.2 %     76.4 %
                                        

 

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

 

29


Table of Contents

Economic Environment

 

People’s United Financial’s results are subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions. Economic activity in the United States showed signs of slowing in 2007. Real gross domestic product increased at a rate of 2.5% for the year, a decrease from 2.9% in 2006. The national unemployment rate was 5.0% as of December 31, 2007, up from 4.4% at the end of 2006. The national economy continued to grow despite widening federal budget and trade deficits, significant volatility in the financial and capital markets, lower short-term interest rates, elevated energy costs, a weak housing market, and geopolitical uncertainties.

In response to a contracting U.S. economy and the significant disruptions in the capital markets primarily caused by the sub-prime mortgage crisis, the Federal Reserve Board lowered the targeted federal funds rate five times from September 2007 to January 2008, by a total of 225 basis points, bringing the rate to 3.00% as of January 30, 2008. The Federal Reserve had not increased the targeted federal funds rates since the June 29, 2006 Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting.

People’s United Financial’s primary market area, Connecticut, is one of the most attractive markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 3.6 million and a median household income of $68,430 as of June 30, 2007, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median income of $53,154, according to estimates from SNL Securities. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2007 median household income of $84,825 according to estimates from SNL Securities. The state’s unemployment rate increased to 5.0% as of December 31, 2007 compared to 4.1% at the end of 2006, and was the same as the national rate. The Connecticut economy experienced moderate job growth in 2007, with total employment increasing by 16,600 jobs, or approximately 1.0% from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007. The outlook for the Connecticut economy in 2008 is cautiously optimistic, with the expectation that the state will experience further job growth as the economy continues to expand moderately.

Financial Overview

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. Total assets at December 31, 2007 were $13.6 billion, an increase of $2.9 billion, or 27%, from December 31, 2006, primarily due to a $3.3 billion increase in short-term investments, partially offset by a decrease of $422 million in total loans.

The increase in short-term investments reflects the net proceeds from the second-step conversion completed on April 16, 2007. The decrease in total loans reflects a decline of $758 million, or 15%, in Consumer Financial Services, partially offset by an increase of $336 million, or 8%, in Commercial Banking. The decline in Consumer Financial Services was driven by decreases of $687 million, or 18%, in residential mortgage loans and $71 million, or 5%, in consumer loans. The decrease in residential mortgage loans reflects People’s United Bank’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans due to the low spreads on such loans. The growth in Commercial Banking reflects increases of $175 million, or 29%, in our national credits portfolio, $112 million, or 13%, in loans originated by PCLC, our equipment financing subsidiary, $34 million, or 3%, in commercial lending, and $15 million, or 1%, in commercial real estate loans.

Non-performing assets totaled $26.1 million at December 31, 2007, a $3.4 million increase from December 31, 2006. Increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $3.5 million, real estate owned (REO) and repossessed assets of $5.7 million, non-performing PCLC loans of $1.0 million and non-performing residential mortgage loans of $2.2 million, were partially offset by a decrease of $10.6 million in non-performing commercial loans. The decrease in non-performing commercial loans primarily reflects the $5.9 million charge-off relating to one commercial banking loan and the subsequent transfer to real estate owned of the real estate securing the remaining loan balance. The allowance for loan losses decreased $1.3 million to $72.7 million

 

30


Table of Contents

at December 31, 2007 compared to December 31, 2006, reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolios and by net reductions to the commercial banking loan portfolios. At December 31, 2007, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% and as a percentage of non-performing loans was 358%, compared to 0.79% and 328%, respectively, at December 31, 2006.

At December 31, 2007, liabilities totaled $9.1 billion, a $238 million, or 3%, decrease from December 31, 2006, primarily reflecting a $202 million reduction in total deposits. Core deposits decreased $204 million, or 2%, in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting People’s United Financial’s strategy to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than core deposits.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $4.4 billion at December 31, 2007, a $3.1 billion net increase from December 31, 2006, reflecting the net proceeds of $3.3 billion from the second-step conversion and net income of $150.7 million, partially offset by the purchases of People’s United Financial common stock for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) of $216.8 million and the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan of $127.1 million, and dividends paid of $131.1 million. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 32.8% at December 31, 2007 compared to 12.5% at December 31, 2006.

People’s United Bank’s leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 24.1%, 32.3% and 33.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2007, compared to 12.0%, 14.8% and 16.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2006. The improvements in the capital ratios from December 31, 2006 primarily reflect the $1.7 billion capital contribution from People’s United Financial with a portion of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Total assets at December 31, 2006 were $10.7 billion, a decrease of $246 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2005, primarily due to a $1.3 billion decline in total securities, partially offset by increases of $799 million in total loans, $193 million in short-term investments, $58 million in bank-owned life insurance and $66 million in other assets.

The increase in total loans reflects growth of $456 million, or 10%, in Consumer Financial Services and $343 million, or 9%, in Commercial Banking. The growth in Consumer Financial Services was driven by increases of $392 million, or 11%, in residential mortgage loans and $64 million, or 5%, in consumer loans. The increase in residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. The growth in Commercial Banking reflects increases of $235 million, or 37%, in loans originated by PCLC, $135 million, or 29%, in our national credits portfolio, and $60 million, or 5%, in commercial lending. These increases were partially offset by an $87 million, or 5%, decline in commercial real estate loans.

The decrease in the securities portfolio reflects the sale of $266 million and $810 million of debt securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, respectively, to better position People’s United Financial’s balance sheet for the prevailing interest rate environment at the time. People’s United Financial also funded an additional $50 million of bank-owned life insurance in 2006 and contributed $91.5 million in the third quarter of 2006 to its employee retirement plan (reported in other assets) to more than fully fund its projected benefit obligation and to significantly reduce pension plan expense in future years. Proceeds from sales of securities were also used to reduce total borrowings and subordinated notes by $335 million since December 31, 2005.

Non-performing assets totaled $22.7 million at December 31, 2006, a $0.7 million increase from December 31, 2005. The slight increase in 2006 reflects a $10.6 million increase in non-performing commercial loans, essentially offset by decreases in non-performing commercial real estate loans and non-performing PCLC loans of $5.6 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The allowance for loan losses decreased $1.0 million to $74 million at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, primarily reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolios, partially offset by net additions to the commercial banking loan portfolios. At December 31, 2006, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.79% and as a percentage of non-performing loans was 328%, compared to 0.87% and 353%, respectively, at December 31, 2005.

 

31


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, liabilities totaled $9.3 billion, a $297 million, or 3%, decrease from December 31, 2005, reflecting a $335 million reduction in total borrowings and subordinated notes. Core deposits increased a modest $86 million, or 1%, in 2006 compared to 2005, reflecting People’s United Financial’s strategy to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than core deposits.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.34 billion at December 31, 2006, a $51 million net increase from December 31, 2005, reflecting net income of $124.0 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $60 million and a $25 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss reflects a $40 million after-tax increase from the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006 and a $4 million increase in the after-tax unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, partially offset by a $19 million reduction in the after-tax net unrealized loss on securities available for sale due to the sales of securities discussed above. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 12.5% at December 31, 2006 compared to 11.8% at December 31, 2005.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. People’s United Financial reported net income of $150.7 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $124.0 million, or $0.41 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Income from continuing operations totaled $149.2 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $121.7 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. In 2007, People’s United Financial’s return on average assets was 1.18% and return on average stockholders’ equity was 4.2%.

Results for 2007 include a $60 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense), which had the effect of reducing net income by $39.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted share.

Results for 2006 include net security losses totaling $27.4 million from the sale of $266 million and $810 million of debt securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, respectively. Results for 2006 also include a $2.4 million income tax benefit related to certain prior-year tax matters. The net impact of these items reduced 2006 net income by $15.8 million, or $0.11 per share.

Net interest income increased $104.2 million, or 27%, from 2006 and the net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 4.12%. These improvements reflect the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion (completed on April 16, 2007) in short-term investments, as well as the benefits from balance sheet restructuring activities completed during 2006.

Compared to 2006, average earning assets increased $1.9 billion, or 20%, reflecting increases of $2.5 billion in average short-term investments and $120 million in average loans, partially offset by a decrease of $735 million in average securities, reflecting the sale of $1.1 billion of debt securities in 2006 (described above).

Compared to 2006, total non-interest income increased $38 million. Included in total non-interest income are net security gains of $5.5 million in 2007 and net security losses of $23.2 million in 2006. Total non-interest expense in 2007 increased $32.4 million, or 9%, compared to 2006, excluding the $60 million contribution to the People’s United Community Foundation. The efficiency ratio improved to 56.1% from 61.3%.

The provision for loan losses was $8.0 million compared to $3.4 million in 2006. The provision for loan losses in 2007 reflects net loan charge-offs of $9.3 million, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2006 reflects net loan charge-offs of $4.4 million and a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs increased $4.9 million in 2007 compared to 2006. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans equaled 0.10% in 2007, up from 0.05% in 2006.

 

32


Table of Contents

Comparison of Results of Operations for 2006 and 2005. People’s United Financial reported net income in 2006 of $124.0 million, or $0.41 per diluted share, compared to $137.1 million, or $0.46 per diluted share, in 2005. Income from continuing operations totaled $121.7 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $125.9 million, or $0.42 per diluted share, for the year-ago period.

Results for 2006 include net security losses totaling $27.4 million from the sale of debt securities and a $2.4 million income tax benefit related to certain prior-year tax matters. The net impact of these items reduced 2006 net income by $15.8 million, or $0.5 per share.

Results for 2005 included an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches, a $9.7 million gain from the resolution of a significant contingency related to the sale of the credit card business in 2004 (reported in income from discontinued operations), a $2.0 million income tax benefit resulting from the completion of a routine federal tax audit, a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge and expenses incurred in connection with the repurchase of subordinated notes ($2.7 million) and the accelerated vesting of stock options ($0.7 million). The net impact of these items increased 2005 net income by $9.3 million, or $0.03 per share. In 2005, People’s United Financial’s return on average assets was 1.27% and return on average stockholders’ equity was 11.1%.

Net interest income increased $12.7 million, or 3%, from 2005 and the net interest margin improved 19 basis points to 3.87%. The higher net interest margin reflects the asset-sensitive position of the balance sheet, the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans, the partial benefit from the sales of securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, and the impact of our deposit pricing strategy.

Compared to 2005, average earning assets decreased $173 million, or 2%, as a $934 million, or 54%, decline in average securities funded a $715 million, or 9%, increase in average loans and a $113 million, or 27%, decrease in average total borrowings and average subordinated notes. The loan growth reflects increases of $285 million, or 8%, in average commercial banking loans, $345 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans, and $108 million, or 9%, in average home equity loans, all as compared to 2005. The increase in average residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. In addition, People’s United Financial invested $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 and $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in bank-owned life insurance, and contributed $91.5 million to its employee retirement plan in September 2006.

Compared to 2005, total non-interest income, excluding net security losses, increased $1.2 million, or 1%; total non-interest expense increased $2.5 million, or 1%; and the efficiency ratio improved to 61.3% from 62.8%.

The provision for loan losses was $3.4 million compared to $8.6 million in 2005. The provision for loan losses for 2006 reflects net loan charge-offs of $4.4 million, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2005 reflects net loan charge-offs of $6.1 million and a $2.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs decreased $1.7 million, or 28%, in 2006 compared to 2005. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans equaled 0.05%, down from 0.07% in 2005.

Business Segment Results

 

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into two primary business segments that represent its core businesses, commercial banking and consumer financial services. In addition, the treasury area is responsible for managing People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center. The income or loss for the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes, represents the interest rate risk component of People’s United Financial’s net interest income as calculated by People’s United Financial’s funds transfer pricing model (“FTP”), to derive each operating segment’s net interest income.

 

33


Table of Contents

Business Segment Performance Summary

                  
     Net Income  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Commercial Banking

   $ 37.6     $ 41.9     $ 45.7  

Consumer Financial Services

     66.8       85.8       94.2  

Treasury

     (8.6 )     (26.0 )     (25.0 )
                        

Total reportable segments

     95.8       101.7       114.9  

Other

     54.9       22.3       22.2  
                        

Total Consolidated

   $ 150.7     $ 124.0     $ 137.1  
                        

People’s United Financial uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing, the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities, and the corresponding FTP charge for interest income or credit for interest expense, results in net spread income. The provision for loan losses for the Commercial Banking and Consumer Financial Services segments is generally based on a five-year rolling average net charge-off rate for the respective segment. People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year. For a more detailed description of the estimates and allocations used to measure business segment performance, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Net interest income

   $ 131.7    $ 130.5    $ 129.7

Provision for loan losses

     10.9      10.5      9.4

Non-interest income:

        

Fee-based revenues

     19.8      17.8      21.7

Other non-interest income

     8.3      5.0      2.0
                    

Total non-interest income

     28.1      22.8      23.7

Non-interest expense

     91.1      78.3      73.7
                    

Income before income tax expense

     57.8      64.5      70.3

Income tax expense

     20.2      22.6      24.6
                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 37.6    $ 41.9    $ 45.7
                    

Average earning assets

   $ 4,253.5    $ 3,904.9    $ 3,620.9

Average liabilities

     1,016.2      1,172.7      1,270.5

Year end assets

     4,490.8      4,155.0      3,812.2
                    

Commercial Banking income from continuing operations declined $4.3 million, or 10%, in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting an increase in non-interest expense, partially offset by increases in net interest income,

 

34


Table of Contents

fee-based revenues and other non-interest income. Net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 1%, reflecting a $349 million, or 9%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by narrower net spreads and a decline in commercial non-interest-bearing deposits. The $2.0 million increase in fee-based revenues reflects higher lending-related charges and fees. The increase in other non-interest income primarily reflects a $3.8 million increase in rental income on leased equipment. The $12.8 million, or 16%, increase in non-interest expense reflects increases in direct expenses due to continued growth in Commercial Banking and a $2.8 million increase in amortization expense for leased equipment, as well as allocated expenses primarily related to costs associated with ongoing infrastructure upgrades.

The increase in average earning assets compared to 2006 reflects increases of $210 million, or 30%, in PCLC loans, $96 million, or 7%, in commercial loans and $42 million, or 2%, in commercial real estate loans. Average commercial non-interest-bearing deposits totaled $883 million for 2007, a $56 million, or 6%, decrease compared to 2006, reflecting the current higher interest rate environment.

Commercial Banking income from continuing operations declined $3.8 million, or 8%, in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily reflecting lower fee-based revenues and an increase in non-interest expense, partially offset by an increase in other non-interest income. Net interest income increased $0.8 million, or 1%, reflecting a $284 million, or 8%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by narrower net spreads. The $3.9 million decrease in fee-based revenues reflects lower lending-related charges and fees, primarily lower commercial real estate loan prepayment penalties. The increase in other non-interest income primarily reflects a $2.7 million increase in rental income on leased equipment. The $4.6 million, or 6%, increase in non-interest expense reflects an increase in direct expenses due to the continued growth in Commercial Banking, including a $2.0 million increase in the amortization expense of equipment leased to commercial customers.

The increase in average earning assets compared to 2005 reflects increases of $183 million, or 35%, in PCLC loans, and $127 million, or 10%, in commercial loans, partially offset by a $25 million, or 1%, decrease in commercial real estate finance loans. Average commercial non-interest-bearing deposits totaled $939 million for 2006, a $43 million, or 4%, decrease compared to 2005, reflecting the current higher interest rate environment.

Consumer Financial Services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, and residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer lending (excluding the national consumer loan portfolio, which is reported in “Other”). In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI, and other insurance services provided through RC Knox.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Net interest income

   $ 247.7    $ 256.4    $ 266.4

Provision for loan losses

     3.0      3.0      3.5

Non-interest income:

        

Fee-based revenues

     134.6      135.1      129.0

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     3.0      2.0      4.0

Gain on sale of branches

     —        —        8.1

Other non-interest income

     2.4      3.4      2.4
                    

Total non-interest income

     140.0      140.5      143.5

Non-interest expense

     281.4      261.3      259.4
                    

Income before income tax expense

     103.3      132.6      147.0

Income tax expense

     36.5      46.8      52.8
                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 66.8    $ 85.8    $ 94.2
                    

Average earning assets

   $ 4,863.1    $ 5,086.6    $ 4,634.9

Average liabilities

     7,843.6      7,807.8      7,762.4

Year end assets

     4,606.2      5,366.4      4,900.7
                    

 

35


Table of Contents

Consumer Financial Services income from continuing operations decreased $19.0 million, or 22%, in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting an increase in non-interest expense and a decline in net interest income. The decrease in net interest income reflects a reduction in residential mortgage loan net spread interest income, and a shift from wider net spread deposits to time deposits with narrower net spreads, partially offset by the widening net spreads on money market accounts. During 2007, average earning assets decreased $224 million, or 4%, including decreases of $208 million, or 6%, in average residential mortgage loans and $9 million, or 1%, in average home equity loans. The decrease in average residential mortgage loans reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. As a result, residential mortgage loan balances are expected to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. Average consumer deposits totaled $7.7 billion, a less than 1% increase compared to 2006. The increase in non-interest expense reflects increases in allocated expenses primarily due to the costs associated with ongoing infrastructure upgrades relating to deposit gathering activities.

Consumer Financial Services income from continuing operations decreased $8.4 million, or 9%, in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily due to decreases in net interest income and net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans, partially offset by higher fee-based revenues. Additionally, results for 2005 included the $8.1 million gain on sale of branches. The decrease in net interest income primarily reflects the reduction in net spread interest income for residential mortgage loans and the decline in net interest spread from an unfavorable shift from savings and money market deposits to higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by the benefit of an increase in average loan balances. The shift in deposit mix reflects an increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a decline in savings and money market deposits. During 2006, average earning assets increased $452 million, or 10%, including increases of $345 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans and $106 million, or 9%, in average home equity loans. People’s United Financial purchased $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. Average consumer deposits totaled $7.7 billion, a 1% increase compared to 2005.

The increase in fee-based revenues in 2006 compared to 2005 primarily reflects an increase in service charges on deposit accounts related to changes in People’s United Financial’s fee structure. The increase in other non-interest income reflects a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a corporate insurance account by RC Knox. Included in non-interest income in 2005 was an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches. The increase in non-interest expense reflects a $3.8 million increase in allocated expenses in 2006, partially offset by a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in 2005.

Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center. The income or loss for the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes, represents the interest rate risk component of People’s United Financial’s net interest income as calculated by People’s United Financial’s funds transfer pricing model (“FTP”), to derive each operating segment’s net interest income. Under this process, a money desk (the funding center) buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the treasury group.

 

36


Table of Contents

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Net interest loss

   $ (29.8 )   $ (26.2 )   $ (43.0 )

Non-interest income:

      

Fee-based revenues

     —         —         0.5  

Net security losses

     —         (27.4 )     —    

Bank-owned life insurance

     10.5       9.1       3.3  

Other non-interest income

     0.1       0.1       0.3  
                        

Total non-interest income

     10.6       (18.2 )     4.1  

Non-interest expense

     (0.3 )     0.5       1.4  
                        

Loss before income tax expense

     (18.9 )     (44.9 )     (40.3 )

Income tax benefit

     (10.3 )     (18.9 )     (15.3 )
                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (8.6 )   $ (26.0 )   $ (25.0 )
                        

Average earning assets

   $ 2,689.0     $ 878.5     $ 1,765.9  

Average liabilities

     81.0       234.1       282.5  

Year end assets

     3,756.6       469.0       1,553.2  
                        

The reduction in Treasury’s loss from continuing operations in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects $27.4 million of net security losses in 2006 and a $1.4 million increase in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”), partially offset by a $3.6 million increase in net interest loss.

The increase in net interest loss reflects an increase of $7.1 million in treasury’s net spread loss, partially offset by a $3.5 million decline in the funding center’s net spread loss. The increase in treasury’s net spread loss reflects a $735 million decline in average securities and virtually no net spread benefit from the increase in average short-term investments. The benefit from the increase in average short-term investments is included in “Other” as interest income from excess capital. The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment prevalent for most of 2007 and the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet.

Average earning assets increased $1.8 billion from 2006. Average short-term investments increased $2.5 billion, reflecting the investment of net proceeds from the second-step conversion, while average securities declined $735 million resulting from the sale of $1.1 billion of securities in 2006. The debt securities portfolio totaled $23 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $27 million at December 31, 2006. Average securities comprised 1% of average earning assets in 2007, compared to 8% in 2006.

Treasury’s loss from continuing operations in 2006 compared to 2005 reflects $27.4 million of net security losses, partially offset by a $16.8 million improvement in net interest income and BOLI income of $9.1 million ($13.7 million on a taxable-equivalent basis).

The improvement in net interest income reflects the funding center’s net spread loss declining by $31.8 million, partially offset by a $15.0 million decline in treasury’s net spread income. The reduction in treasury’s net spread income reflects a $934 million decline in average securities and an increase in the FTP charge for funding the BOLI investment (with no offsetting interest income as BOLI income is recorded in non-interest income). The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment and the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet.

Average earning assets decreased $887 million, or 50%, reflecting a $934 million, or 54%, decline in average securities from 2005 given People’s United Financial’s sale of its debt securities portfolio during 2006 as part of restructuring activities to better position People’s United Financial’s balance sheet for the prevailing interest rate environment. The debt securities portfolio totaled $27 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2005, reflecting the sale of approximately $1.1 billion of securities and the

 

37


Table of Contents

substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans. Average securities comprised 8% of average earning assets in 2006, compared to 17% in 2005.

Other includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment, and the FTP impact attributable to excess capital. This category also includes: revenues and expenses relating to the national consumer loan portfolio; certain nonrecurring items, including security gains of $5.4 million from the sale of People’s United Financial’s entire holdings of MasterCard Incorporated Class B Common Stock (included in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007) and the $60 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense for the year December 31, 2007); income from discontinued operations; and income tax benefits. The increase in net interest income in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects the FTP credit resulting from the significant increase in excess capital from the second-step conversion. Included in period-end assets are cash, national consumer loans, premises and equipment, and other assets.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Net interest income

   $ 137.0     $ 21.7     $ 16.6  

Provision for loan losses

     (5.9 )     (10.1 )     (4.3 )

Non-interest income

     6.7       2.3       2.0  

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         2.7  

Other non-interest expense

     67.1       6.8       7.2  
                        

Income before income tax expense

     82.5       27.3       13.0  

Income tax expense

     29.1       7.3       2.0  
                        

Income from continuing operations

     53.4       20.0       11.0  
                        

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.5       2.3       5.0  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         6.2  
                        

Income from discontinued operations

     1.5       2.3       11.2  
                        

Net income

   $ 54.9     $ 22.3     $ 22.2  
                        

Average liabilities

   $ 233.5     $ 246.9     $ 264.5  

Year end assets

     701.2       696.5       666.4  
                        

 

38


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income and net interest margin are affected by many factors, including changes in average balances; interest rate fluctuations and the slope of the yield curve; sales of loans and securities; residential mortgage loan and mortgage-backed security prepayment rates; product pricing; competitive forces; the relative mix, repricing characteristics and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; non-interest-bearing sources of funds; hedging activities; and asset quality.

Net Interest Margin

Years ended December 31 (percent)

LOGO

Net Interest Income

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

In response to the disruptions in the capital markets caused by the sub-prime mortgage crisis and the potential for a contracting U.S. economy, since September 2007 the Federal Reserve Board lowered the targeted federal funds rate five times by a total of 225 basis points, bringing the rate to 3.00% as of January 30, 2008. Given the asset sensitive position of the balance sheet, the net interest margin may compress in 2008.

2007 Compared to 2006

Net interest income increased $105 million, or 27%, and the net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 4.12% for 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in net interest income reflects a $125 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $20 million increase in total interest expense. The increase in net interest margin reflects the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion in short-term investments, as well as the benefits from the balance sheet restructuring activities completed during 2006.

 

39


Table of Contents

Average earning assets totaled $11.8 billion in 2007, a $1.9 billion, or 20%, increase from 2006, while the asset mix continued to shift. Average short-term investments increased $2.5 billion, reflecting the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion in April 2007; average loans increased $120 million, or 1%; and average securities declined $735 million, reflecting the sale of $1.1 billion of debt securities in 2006. As a result, average loans, average securities and average short-term investments comprised 77%, 1% and 22%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2007 compared to 91%, 8% and 1%, respectively, in 2006. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 6.27% in 2007 while the yield earned on securities was 5.62%, compared to 6.10% and 3.74%, respectively, in 2006. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 31% of the loan portfolio has floating interest rates at December 31, 2007 compared to approximately 29% at the end of 2006.

Growth in loans reflects an increase of $348 million, or 9%, in average commercial banking loans, partially offset by decreases of $209 million, or 6%, in average residential mortgage loans and $19 million, or 2%, in average consumer loans for 2007 compared to 2006.

The growth in average commercial banking loans in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects increases of $210 million, or 30%, in average PCLC loans, $96 million, or 7%, in average commercial loans and $42 million, or 2%, in average commercial real estate loans. Included in average commercial loans and average commercial real estate loans were increases of $64 million, or 20%, and $78 million, or 38%, in the respective national credits portfolios.

The decrease in average residential mortgage loans in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. As a result, residential mortgage loan balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. The decrease in average consumer loans primarily reflects a $9 million, or 1%, decline in average home equity loans following a nationwide pattern.

The overall 9 basis point improvement in the yield on average earning assets in 2007 primarily reflects the investment of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion discussed above, increases in market interest rates and the ongoing shift in asset mix, including the impact of the security sales.

Average funding liabilities totaled $9.0 billion in 2007, down $287 million or 3% compared with 2006. Average core deposits decreased $83 million, or 1%, to $8.9 billion and comprised 98% of average funding liabilities, compared to 96% in 2006. Average non-interest-bearing core deposits decreased $57 million, or 3%, and average interest-bearing core deposits decreased $26 million, or less than 1%, reflective of People’s United Financial’s strategy of funding loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than core deposits.

The 30 basis point increase to 2.45% from 2.15% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily reflects increases in market interest rates prevalent in most of 2007 and the ongoing shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average core deposits increased 41 basis points in 2007, reflecting increases of 67 basis points in time deposits and 8 basis points in savings and money market deposits in response to rising market interest rates prevalent in most of 2007. The change in the mix of average interest-bearing core deposits reflects a $323 million, or 10%, increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a $349 million, or 10%, decline in savings and money market deposits, reflecting customers’ preferences for deposit products with higher interest rates. Average time deposits comprised 41% of average total core deposits, compared to 37% for 2006.

Average purchased funds decreased $227 million, or 92%, and average subordinated notes decreased $40 million, or 38%, in 2007 compared to 2006.

 

40


Table of Contents

2006 Compared to 2005

Net interest income increased $13 million, or 3%, and the net interest margin improved 19 basis points to 3.87% in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in net interest income reflects a $74 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $61 million increase in total interest expense.

Average earning assets totaled $9.8 billion in 2006, a $173 million, or 2%, decrease from 2005, while the asset mix continued to shift. The shift in asset mix from securities to higher yielding loans continued to benefit the net interest margin. Average loans increased $715 million, or 9%, while average securities declined $934 million, or 54%, in 2006 compared to 2005. As a result, average loans and average securities comprised 91% and 8%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2006 compared to 82% and 17%, respectively, in 2005. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 6.10% in 2006 while the yield earned on securities was 3.74%, compared to 5.41% and 3.47%, respectively, in 2005.

Loan growth reflects increases of $345 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans, $285 million, or 8%, in average commercial banking loans and $85 million, or 7%, in average consumer loans in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in average residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable rate mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006.

The growth in average commercial banking loans in 2006 compared to 2005 reflects a $183 million, or 35%, increase in average PCLC loans and a $127 million, or 10%, increase in average commercial loans, partially offset by a $25 million, or 1%, decrease in average commercial real estate loans. Included in average commercial loans and average commercial real estate loans were increases of $44 million, or 15%, and $59 million, or 40%, in the respective national credits portfolios.

The growth in average consumer loans in 2006 compared to 2005 continues to reflect a shift in mix as an increase of $108 million, or 9%, in home equity loans was partially offset by a $21 million, or 81%, reduction in higher-yielding unsecured national personal installment loans, which continue to run off as a result of a management decision to discontinue this type of lending.

The significant decrease in the average securities portfolio in 2006 compared to 2005 reflects the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans as securities pay down and mature, as well as the partial impact of security sales during 2006 to better position People’s United Financial’s balance sheet for the prevailing interest rate environment. People’s United Financial sold $810 million and $266 million of debt securities in the third and second quarters of 2006, respectively, and used the proceeds to fund loan growth and pay down borrowings. In addition to funding loan growth, People’s United Financial invested $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 and $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in a bank-owned life insurance program with proceeds from maturing securities. The earnings from bank-owned life insurance are reported in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The overall 84 basis point improvement in the yield on average earning assets in 2006 compared to 2005 primarily reflects increases in market interest rates since June 2004 and the ongoing shift in asset mix.

Average funding liabilities totaled $9.3 billion in 2006, down $113 million or 1% compared with 2005. Average core deposits increased $38 million, or less than 1%, to $8.9 billion and comprised 96% of average funding liabilities, compared to 95% in 2005. Average interest-bearing core deposits increased $101 million, or 2%, and average non-interest-bearing core deposits decreased $63 million, or 3%, reflective of People’s United Financial’s strategy of funding loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than core deposits.

 

41


Table of Contents

The 68 basis point increase to 2.15% from 1.47% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2006 compared to 2005 primarily reflects increases in market interest rates since June 2004 and the ongoing shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average core deposits increased 70 basis points in 2006, reflecting increases of 115 basis points in time deposits and 36 basis points in savings and money market deposits in response to rising market interest rates. The change in the mix of average interest-bearing core deposits reflects a $660 million, or 25%, increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a $559 million, or 14%, decline in savings and money market deposits, reflecting customers’ preferences for deposit products with higher interest rates given the prevailing interest rate environment. Average time deposits comprised 37% of average total core deposits, compared to 30% in 2005.

Average purchased funds decreased $134 million, or 35%, and average subordinated notes decreased $16 million, or 13%, in 2006 compared to 2005.

Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

The table on the following page presents average balance sheets, interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances. Interest income on loans includes the effect of deferred loan fees and costs accounted for as yield adjustments, but does not include interest on loans for which People’s United Financial has ceased to accrue interest. The impact of People’s United Financial’s use of derivative instruments in managing interest rate risk is also reflected in the table, classified according to the instrument hedged and the risk management objective.

 

42


Table of Contents

Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

 

    2007     2006     2005  

Years ended December 31

(dollars in millions)

  Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
 

Earning assets:

                 

Short-term investments

  $ 1,709.4   $ 86.7   5.07 %   $ 106.6   $ 5.3   4.97 %   $ 54.5   $ 1.5   2.86 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    959.1     48.3   5.03       16.6     0.8   4.98       22.8     1.0   4.22  

Securities (1)

    69.2     3.9   5.62       803.8     30.0   3.74       1,737.8     60.3   3.47  

Loans:

                 

Residential mortgage

    3,550.3     183.9   5.18       3,758.8     185.2   4.93       3,413.3     154.7   4.53  

Commercial

    2,441.5     167.6   6.86       2,135.7     146.5   6.86       1,825.5     108.7   5.95  

Commercial real estate

    1,807.3     127.7   7.07       1,765.1     126.0   7.14       1,790.5     116.2   6.49  

Consumer

    1,268.9     88.9   7.01       1,288.3     88.3   6.85       1,203.3     65.8   5.47  
                                                     

Total loans

    9,068.0     568.1   6.27       8,947.9     546.0   6.10       8,232.6     445.4   5.41  
                                                     

Total earning assets

  $ 11,805.7   $ 707.0   5.99 %   $ 9,874.9   $ 582.1   5.90 %   $ 10,047.7   $ 508.2   5.06 %
                                                     

Funding liabilities:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

  $ 2,111.4   $ —     —   %   $ 2,168.6   $ —     —   %   $ 2,231.7   $ —     —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    3,114.9     46.8   1.50       3,464.4     49.2   1.42       4,023.4     42.6   1.06  

Time

    3,632.0     165.8   4.56       3,308.7     128.8   3.89       2,648.8     72.6   2.74  
                                                     

Total core deposits

    8,858.3     212.6   2.40       8,941.7     178.0   1.99       8,903.9     115.2   1.29  

Non-core deposits (2)

    78.4     1.0   1.30       40.4     2.1   5.42       77.5     2.3   3.02  
                                                     

Total deposits

    8,936.7     213.6   2.39       8,982.1     180.1   2.01       8,981.4     117.5   1.31  
                                                     

Borrowings:

                 

Federal funds purchased

    3.3     0.2   5.23       158.2     7.6   4.78       250.5     7.9   3.19  

FHLB advances

    0.1     —     5.04       47.2     2.4   5.15       50.3     1.4   2.73  

Repurchase agreements

    —       —     —         —       —     —         1.7     0.1   2.41  
                                                     

Total borrowings

    3.4     0.2   5.23       205.4     10.0   4.87       302.5     9.4   3.11  
                                                     

Subordinated notes

    65.3     6.6   10.15       105.0     9.6   9.10       121.2     11.3   9.29  
                                                     

Total funding liabilities

  $ 9,005.4   $ 220.4   2.45 %   $ 9,292.5   $ 199.7   2.15 %   $ 9,405.1   $ 138.2   1.47 %
                                                     

Excess of earning assets over funding liabilities

  $ 2,800.3       $ 582.4       $ 642.6    
                             

Net interest income/spread

    $ 486.6   3.54 %     $ 382.4   3.75 %     $ 370.0   3.59 %
                                         

Net interest margin

      4.12 %       3.87 %       3.68 %
                             

 

(1) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(2) The average balance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 includes $62.8 million in average escrow funds related to People’s United Financial’s stock offering (none at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005).

 

43


Table of Contents

Volume and Rate Analysis

The following table shows the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities have affected People’s United Financial’s net interest income. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided relating to: changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by the prior year’s average interest rate); changes in rates (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior year’s average balance); and the total change. Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.

 

     2007 Compared to 2006
Increase (Decrease)
    2006 Compared to 2005
Increase (Decrease)
 

(in millions)

   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest and dividend income:

            

Short-term investments

   $ 81.3     $ 0.1     $ 81.4     $ 2.1     $ 1.7     $ 3.8  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     47.4       0.1       47.5       (0.3 )     0.1       (0.2 )

Securities

     (36.4 )     10.3       (26.1 )     (34.6 )     4.3       (30.3 )

Loans:

            

Residential mortgage

     (10.5 )     9.2       (1.3 )     16.4       14.1       30.5  

Commercial

     21.0       0.1       21.1       20.0       17.8       37.8  

Commercial real estate

     3.0       (1.3 )     1.7       (1.7 )     11.5       9.8  

Consumer

     (1.3 )     1.9       0.6       4.9       17.6       22.5  
                                                

Total loans

     12.2       9.9       22.1       39.6       61.0       100.6  
                                                

Total change in interest and dividend income

     104.5       20.4       124.9       6.8       67.1       73.9  
                                                

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     (5.1 )     2.7       (2.4 )     (6.5 )     13.1       6.6  

Time

     13.4       23.6       37.0       20.9       35.3       56.2  
                                                

Total core deposits

     8.3       26.3       34.6       14.4       48.4       62.8  

Non-core deposits

     1.2       (2.3 )     (1.1 )     (0.8 )     0.6       (0.2 )
                                                

Total deposits

     9.5       24.0       33.5       13.6       49.0       62.6  
                                                

Borrowings:

            

FHLB advances

     (2.4 )     —         (2.4 )     (0.1 )     1.1       1.0  

Federal funds purchased

     (8.0 )     0.6       (7.4 )     (3.6 )     3.3       (0.3 )

Repurchase agreements

     —         —         —         (0.1 )     —         (0.1 )
                                                

Total borrowings

     (10.4 )     0.6       (9.8 )     (3.8 )     4.4       0.6  
                                                

Subordinated notes

     (3.9 )     0.9       (3.0 )     (1.5 )     (0.2 )     (1.7 )
                                                

Total change in interest expense

     (4.8 )     25.5       20.7       8.3       53.2       61.5  
                                                

Change in net interest income

   $ 109.3     $ (5.1 )   $ 104.2     $ (1.5 )   $ 13.9     $ 12.4  
                                                

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table provides the weighted average yields earned and rates paid for each major category of earning assets and funding liabilities as of December 31, 2007.

 

As of December 31, 2007 (dollars in millions)

   Actual Balance      Yield/Rate  

Earning assets:

       

Short-term investments

   $ 3,088.0      4.38 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     428.0      4.40  

Securities

     61.5      5.54  

Loans

     8,949.7      6.26  
               

Total earning assets

   $ 12,527.2      5.73 %
               

Funding liabilities:

       

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,166.1      —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market deposits

     3,008.9      1.44  

Time deposits

     3,705.6      4.57  

Subordinated notes

     65.4      9.88  
               

Total funding liabilities

   $ 8,946.0      2.45 %
               

Non-Interest Income

 

 

                      Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
 
             

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007    2006     2005     2007/2006     2006/2005  

Fee-based revenues:

           

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 76.3    $ 77.8     $ 72.4     (1.9 )%   7.5 %

Insurance revenue

     26.8      27.3       28.0     (1.8 )   (2.5 )

Brokerage commissions

     13.6      12.2       11.7     11.5     4.3  

Other fee-based revenues:

           

Other banking service charges and fees

     16.8      16.1       15.5     4.3     3.9  

Investment management fees

     12.0      11.0       10.6     9.1     3.8  

Other fees

     8.9      8.6       13.3     3.5     (35.3 )
                                   

Total other fee-based revenues

     37.7      35.7       39.4     5.6     (9.4 )
                                   

Total fee-based revenues

     154.4      153.0       151.5     0.9     1.0  
                                   

Net security gains (losses):

           

Equity securities available for sale

     5.4      0.1       —       n/m     n/m  

Debt securities available for sale

     —        (27.4 )     —       n/m     n/m  

Trading account securities

     0.1      0.1       (0.1 )   n/m     n/m  
                                   

Total net security losses

     5.5      (27.2 )     (0.1 )   n/m     n/m  
                                   

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     3.0      2.0       4.0     50.0     (50.0 )

Gain on sale of branches

     —        —         8.1     n/m     n/m  

Bank-owned life insurance

     10.5      9.1       3.3     15.4     n/m  

Other non-interest income

     12.0      10.5       6.5     14.3     61.5  
                                   

Total non-interest income

   $ 185.4    $ 147.4     $ 173.3     25.8 %   (14.9 )%
                                   

 

n/m – not meaningful

Non-interest income (especially fee-based revenues) is an important revenue source for People’s United Financial that can mitigate the impact of interest rate volatility on net interest income. People’s United Financial has focused on enhancing these revenue streams by leveraging its commercial banking relationships, growing existing fee-based revenue generating businesses, and strengthening its retail delivery network and products.

 

45


Table of Contents

Total non-interest income increased $38 million, or 26%, in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting net security gains of $5.5 million in 2007 and net security losses of $27.4 million in 2006 (as part of balance sheet restructuring activities).

Revenue from service charges on deposit accounts decreased $1.5 million, or 2%, compared to 2006, reflecting changes in consumer behavior related to overdrafts, and more customers qualifying for free ATM network transactions and free checking.

Brokerage commissions increased $1.4 million, or 11%, compared to 2006, reflecting increases in mutual fund and annuity commissions.

Other banking service charges and fees increased $0.7 million in 2007, primarily due to growth in retail banking fees associated with higher levels of Personal Identification Number (“PIN”) debit interchange fees resulting from customer preferences for debit card-related transactions. PIN debit interchange refers to the revenue generated when a customer uses their PIN to make a purchase with their debit card. People’s United Financial earns a portion of the purchase amount whenever its customers use their debit card at a retail merchant. This “interchange” is paid by the retail merchant.

Securities gains in 2007 represent the sale of People’s United Financial’s entire holdings of MasterCard Incorporated Class B Common Stock.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans increased $1.0 million in 2007, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgages in the current interest rate environment. Residential mortgage sales volume increased 70% compared to 2006.

BOLI income totaled $10.5 million in 2007 ($16.1 million on a taxable-equivalent basis), compared to $9.1 million ($13.7 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2006. The $1.4 million, or 15%, increase primarily reflects death benefits of $1.1 million received in 2007.

The increase in other non-interest income compared to 2006 reflects a $3.8 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers. In addition, other non-interest income in 2006 included a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a large corporate insurance account by RC Knox, a $0.7 million gain from the redemption of common stock received in conjunction with the MasterCard Incorporated initial public offering given People’s United Financial’s debit card business and $0.6 million of interest related to the completion of a federal tax audit.

Total non-interest income decreased $25.9 million, or 15%, in 2006 compared to 2005, reflecting net security losses of $27.4 million as part of balance sheet restructuring activities in 2006 and an $8.1 million gain on sale of branches in 2005.

Revenue from service charges on deposit accounts increased $5.4 million, or 7%, compared to 2005, reflecting changes in People’s United Financial’s fee structure implemented in both the second quarter of 2006 and the third quarter of 2005 to close the gap between People’s United Financial’s pricing practices and those of the competition, partially offset by the impact of higher usage by the public of the cash back option at point of sale locations.

Insurance revenue declined $0.7 million, or 2.5%, in 2006, reflecting industry-wide trends for this business, characterized as a soft market with lower pricing for renewals, as well as reductions related to the sale of a large corporate account in the third quarter of 2006.

Other banking service charges and fees increased $0.6 million in 2006 primarily due to growth in retail banking fees associated with higher levels of PIN debit interchange fees resulting from customer preferences for debit card-related transactions. Other fees decreased $5.1 million, reflecting lower lending-related charges and fees, primarily lower commercial real estate loan prepayment penalties.

 

46


Table of Contents

As previously discussed, $1.1 billion of debt securities were sold in 2006, resulting in net security losses of $27.4 million. People’s United Financial also sold $25 million in securities purchased under agreements to resell in 2006 at a loss of $0.3 million, which is reported in other non-interest expense. These transactions were undertaken to better position People’s United Financial’s balance sheet for the prevailing interest rate environment.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans decreased $2.0 million in 2006, reflecting lower residential mortgage loan origination volume and subsequent lower levels of fixed-rate loan sales. Sales volume of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans decreased approximately 40% in 2006, which is consistent with the 39% decrease in fixed-rate residential mortgage originations compared to 2005. Residential mortgage originations totaled $1.1 billion in 2006, compared to $1.4 billion in 2005.

People’s United Financial invested an additional $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 in bank-owned life insurance, after an initial investment of $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 to help defray the rising costs of employee benefits. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance are included in non-interest income and totaled $9.1 million in 2006 ($13.7 million on a taxable-equivalent basis), compared to $3.3 million ($5.1 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2005.

The increase in other non-interest income compared to 2005 reflects a $2.7 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers. In addition, other non-interest income for the 2006 period includes a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a large corporate insurance account by RC Knox, a $0.7 million gain from the redemption of common stock received in conjunction with the MasterCard Incorporated initial public offering given People’s United Financial’s debit card business and $0.6 million of interest related to the completion of a federal tax audit.

Non-Interest Expense

 

 

                       Percentage
Increase (Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005     2007/2006     2006/2005  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 215.6     $ 202.9     $ 195.5     6.3 %   3.8 %

Occupancy and equipment

     67.1       62.2       62.4     7.9     (0.3 )

Professional and outside service fees

     28.8       24.3       26.1     18.5     (6.9 )

Advertising and promotion

     12.1       10.3       9.9     17.5     4.0  

Stationery, printing and postage

     7.9       7.5       7.1     5.3     5.6  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     1.0       1.1       1.8     (9.1 )   (38.9 )

Other non-interest expense

     46.8       38.6       36.9     21.2     4.6  
                                    

Total

     379.3       346.9       339.7     9.3     2.1  

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation

     60.0       —         —       n/m     n/m  

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         2.7     n/m     n/m  

Goodwill impairment charge

     —         —         2.0     n/m     n/m  
                                    

Total non-interest expense

   $ 439.3     $ 346.9     $ 344.4     26.6 %   0.7 %
                                    

Efficiency ratio

     56.1 %     61.3 %     62.8 %    
                            

Total non-interest expense in 2007 increased $32.4 million, or 9%, compared to 2006, excluding the $60 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation. The improvement in People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio in 2007 reflects a $112.6 million, or 20%, increase in revenue, partially offset by a $34.2 million, or 10%, increase in operating expenses. The increase in operating revenue reflects the increase in net interest income due to the investment of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion.

 

47


Table of Contents

Compensation and benefits increased $12.7 million, or 6%, compared to the 2006 period. The increase reflects amortization expense of $6.3 million related to the ESOP that was established in April 2007 and $2.6 million related to the October and December 2007 grants of restricted stock and stock options pursuant to the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan, as well as higher compensation expense, reflecting normal merit increases, partially offset by lower pension expenses. Compensation expense in 2008 is expected to include a full year of amortization expense, totaling approximately $25 million, relating to the ESOP, the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Occupancy and equipment increased $4.9 million, or 8%, compared to the 2006 period. The increase primarily reflects higher rent-related expense due to rate increases and additional branches.

Professional and outside service fees increased $4.5 million, or 19%, compared to the 2006 period, reflecting higher costs for information technology-related projects.

Advertising and promotion increased $1.8 million, or 18%, compared to the 2006 period, primarily due to costs associated with the rebranding of the Bank as a result of People’s Bank changing its name to People’s United Bank on June 6, 2007.

The increase in other non-interest expense compared to 2006 primarily reflects a $2.8 million increase in the amortization of equipment leased to PCLC customers and higher insurance costs and regulatory assessment fees.

Total non-interest expense in 2006 increased $2.5 million, or 1%, compared to 2005, primarily reflecting higher compensation and benefits and lower professional and outside service fees. The improvement in People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio in 2006 reflects a $22.8 million, or 4%, increase in revenue.

Total non-interest expense in 2006 included the following items: severance-related expenses totaling $1.6 million (recorded to compensation and benefits); a $0.3 million charge related to the sale of $25 million of securities purchased under agreements to resell as part of balance sheet restructuring activities (recorded to other non-interest expense); and a $0.9 million charge related to the resolution of an RC Knox contingency (recorded to other non-interest expense). Total non-interest expense in 2005 included the following items: liability restructuring costs of $2.7 million; a $0.7 million charge related to the accelerated vesting of stock options (recorded to compensation and benefits); and a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge. Excluding these expenses from the respective years, total non-interest expense in 2006 would have increased $5.1 million, or 2%, compared to 2005.

Compensation and benefits increased $6.5 million, or 3%, compared to the 2005 period, after excluding the items discussed above. The increase reflects the combination of normal merit increases, higher accruals for incentive compensation, and increased pension costs, partially offset by lower health care expenses. On September 29, 2006, People’s United Financial contributed $91.5 million to its employee retirement plan, representing the maximum deductible contribution per Internal Revenue Service rules.

Professional and outside service fees decreased $1.8 million, or 7%, compared to the 2005 period, reflecting lower utilization of information technology contractors and lower costs for People’s United Financial’s declining national consumer loan portfolio, partially offset by higher legal costs related to People’s United Financial’s conversion to a federal charter and costs related to infrastructure initiatives.

The increase in other non-interest expense compared to 2005 primarily reflects a $2.0 million increase in the amortization of equipment leased to PCLC customers, partially offset by lower operational charge-offs.

The $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in 2005 related to the decision to combine Olson Mobeck Investment Advisors, Inc. with one of People’s United Financial’s other businesses in the consumer financial services business segment.

 

48


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, totaled $1.5 million, $2.3 million and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes an after-tax charge of $0.5 million and for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes after-tax income of $6.2 million from the resolution of contingencies related to the sale of People’s United Financial’s credit card business in 2004. See Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

People’s United Financial continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the credit card business. These recoveries are included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $2.3 million, $4.1 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

As the level of recoveries continues to decline due to the aging and diminishing pool of charged-off accounts, discontinued operations results are not expected to be reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income in future periods.

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations totaled $75.5 million, $57.8 million and $64.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Income tax benefits of $2.4 million and $2.0 million are included in income tax expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These benefits relate to certain prior-year tax matters, including the completion of federal tax audits in 2005 and 2004.

Excluding these benefits from the respective years, People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations would have been 33.6%, 33.5% and 34.8% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The lower effective income tax rates for 2007 and 2006 compared to 2005 primarily reflects the higher level of tax-exempt bank-owned life insurance income earned in 2007 and 2006. People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate is expected to increase slightly beginning in 2008 due to a higher level of non-deductible expenses and an increase in state income tax liability, both resulting from the Chittenden acquisition.

Income tax expense for all three years reflects the state tax benefit resulting from the formation of People’s Mortgage Investment Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Bank. The formation of this subsidiary was a result of Connecticut tax legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax.

 

49


Table of Contents

Earning Assets

 

The discussion of earning assets has been grouped into Treasury, Consumer Financial Services and Commercial Banking.

Treasury—Securities

 

       2007    2006    2005

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 18.7    $ 18.7    $ 29.6    $ 29.6    $ 27.3     $ 27.3
                                          

Securities held to maturity:

                

Corporate and other

     0.6      0.6      1.1      1.1      1.3       1.3

Mortgage-backed securities

     —        —        —        —        0.1       0.1
                                          

Total securities held to maturity

     0.6      0.6      1.1      1.1      1.4       1.4
                                          

Securities available for sale:

                

Debt securities:

                

U.S. Treasury and agency

     22.0      22.0      25.9      25.9      295.0       287.7

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”)

     —        —        —        —        1,036.7       1,014.9
                                          

Total debt securities

     22.0      22.0      25.9      25.9      1,331.7       1,302.6
                                          

Equity securities:

                

FHLB stock

     19.5      19.5      20.1      20.1      30.6       30.6

Other

     0.5      0.7      0.6      0.8      0.9       1.1
                                          

Total equity securities

     20.0      20.2      20.7      20.9      31.5       31.7
                                          

Total securities available for sale

     42.0      42.2      46.6      46.8      1,363.2       1,334.3

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     0.2      —        0.2      —        (28.9 )     —  
                                          

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

     42.2      42.2      46.8      46.8      1,334.3       1,334.3
                                          

Total securities

   $ 61.5    $ 61.5    $ 77.5    $ 77.5    $ 1,363.0     $ 1,363.0
                                          

People’s United Financial has historically utilized the securities portfolio for earnings generation (in the form of interest and dividend income), liquidity, interest rate risk management, asset diversification and tax planning. Securities available for sale are used as part of People’s United Financial’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements.

People’s United Financial primarily invests in debt securities rated in the four highest categories assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Management has internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of People’s United Financial’s debt securities portfolio and monitors these on a regular basis.

People’s United Financial strives to maintain an appropriate balance between loan portfolio growth and core deposit funding. People’s United Financial’s management currently believes that, other than for transitional deployment of excess core deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio funded with wholesale borrowings provides limited economic value. As part of this focus, People’s United Financial has reduced its securities portfolio by $3.2 billion since December 31, 2002 and increased its loans by $2.3 billion over the same period. People’s United Financial has also reduced borrowings by $2.4 billion since year-end 2002.

 

50


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio totaled $61 million, or less than one-half of one percent of total assets, and had no wholesale borrowings, which represent positions well below industry averages.

At December 31, 2006, People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio totaled $78 million, a $1.3 billion, or 88%, decline from year-end 2005. In 2006, People’s United Financial sold approximately $1.1 billion of debt securities as part of the restructuring of its balance sheet. Realized losses from these sales of $27.4 million are included in net security losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the book value and the market value of the securities available for sale portfolio were approximately equivalent, compared to net unrealized losses of $28.9 million at year-end 2005. The significant reduction in the unrealized loss in 2006 reflects the sale of securities during 2006 and the resulting significantly smaller securities portfolio. All unrealized gains and those unrealized losses representing temporary declines in value are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. As a result, management anticipates continued fluctuations in stockholders’ equity due to changes in the fair value of these securities, albeit on a much smaller scale due to the size and short duration of the portfolio. The duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 0.02 years at December 31, 2007, compared to 0.07 years at December 31, 2006. For a discussion of the regulatory capital treatment of unrealized gains and losses, see “Capital” on page 68.

Lending Activities

 

People’s United Financial conducts its lending activities through its two major business segments that constitute its core businesses: Consumer Financial Services and Commercial Banking. People’s United Financial’s lending activities consist of originating loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and extending secured and unsecured loans to consumers and businesses.

Total loans decreased $422 million, or 5%, in 2007 compared to 2006, after increases of 9% in 2006 and 8% in 2005. The decrease in 2007 reflects a decline of $758 million, or 15%, in Consumer Financial Services, partially offset by an increase of $336 million, or 8%, in Commercial Banking. The $687 million decrease in residential mortgage loans in 2007 reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans due to the low spreads on such loans in the current interest rate environment.

The following table summarizes the loan portfolio. Amounts represent gross loans before deducting the allowance for loan losses.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005    2004    2003

Consumer Financial Services:

              

Residential mortgage:

              

Adjustable rate

   $ 3,123.8    $ 3,805.6    $ 3,410.8    $ 3,156.6    $ 2,940.0

Fixed rate

     89.1      94.5      97.1      109.8      149.1
                                  

Total residential mortgage

     3,212.9      3,900.1      3,507.9      3,266.4      3,089.1
                                  

Consumer

     1,250.8      1,321.3      1,257.5      1,140.0      980.5
                                  

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

     1,885.6      1,786.7      1,778.3      1,838.1      1,699.9

Commercial and industrial lending

     1,618.9      1,493.8      1,394.5      1,235.9      1,035.2

Equipment financing

     981.5      869.8      634.7      453.0      300.3
                                  

Total commercial banking

     4,486.0      4,150.3      3,807.5      3,527.0      3,035.4
                                  

Total loans

   $ 8,949.7    $ 9,371.7    $ 8,572.9    $ 7,933.4    $ 7,105.0
                                  

 

51


Table of Contents

Total Loans

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

The following table presents the contractual maturity of loans as of December 31, 2007.

 

As of December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Commercial
Banking
   Total

Amounts due:

        

One year or less

   $ 174.5    $ 673.6    $ 848.1
                    

After one year:

        

One to five years

     169.2      1,679.8      1,849.0

Over five years

     4,120.0      2,132.6      6,252.6
                    

Total due after one year

     4,289.2      3,812.4      8,101.6
                    

Total

   $ 4,463.7    $ 4,486.0    $ 8,949.7
                    

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2007, loan amounts due after December 31, 2007, and whether these loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.

 

(in millions)

   Fixed    Adjustable    Total

Consumer Financial Services

   $ 371.8    $ 3,917.4    $ 4,289.2

Commercial Banking

     2,059.8      1,752.6      3,812.4
                    

Total loans due after one year

   $ 2,431.6    $ 5,670.0    $ 8,101.6
                    

Consumer Financial Services

Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial offers its customers a wide range of residential mortgage loan products. These include conventional fixed rate loans, jumbo fixed rate loans (loans with principal balances greater than established Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae limits), adjustable rate loans, sometimes referred to as ARM loans, interest-only loans (loans where payments made by the borrower consist of only interest for a set period of time, before the payments change to principal and interest), as well as Federal Housing Authority insured loans and Connecticut Housing Finance Authority loans.

People’s United Financial originates these loans through its network of branches and calling officers, as well as in the wholesale market, which accounted for approximately 21%, 66% and 59% of People’s United Financial’s mortgage loan originations for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decline in wholesale originations reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans.

 

52


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, 91% and 92%, respectively, of the residential mortgage loan portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut. Included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $96 million and $188 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2007, People’s United Financial’s level of residential mortgage originations declined to $431 million, compared to $1.1 billion in 2006 and $1.4 billion in 2005.

The mix and volume of residential mortgage loan originations vary in response to changes in market interest rates and customer preferences. Adjustable rate loans accounted for 27% of total residential mortgage originations in 2007, compared to 77% and 73% for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

At December 31, 2007, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $1.8 billion of interest-only loans of which $158 million are stated income loans, compared to $2.1 billion and $180 million respectively, at December 31, 2006. People’s United Financial’s underwriting practices and credit review standards for such loans are generally consistent with those applied to other types of residential mortgage loan products.

People’s United Financial began originating interest-only residential mortgage loans in March 2003. The underwriting guidelines and requirements are more restrictive for interest-only loans than for amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. More specifically, properties must be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences, loan-to-value ratios are lower, higher credit scores are required, post closing reserve requirements are greater, and there are limits on cash-out refinances as compared to amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. Amortization of an interest-only loan begins after the initial interest rate change (e.g. after 5 years for a 5/1 adjustable rate mortgage).

Stated income loans represent a form of reduced documentation loan that requires a potential borrower to complete a standard mortgage application with full verification of the borrower’s asset information as contained in the loan application, but no verification of the provided income information. As with interest-only loans, underwriting guidelines for stated income loans require properties to be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences with lower loan-to-value ratios and higher credit scores. In addition, stated income loans require the receipt of an appraisal for the real estate used as collateral and a credit report on the prospective borrower.

People’s United Financial’s loan loss experience within the residential mortgage portfolio in 2007 was consistent with the level of loan losses sustained in prior years and continues to be primarily attributable to a small number of loans.

Adjustable rate residential loans at December 31, 2007 decreased $682 million compared to year-end 2006, while fixed-rate mortgage loans decreased $5 million. Total adjustable rate residential loans increased $395 million in 2006 compared to year-end 2005, while fixed-rate mortgage loans decreased $3 million.

Historically, People’s United Financial has held virtually all of the adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates on its balance sheet and has sold virtually all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates into the secondary market. In 2006, People’s United Financial completed a reassessment of its pricing with respect to adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans in light of the prevailing interest rate environment at that time. As a result, People’s United Financial made the decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. People’s United Financial continues to actively offer residential mortgage loans of all types through its extensive distribution system. However, the level of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans it originated was reduced significantly in 2007 and may decline further.

 

53


Table of Contents

Residential mortgage loan balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. The continued performance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio in 2008 may be adversely impacted by the level and direction of interest rates, consumer preferences and the regional economy.

Residential Mortgage Originations

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Residential Mortgage Originations by Product

Year ended December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Consumer Lending

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Home equity credit lines

   $ 938.5    $ 1,010.8

Second mortgages

     285.9      279.8

Personal installment loans

     10.8      14.1

Other loans

     15.6      16.6
             

Total consumer

   $ 1,250.8    $ 1,321.3
             

People’s United Financial offers Connecticut-based customers home equity credit lines and second mortgage loans, and to a lesser extent, other forms of installment and revolving credit loans. In the first quarter of 2006, People’s began offering home equity credit lines and loans in Massachusetts and New York. Future growth of People’s United Financial’s consumer loan portfolio is highly dependent upon economic conditions, the interest rate environment and competitors’ strategies, as well as the success of People’s United Financial’s marketing programs and information-based strategies.

At both December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 99% of the consumer loan portfolio was to customers located in Connecticut. The decrease in consumer loans primarily reflects a decline in home equity lending. Home equity loans decreased $66 million, or 5%, since year-end 2006, following a nationwide pattern.

 

54


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking lending businesses include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial lending and equipment financing by PCLC. Shared national credits are included in the commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending portfolios. In January 2008, People’s United Financial announced its decision to unwind its shared national credits portfolio in an orderly manner over the next two to three years.

Commercial Real Estate

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Property Type:

     

Residential

   $ 514.3    $ 513.6

Retail

     460.7      390.7

Office buildings

     409.3      360.0

Industrial/manufacturing

     184.6      184.8

Self storage/industrial

     97.8      97.8

Special use

     71.5      47.4

Land

     52.3      61.4

Health care

     47.2      53.9

Hospitality and entertainment

     36.6      61.8

Other properties

     11.3      15.3
             

Total commercial real estate

   $ 1,885.6    $ 1,786.7
             

People’s United Financial manages the commercial real estate portfolio by limiting the concentration in any loan type, term, industry, or to any individual borrower. Historically, People’s United Financial’s primary strategy has been to focus on lending in the state of Connecticut and adjacent states that represent its home market. In addition, People’s United Financial will purchase interests in out-of-state loan participations. Included in commercial real estate loans are shared national credits totaling $284 million, $209 million and $143 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. People’s United Financial’s highest loan concentration in the commercial real estate loan portfolio was in the residential sector, which represented 27% of this loan portfolio at December 31, 2007, compared to 29% at December 31, 2006 and 25% at year-end 2005.

Commercial Real Estate Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

At December 31, 2007, approximately 65% of People’s United Financial’s commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut, compared to approximately 68% at December 31, 2006. In addition, approximately 16% of the commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in New York and Florida at December 31, 2007 and no other state exposure was greater than 5%. Included in the commercial real estate portfolio are construction loans totaling $607 million, $541 million and $512 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents

Commercial real estate is dependent on the successful operation of the related income-producing real estate. Accordingly, the income streams generated by this portfolio can be impacted by changes in the real estate market and, to a large extent, Connecticut’s economy. The commercial real estate portfolio increased 6% in 2007 after slightly (0.5%) increasing in 2006 and decreasing 3% in 2005. People’s United Financial’s continues to focus on maintaining strong asset quality standards in a competitive market generally characterized by aggressive pricing and less attractive underwriting terms. The growth and performance of this portfolio is largely dependent on the economic environment in Connecticut and may be adversely impacted if the economy slows in 2008.

Commercial Real Estate Diversification

As of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial Lending

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Industry:

     

Finance, insurance and real estate

   $ 425.6    $ 354.7

Manufacturing

     386.1      412.1

Service

     268.6      230.2

Wholesale distribution

     153.3      119.9

Retail sales

     121.9      113.6

Health services

     115.4      108.5

Arts/entertainment/recreation

     51.7      61.8

Transportation/utility

     41.5      26.4

Other

     54.8      66.6
             

Total commercial and industrial lending

   $ 1,618.9    $ 1,493.8
             

People’s United Financial provides diversified products and services to its commercial customers, including short-term working capital credit facilities, term financing, asset-based loans, letters of credit, cash management services and commercial deposit accounts.

Commercial products are generally packaged together to create a financing solution specifically tailored to the needs of the customer. Taking a total relationship-focused approach with commercial customers to meet their financing needs has resulted in substantial growth in non-interest-bearing deposits over time, as well as in opportunities to provide other banking services to principals and employees of these commercial customers.

The borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan is closely tied to the ongoing profitability and cash flow of the borrower’s business. Consequently, a commercial loan tends to be more directly impacted by changes in economic cycles that affect businesses generally and the borrower’s business specifically. The availability of adequate collateral is a factor in commercial loan decisions, and loans are generally collateralized and/or guaranteed by third parties.

 

56


Table of Contents

In 2007, the commercial and industrial lending portfolio increased $125 million, or 8%, compared to increases of $100 million, or 7%, in 2006 and $159 million or 13% in 2005. The increase in 2007 includes an $86 million, or 23%, increase in shared national credits, compared to an increase of $47 million, or 15%, for the full year of 2006. Included in commercial lending are shared national credits totaling $454 million, $368 million and $321 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2007, approximately 66% of the commercial loan portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, compared to approximately 66% and 69% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Commercial loan exposure in the states of California and New York totaled 16% at December 31, 2007 and no other state exposure was greater than 5%. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the commercial lending portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy slows in 2008.

Commercial and Industrial Lending Diversification

As of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial Lending Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Shared National Credits

At December 31, 2007, the shared national credits loan portfolio totaled $738 million, compared to $577 million and $464 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and represented 16%, 14% and 12% of the total Commercial Banking loan portfolio at the respective dates. As discussed above, included in the shared national credits portfolio at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were commercial loans totaling $454 million, $368 million and $321 million, respectively, and commercial real estate loans totaling $284 million, $209 million and $143 million, respectively. In January 2008, People’s United Financial announced its decision to unwind its shared national credits portfolio in an orderly manner over the next two to three years.

 

57


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial will purchase interests in shared national credits from and to other financial institutions having comparable asset quality standards. At December 31, 2007, the shared national credits loan portfolio consisted only of loans purchased from other financial institutions.

At December 31, 2007, approximately $53 million, or 7%, of the shared national credits loan portfolio consisted of borrowers who are headquartered in Connecticut, while approximately $346 million, or 47%, consisted of borrowers located in California, Florida and New York. No other state exposure was greater than 8%.

PCLC

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Industry:

     

Printing

   $ 340.8    $ 308.9

Transportation/utility

     278.8      209.5

General manufacturing

     143.7      141.6

Retail sales

     95.5      85.7

Packaging

     77.0      76.7

Service

     25.8      28.2

Wholesale distribution

     13.2      12.4

Health services

     6.7      6.8
             

Total PCLC

   $ 981.5    $ 869.8
             

PCLC provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states, specializing in financing for the printing, transportation/utility, general manufacturing, retail sales and packaging industries. PCLC will buy or sell portions of financing transactions in the secondary market to manage the concentration risk of the overall portfolio. At December 31, 2007, approximately 2% of the portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, while approximately 42% were loans to customers located in Texas, California, Florida, Illinois and New York. No other state exposure was greater than 5%.

The PCLC portfolio grew $112 million, or 13%, in 2007, after increasing $235 million, or 37%, in 2006 and $182 million, or 40%, in 2005, reflecting management’s decision to grow this portfolio. Operating on a national scale, PCLC represented 22% of the Commercial Banking loan portfolio at December 31, 2007, compared to 21% and 17% at year-end 2006 and 2005, respectively. Based on the level of growth in this portfolio, the percentage increase in 2008 may not continue at recent levels.

PCLC Diversification

As of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

 

58


Table of Contents

PCLC Loan Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Asset Quality

 

The past several months have been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets. This volatility has been attributable to a number of factors, including the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption has, in turn, led to credit and liquidity concerns which have resulted in a significant deterioration in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues have been further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market. Subprime mortgage lending, which has been the riskiest sector of the residential housing market, is not a market People’s United Financial has ever pursued. Further, People’s United Financial has avoided exposure to similar, high-risk Alt-A loans and structured investment vehicles.

While People’s United Financial continues to adhere to prudent underwriting standards, the loan portfolio is geographically diverse and, therefore, is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a sharp downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

People’s United Financial actively manages asset quality through its underwriting practices and collection operations. Underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a given risk classification while collection operations focus on minimizing losses once an account becomes delinquent.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized. People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions.

Although People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

 

59


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses and ratios:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Beginning allowance for loan losses

   $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5     $ 69.2  
                                        

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial

     (7.0 )     (5.2 )     (0.9 )     (0.6 )     (1.2 )

Consumer

     (2.7 )     (3.4 )     (4.9 )     (9.7 )     (16.8 )

PCLC

     (1.8 )     (0.6 )     (3.1 )     (1.5 )     (2.0 )

Commercial real estate

     —         —         (0.1 )     (3.2 )     —    

Residential mortgage

     —         (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )
                                        

Total charge-offs

     (11.5 )     (9.3 )     (9.1 )     (15.2 )     (20.1 )
                                        

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     0.3       0.4       0.4       0.3       1.4  

Consumer

     1.1       1.6       2.0       2.8       2.9  

PCLC

     0.1       0.3       0.3       0.5       0.1  

Commercial real estate

     0.1       2.5       0.1       0.1       0.2  

Residential mortgage

     0.6       0.1       0.2       0.2       0.1  
                                        

Total recoveries

     2.2       4.9       3.0       3.9       4.7  
                                        

Net loan charge-offs

     (9.3 )     (4.4 )     (6.1 )     (11.3 )     (15.4 )

Provision for loan losses

     8.0       3.4       8.6       13.3       16.7  
                                        

Ending allowance for loan losses

   $ 72.7     $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5  
                                        

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

     0.81 %     0.79 %     0.87 %     0.91 %     0.99 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans

     357.8       327.9       352.5       264.6       208.4  
                                        

The provision for loan losses in 2007 totaled $8.0 million, a $4.6 million increase compared to $3.4 million in 2006. The 2007 period reflects $9.3 million in net loan charge-offs, partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The 2006 period reflected net loan charge-offs of $4.4 million and a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs increased $4.9 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% at December 31, 2007 and 0.79% at December 31, 2006.

Commercial loan net charge-offs in 2007 include a $5.9 million charge-off relating to one commercial banking loan that was placed on non-accrual status in the fourth quarter of 2006 as previously disclosed.

Consumer loan net charge-offs decreased $0.2 million, or 10%, in 2007, as decreases of $0.3 million and $0.2 million in national consumer loan net charge-offs and charge-offs related to consumer overdrafts, respectively, were partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in home equity loan net charge-offs.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.10% in 2007, up from 0.05% in 2006, reflecting the $4.9 million increase in net loan charge-offs and the impact on the ratio of a $120 million, or 1%, increase in average loans, both as compared to 2006. The very low level of net loan charge-offs in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans is unlikely to be sustainable in the future.

The provision for loan losses decreased $5.2 million in 2006 compared to 2005, reflecting lower net loan charge-offs in 2006 and a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses in 2006, compared to a $2.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses in 2005. Net loan charge-offs in 2006 declined $1.7 million, or 28%, compared to 2005. Commercial loan net charge-offs in 2006 reflect a $4.0 million charge-off relating to

 

60


Table of Contents

one commercial banking loan that was placed on non-accrual status in the second quarter of 2006. Consumer loan net charge-offs decreased $1.2 million, or 39%, reflecting a $1.9 million decrease in national consumer loan net charge-offs.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans decreased 2 basis points to 0.05% in 2006 compared to 0.07% in 2005. In addition to the $1.7 million decrease in net loan charge-offs, the improvement in the net loan charge-off ratio reflected a $715 million, or 9%, increase in average total loans.

Net Loan Charge-Offs (Recoveries) as a Percentage of Average Total Loans

 

Years ended December 31

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Commercial

   0.44 %   0.34 %   0.04 %   0.03 %   (0.02 )%

PCLC

   0.19     0.04     0.54     0.27     0.77  

Consumer

   0.13     0.14     0.24     0.66     1.48  

Commercial real estate

   (0.01 )   (0.14 )   —       0.18     (0.02 )

Residential mortgage

   (0.02 )   —       —       —       —    
                              

Total portfolio

   0.10 %   0.05 %   0.07 %   0.15 %   0.22 %
                              

The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans:

 

     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

As of December 31
(dollars in
millions)

   Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
 

Commercial real estate

   $ 27.9    21.0 %   $ 27.5    19.1 %   $ 30.5    20.7 %   $ 30.5    23.1 %   $ 28.0    23.9 %

Commercial

     24.7    18.1       27.5    15.9       25.5    16.3       23.5    15.6       21.5    14.6  

PCLC

     18.3    11.0       16.0    9.3       13.0    7.4       10.5    5.7       8.5    4.2  

Consumer

     1.1    14.0       2.0    14.1       3.0    14.7       5.0    14.4       9.5    13.8  

Residential mortgage

     0.7    35.9       1.0    41.6       3.0    40.9       3.0    41.2       3.0    43.5  
                                                                 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 72.7    100.0 %   $ 74.0    100.0 %   $ 75.0    100.0 %   $ 72.5    100.0 %   $ 70.5    100.0 %
                                                                 

Based on a review of trends in key factors used in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses allocated by type of loan, including portfolio growth and changes in risk classifications, People’s United Financial decreased the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses by $2.8 million for the commercial loan portfolio (reflecting the favorable resolution of one non-performing commercial loan discussed above), by $0.3 million for the residential mortgage loan portfolio and by $0.9 million for the consumer loan portfolio (reflecting continued decreases in the national consumer loan portfolio balances). These decreases were partially offset by an increase to the allowance for loan losses and a corresponding increase to the provision for loan losses by $2.3 million for the PCLC loan portfolio (reflecting loan growth in 2007) and by $0.2 million for the commercial real estate loan portfolio. As a result of these changes, the total allowance for loan losses declined by $1.3 million in 2007.

A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized

 

61


Table of Contents

as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. The classification of a loan as non-performing does not necessarily indicate that loan principal and interest ultimately will not be collected.

People’s United Financial historical experience suggests that a portion of these assets will eventually be recovered. All non-performing loans are in various stages of collection, workout, settlement or foreclosure. When loan workout efforts are exhausted and it is determined that the borrower is unable to repay the obligation, People’s United Financial will complete foreclosure procedures, if applicable. Restructured commercial and commercial real estate loans are those for which concessions to below market terms, such as below market interest rates or deferral of interest, have been granted due to the borrowers’ financial condition.

Non-Performing Assets

The following table presents information regarding non-accrual loans, restructured loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets:

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Residential mortgage

   $ 8.9     $ 6.7     $ 6.7     $ 7.5     $ 11.4  

Commercial real estate

     3.7       0.2       5.8       8.7       11.4  

Consumer

     3.3       1.7       1.3       0.9       2.5  

PCLC

     3.1       2.1       6.2       5.1       4.2  

Commercial

     1.3       11.9       1.3       5.2       3.3  
                                        

Total non-accrual loans

     20.3       22.6       21.3       27.4       32.8  

Restructured loans

     —         —         —         —         1.0  
                                        

Total non-performing loans

     20.3       22.6       21.3       27.4       33.8  

Real estate owned (“REO”) and repossessed assets, net

     5.8       0.1       0.7       1.2       0.5  
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 26.1     $ 22.7     $ 22.0     $ 28.6     $ 34.3  
                                        

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.23 %     0.24 %     0.25 %     0.35 %     0.48 %

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total loans, REO and repossessed assets

     0.29       0.24       0.26       0.36       0.48  

Non-performing assets as a percentage of stockholders’ equity and allowance for loan losses

     0.58       1.61       1.62       2.25       3.20  
                                        

Total non-performing assets increased $3.4 million, or 15%, from December 31, 2006 and were 0.29% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets at December 31, 2007. Increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $3.5 million, REO and repossessed assets of $5.7 million, non-performing PCLC loans of $1.0 million and non-performing residential mortgage loans of $2.2 million, were partially offset by a decrease of $10.6 million in non-performing commercial loans. The decrease in non-performing commercial loans primarily reflects the $5.9 million charge-off related to one loan discussed above. The increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans reflects one loan totaling $3.4 million that was classified as non-performing in 2007. The increase in REO and repossessed assets primarily reflects the repossession of a printing press and ancillary equipment from one borrower and the transfer to real estate owned of the real estate securing the remaining balance of the non-performing commercial loan discussed above.

Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2006 increased $0.7 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2005 and improved 2 basis points to 0.24% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets at December 31, 2006. Reductions of $5.6 million and $4.1 million in non-performing commercial real estate and PCLC loans, respectively, were essentially offset by a $10.6 million increase in non-performing commercial loans. The net increase in non-performing commercial loans since December 31, 2005 reflects one $10.6 million loan that was classified as non-performing in the fourth quarter of 2006. The decrease in non-performing commercial real

 

62


Table of Contents

estate loans since December 31, 2005 reflects the favorable resolution of one non-performing loan that generated a $2.3 million cash recovery.

The level of non-performing assets is expected to fluctuate in response to changing economic and market conditions, and the relative sizes of the respective loan portfolios, along with management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets.

At December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, People’s United Financial’s portfolio did not include any loans, not included in the table above, which are “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in SFAS No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings.”

As of December 31, 2007, if all non-accruing loans had been current in accordance with their terms and had been outstanding throughout 2007 or since origination if held for part of the year, the gross interest income that would have been recorded in 2007 on such loans would have amounted to approximately $2.3 million. The amount of interest income on the non-accruing loans included in net income in 2007 was $0.7 million.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

Detailed discussions pertaining to People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet arrangements are included in the following sections: Funding, Liquidity, Capital and Market Risk Management.

Funding

 

At the current time, People’s United Financial’s primary funding sources are deposits and stockholders’ equity, which represent 98% of total assets at December 31, 2007. Borrowings also are an available source of funding. Based on People’s United Bank’s membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and the level of qualifying collateral available at December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank had up to $3.1 billion of borrowing capacity in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank, and repurchase agreements. People’s United Bank also had unsecured borrowing capacity of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2007.

Deposits

 

     2007     2006     2005  

As of December 31
(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Core deposits:

               

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,136.8    —   %   $ 2,269.0    —   %   $ 2,299.0    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing

checking and money

market

     2,997.3    1.44       3,192.0    1.39       3,749.8    1.29  
                                       

Total

     5,134.1    0.84       5,461.0    0.81       6,048.8    0.80  
                                       

Time deposits maturing:

               

Within 6 months

     2,428.3    4.67       2,282.7    4.50       1,299.5    2.94  

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,033.6    4.56       980.2    4.63       958.1    3.44  

After 1 but within 2 years

     158.4    3.74       220.8    3.65       496.4    3.64  

After 2 but within 3 years

     37.0    3.54       45.4    3.14       89.1    2.86  

After 3 years

     43.9    4.03       49.2    3.88       61.4    3.47  
                                       

Total

     3,701.2    4.58       3,578.3    4.46       2,904.5    3.23  
                                       

Total core deposits

     8,835.3    2.41       9,039.3    2.26       8,953.3    1.59  

Non-core deposits

     45.3    0.87       43.3    0.98       129.3    2.07  
                                       

Total deposits

   $ 8,880.6    2.40 %   $ 9,082.6    2.25 %   $ 9,082.6    1.59 %
                                       

 

63


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to individuals, corporations and municipalities. People’s United Financial provides customers access to their deposits through 79 traditional branches, 75 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches, seven limited-service branches, over 250 ATMs, telephone banking and an Internet banking site that is fully integrated with People’s United Financial’s brokerage subsidiary, PSI.

Core deposits equaled 65% and 85% of total assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. While core deposits declined by $204 million, or 2%, from year-end 2006, the change in the relative percentage of total assets reflects the $2.9 billion increase in total assets primarily with the net proceeds from the second-step conversion. Core deposits and stockholders’ equity constituted over 99% of People’s United Financial’s funding base at December 31, 2007 and over 98% at December 31, 2006.

The expansion of People’s United Financial’s branch network and its commitment to developing full-service relationships with its customers are integral components of People’s United Financial’s strategy to leverage the success of its supermarket banking initiative, expand market share and continue growing deposits. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial’s statewide network of Stop & Shop branches held deposits totaling $2.1 billion and deposits in supermarket branches open for more than one year averaged $28 million per store.

In 2007, People’s United Financial expanded into Westchester County in New York State by opening 2 new traditional branches in Scarsdale and Mount Kisco. People’s United Financial plans to continue its branch expansion by opening both traditional and Stop & Shop branches in Connecticut and traditional branches in New York.

Non-interest-bearing deposits are an important source of low-cost funding and fee income for People’s United Financial. In addition, People’s United Financial believes that checking accounts represent one of the core relationships between a financial institution and its customers, and it is from these relationships that cross-selling of other financial services can be achieved. Non-interest-bearing core deposits equaled 24% and 25% of core deposits at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $972 million at December 31, 2007, of which $463 million mature within three months, $234 million mature after three months but within six months, $243 million mature after six months but within one year and $32 million mature after one year. There were no brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Commercial deposits fund a significant portion of the loan portfolio. Average non-interest-bearing commercial deposits totaled $883 million in 2007, a $56 million, or 6%, decrease compared to 2006. Average non-interest-bearing commercial deposits decreased by $43 million, or 4%, in 2006, after increasing by $43 million, or 5%, in 2005. The decreases in 2007 and 2006 are reflective of the interest rate environment in each year.

The following table presents, by rate category, time deposits as of December 31, 2007.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007

3.00% or less

   $ 253.5

3.01% to 3.50%

     119.0

3.51% to 4.00%

     265.4

4.01% to 4.50%

     570.5

4.51% to 5.00%

     1,906.3

5.01% to 5.50%

     590.9
      

Total

   $ 3,705.6
      

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

 

     Period to Maturity from December 31, 2007

(in millions)

   Within
three
months
   Over
three to
six months
   Over six
months to
one year
   Over one
to
two years
   Over two
to
three years
   Over
three
years
   Total

3.00% or less

   $ 77.8    $ 57.1    $ 69.8    $ 33.8    $ 13.1    $ 1.9    $ 253.5

3.01% to 3.50%

     24.0      24.0      35.0      30.6      5.4      —        119.0

3.51% to 4.00%

     37.0      88.2      62.6      28.7      13.6      35.3      265.4

4.01% to 4.50%

     171.6      187.8      148.7      60.2      1.8      0.4      570.5

4.51% to 5.00%

     1,063.0      419.9      413.4      3.3      2.0      4.7      1,906.3

5.01% to 5.50%

     156.9      125.2      304.3      1.8      1.1      1.6      590.9
                                                

Total

   $ 1,530.3    $ 902.2    $ 1,033.8    $ 158.4    $ 37.0    $ 43.9    $ 3,705.6
                                                

Total Core Deposits

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Non-Interest-Bearing Deposits

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Borrowings

 

     2007     2006     2005  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Overnight federal funds purchased

   $ —      —   %   $ 4.1    5.15 %   $ 269.9    3.94 %

FHLB advances maturing within 1 month

     —      —         —      —         25.0    4.00  
                                       

Total borrowings

   $ —      —   %   $ 4.1    5.15 %   $ 294.9    3.94 %
                                       

 

65


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial had no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2007, compared to $4.1 million, or less than 0.5% of total assets at December 31, 2006. People’s United Financial uses federal funds purchased as a source of funds, which are typically unsecured overnight loans among banks. Sources include three of the twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks and several money center and large regional banks.

In previous years, People’s United Financial’s primary source for borrowings was advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which provides credit for member institutions within its assigned region. People’s United Financial’s outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances at December 31, 2005 represented less than one-half of one percent of total assets. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The average balances of People’s United Financial’s advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $0.1 million, $47 million and $50 million, respectively, and the maximum Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $1 million, $155 million and $190 million, respectively.

Another source of funds in previous years has been repurchase agreements. These transactions involve the sale of securities to broker/dealers under agreements to repurchase the same (or substantially the same) securities. Repurchase agreements with broker/dealers are limited to Reporting Federal Reserve Dealers in government securities that have been approved by People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors.

Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, People’s United Bank had $65 million of 9.875% subordinated notes outstanding. These subordinated notes are due in 2010 and are unsecured general obligations of People’s United Bank with interest payable semi-annually, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s United Bank’s other creditors and are not redeemable prior to maturity. They qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for risk-based capital purposes.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table is a summary of People’s United Financial’s contractual cash obligations, other than deposit liabilities, including operating leases. Additional information concerning these contractual cash obligations is included in Notes 11, 12 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Purchase obligations included in the table represent those agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transactions. A substantial majority of People’s United Financial’s purchase obligations are renewable on a year-to-year basis. As such, the purchase obligations included in this table only reflect the contractual commitment.

 

     Payments Due by Period

As of December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   Total    Less Than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   4-5
Years
   After
5 Years

Subordinated notes

   $ 65.4    $ —      $ 65.4    $ —      $ —  
                                  

Total on-balance-sheet

     65.4      —        65.4      —        —  

Operating leases

     154.4      24.7      46.4      30.5      52.8

Purchase obligations

     98.1      38.3      36.4      19.9      3.5
                                  

Total

   $ 317.9    $ 63.0    $ 148.2    $ 50.4    $ 56.3
                                  

FIN 48 income tax liabilities totaling $1.4 million, including related interest and penalties, are not included in the above table as the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of People’s United Financial’s uncertain income tax positions.

 

66


Table of Contents

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet all present and future funding requirements at reasonable costs. Liquidity management addresses People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise, to meet customer deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings and subordinated notes as they mature. People’s United Financial’s, as well as People’s United Bank’s, liquidity positions are monitored daily by management. The Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) of People’s United Bank has been authorized by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial to set guidelines to ensure maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity for People’s United Financial as well as for People’s United Bank. ALCO reports to the Treasury and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of People’s United Bank.

Asset liquidity is provided by: cash; short-term investments; proceeds from security sales, maturities and principal repayments; and proceeds from scheduled principal collections, prepayments and sales of loans. In addition, certain securities may be used to collateralize borrowings under repurchase agreements. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present data on cash provided by and used in People’s United Financial’s operating, investing and financing activities. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial’s liquid assets included $428 million in securities purchased under agreements to resell. People’s United Bank’s liquid assets included $2.4 billion in cash and cash equivalents, $42 million in debt securities available for sale and $19 million in trading account securities. Securities available for sale with a total fair value of $22 million at December 31, 2007 were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Liability liquidity is measured by People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to obtain core deposits and purchased funds at cost-effective rates that are diversified with respect to markets and maturities. Core deposits, which are considered the most stable source of liability liquidity, totaled $8.8 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $9.0 billion at December 31, 2006 (representing 66% and 86% of total funding at the respective dates). While core deposits declined $204 million, or 2%, since year-end 2006, the change in relative percentage mix of total funding is primarily due to the substantial increase in stockholders’ equity with the net proceeds from the second-step conversion. Purchased funds can be used from time to time to diversify People’s United Financial’s funding mix and to support asset growth. Purchased funds totaled $45 million at December 31, 2007 and $47 million at December 31, 2006 (representing 0.3% and 0.5% of total funding at the respective dates).

People’s United Bank’s current sources of purchased funds include: federal funds purchased, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, municipal deposits and repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank’s borrowing limit from Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances, and repurchase agreements totaled $3.1 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources and in addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $1.1 billion.

At December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans totaling $951 million and approved, but unused, lines of credit extended to customers totaling $2.7 billion (including $1.6 billion of home equity lines of credit). See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

The sources of liquidity discussed above are deemed by management to be sufficient to fund outstanding loan commitments and to meet People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s other obligations.

Earning Asset Mix

$12.5 billion as of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Funding Base

$13.4 billion as of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Capital

 

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $4.45 billion at December 31, 2007, a $3.11 billion net increase from December 31, 2006. This increase primarily reflects the $3.33 billion of net proceeds from the second-step conversion, net income of $150.7 million, a common stock contribution with a fair value of $40.0 million to The People’s United Community Foundation and a $29.4 million decrease in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) since December 31, 2006, partially offset by purchases of common stock for the ESOP and 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan totaling $343.9 million and dividends paid in 2007 of $131.1 million. The decrease in AOCL reflects a $16.8 million after-tax increase in net actuarial loss, prior service costs and transition obligation on pension and other postretirement benefits, and a $12.6 million after-tax increase in the net unrealized gain on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.34 billion at December 31, 2006, a $51 million net increase compared to $1.29 billion at December 31, 2005. This increase primarily reflects net income of $124.0 million, partially offset by dividends paid in 2006 of $60.0 million and a $24.6 million increase in AOCL since December 31, 2005. The net increase in AOCL primarily reflects a $40.0 million after-tax increase from the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006, partially offset by a $18.9 million after-tax reduction in the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale due to the sales of securities in 2006.

Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which People’s Mutual Holdings waived receipt of dividends prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007) were $0.52, $0.46 and $0.40 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 87.0%, 48.3% and 38.3%, respectively. The increase in the dividend payout ratio reflects the waiver of

 

68


Table of Contents

dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007. Stockholders’ equity equaled 32.8% of total assets at December 31, 2007, compared to 12.5% at December 31, 2006.

Capital Requirements. OTS capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks, such as People’s United Bank, to meet three minimum capital ratios:

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OTS takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile.

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2007 to the OTS minimum requirements. In 2007, People’s United Financial made a $1.7 billion capital contribution to People’s United Bank from a portion of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion. People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $12.1 billion at December 31, 2007 and its risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $9.0 billion at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

   People’s United Bank     OTS Minimum
Requirements
 
   Amount     Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 2,903.8 (1)   24.1 %   $ 180.8    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

     2,903.8 (1)   24.1       482.1    4.0  

Total risk-based capital

     3,001.0 (2)   33.4       719.2    8.0  

 

(1) Represents total stockholders’ equity, excluding (i) after-tax net unrealized gains (losses) on debt and certain equity securities classified as available for sale, (ii) after-tax net unrealized losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, (iii) certain assets not recognized in tier 1 capital (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles), and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to SFAS No. 158.
(2) Represents tier 1 capital plus subordinated notes, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-adjusted total assets.

 

69


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2007 exceeded the OTS numeric criteria for classification as “well capitalized.” See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

People’s United Bank Capital Ratios

Compared to Regulatory Requirements

As of December 31, 2007 (percent)

LOGO

Market Risk Management

 

Market risk is the risk of loss to earnings, capital and the fair market values of certain assets and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

For People’s United Bank, the only relevant market risk at this time is interest rate risk (“IRR”), which is the potential exposure to earnings or capital that may result from changes in interest rates. People’s United Bank actively manages its IRR to achieve a balance between risk, earnings volatility and capital preservation. ALCO has primary responsibility for managing People’s United Bank’s IRR. To evaluate People’s United Bank’s IRR profile, ALCO monitors economic conditions, interest rate trends, liquidity levels and capital ratios. Management also reviews assumptions periodically for projected customer and competitor behavior, in addition to the expected repricing characteristics and cash flow projections for assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Actual conditions may vary significantly from People’s United Bank’s assumptions.

Management evaluates the impact of IRR on “Income at Risk” using an earnings simulation model to project earnings under multiple interest rate environments over a one-year time horizon resulting in a quantification of IRR. Income at Risk includes significant interest rate sensitive income sources, such as net interest income, gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and BOLI income.

The earnings projections are based on a static balance sheet and estimates of pricing levels for People’s United Bank’s products under multiple scenarios intended to reflect instantaneous yield curve shocks. People’s United Bank estimates its base case Income at Risk using current interest rates. Internal guidelines regarding IRR simulation specify that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated Income at Risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than: 10% for a 100 basis point shift; 15% for a 200 basis point shift; and 20% for a 250 basis point shift.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated percentage increase (decrease) in People’s United Bank’s Income at Risk over a one-year simulation period beginning December 31, 2007.

 

Rate Change (basis points)

   Percent Change in
Income at Risk
 

+300

   24.05 %

+200

   16.73  

+100

   8.14  

-100

   (6.47 )

-200

   (13.98 )

-250

   (18.31 )

While Income at Risk simulation identifies earnings exposure over a relatively short time horizon, Market Value of Equity (“MVE”) takes a long-term economic perspective when quantifying IRR. MVE identifies possible margin behavior over a longer time horizon and is therefore a valuable complement of interest rate risk management. Base case MVE is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged.

Internal guidelines limit the exposure of a decrease in MVE resulting from instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve in the following manner: for 100 basis points – 10% of base case MVE; for 200 basis points—15% of base case MVE; and for 250 basis points – 20% of base case MVE.

The following table shows the estimated percentage decrease in People’s United Bank MVE, assuming various shifts in interest rates.

 

Rate Change

(basis points)

   Percent Change in
Market Value of Equity

+300

   (3.57)%

+200

   (1.78)

+100

   (0.55)

-100

   (0.62)

-200

   (1.98)

-250

   (2.67)

Management believes People’s United Bank’s interest rate risk position at December 31, 2007 represents an acceptable level of risk. However, given the uncertainty of the magnitude, timing and direction of future interest rate movements and the shape of the yield curve, actual results may vary from those predicted by People’s United Bank’s models.

People’s United Bank uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate floors and interest rate swaps, as components of its IRR management. People’s United Bank has written guidelines that have been approved by its Board of Directors and ALCO governing the use of these financial instruments, including approved counterparties and risk limits, and controls the credit risk of these instruments through collateral, credit approvals and monitoring procedures. At December 31, 2007, each of People’s United Bank’s counterparties had an investment grade credit rating from the major rating agencies and is specifically approved up to a maximum credit exposure. Derivative financial instruments have been used for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes.

People’s United Bank is currently using interest rate floors and interest rate swaps to manage IRR associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. People’s United Bank is currently using interest rate floors to partially manage its exposure to a decrease in interest income resulting from declines in certain interest rates. These interest rate floors offer protection against a decline in interest income if the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain floating-rate commercial loans declines below the strike rate

 

71


Table of Contents

on the interest rate floors. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s United Bank would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate, which in effect, would offset the decline in interest income earned on the hedged floating rate commercial loans from the decline in interest rates. Interest rate floors are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Interest rate swaps are used to match more closely the repricing of fewer than five commercial real estate loans and the funding associated with these loans. The interest rate swaps effectively convert the funding liabilities from a variable interest rate into a fixed interest rate and consequently reduce People’s United Bank’s exposure to increases in interest rates and their effect on interest income and interest expense. Interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Bank uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Bank in its management of IRR. Also see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate
Floors
    Interest Rate
Swaps
   Foreign Exchange
Contracts

Notional amount at year end

   $ 700.0     $ 6.7    $ 13.1

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     37       65      1

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ (3.1 )   $ —      $ —  

Fair value:

       

Recognized as an asset

     27.6       —        0.1

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.4      —  
                     

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2006

(dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate
Floors
    Interest Rate
Swaps
   Foreign Exchange
Contracts

Notional amount at year end

   $ 700.0     $ 6.9    $ 13.1

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     49       77      2

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ (0.8 )   $ —      $ —  

Fair value:

       

Recognized as an asset

     11.5       —        —  

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.2      0.3
                     

 

72


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for the preparation, content and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and all other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Management is also responsible for compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness as designated by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee composed of five outside directors, each of whom meets the criteria for independence as set forth in applicable listing standards. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to ensure that the system of internal control over financial reporting is being properly administered and that financial data is being properly reported. The Audit Committee reviews the scope and timing of internal audits, including recommendations made with respect to the system of internal control over financial reporting. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting for People’s United Financial, Inc. Management maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, including an internal audit function, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are properly authorized, and that accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that People’s United Financial, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

 

/s/    Philip R. Sherringham        

Philip R. Sherringham

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2008

 

73


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item begins on page F-1.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

The individual providing the certification included as exhibits to this report (the “Certifying Officer”) has concluded that the design and operation of People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purpose of ensuring that information required to be disclosed by People’s United Financial in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner. This conclusion is based on an evaluation of People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Certifying Officer.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, there has not been any change in People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting.

People’s United Financial’s Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appears on page 73 and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon appears on page F-3.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

74


Table of Contents

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors of the Corporation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Election of Directors” in the People’s United Financial Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days of People’s United Financial fiscal year end (the “Proxy Statement”) and is herein incorporated by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that Janet M. Hansen, a member of the Audit Committee of the Board, is an “audit committee financial expert” and is “independent” within the meaning of those terms as used in the instructions to this Item 10.

Executive Officers of the Corporation

The name, age, principal occupation and business experience for at least the last five years of each executive officer who is not a director of People’s United Financial is set forth below as of February 11, 2008.

John P. Barnes, age 52, became a Senior Executive Vice President (Chief Administrative Officer) on January 1, 2008. Mr. Barnes was an Executive Vice President of Chittenden Corporation Services Group since 1997. Mr. Barnes has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1983.

David A. Bodor, age 61, became an Executive Vice President (Chief Credit Officer) on January 1, 2008. Mr. Bodor was a Senior Vice President (Chief Credit Officer) since 2006. Mr. Bodor has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1996.

Robert R. D’Amore, age 55, became a Senior Executive Vice President (Retail and Small Business Banking Group) on January 1, 2008. Mr. D’Amore was an Executive Vice President (Marketing and Regional Banking) since 2000. Mr. D’Amore has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1981.

Brian F. Dreyer, age 61, became a Senior Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking Group) on January 1, 2008. Mr. Dreyer was an Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking) since 2001. Mr. Dreyer has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1991.

William T. Kosturko, age 59, became a Senior Executive Vice President on January 1, 2008. Mr. Kosturko was an Executive Vice President since 1994 and has been General Counsel since 1991.

Henry R. Mandel, age 63, has been an Executive Vice President (Organization Effectiveness) since 2001. Mr. Mandel has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1998.

Louise T. Sandberg, age 56, became a Senior Executive Vice President (Wealth Management Group) on January 1, 2008. Mrs. Sandberg was a Senior Vice President (Wealth Management Division) at Chittenden Bank since 1997. Mrs. Sandberg has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1977.

People’s United Financial has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The text of the Code of Ethics is available on People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com , under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Management.”

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Board of Directors Committees” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

75


Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table provides summary information about People’s United Financial’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2007:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)
   Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   12,896,441    $16.24    16,098,997 (1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   0    n/a    0

Total

   12,896,441    $16.24    16,098,997 (1)

 

(1) Of this amount, 425,025 shares are issuable as shares of restricted stock pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. The remaining 15,673,972 shares are issuable pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan either in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, or shares of restricted stock. Information describing these plans appears on pages F-39 through F-42.

Additional information required by this item appears on pages 2 through 4 of the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Certain Transactions with Members of Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

76


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of People’s United Financial, Inc. and the independent registered public accounting firm reports thereon are included herein beginning on page F-1:

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

(a)(2) Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following Exhibits are filed with this Report or are incorporated by reference. Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

Designation

  

Description

  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  3.2   

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc.

  4.1    Form of Stock Certificate of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  4.2    Reserved.
  4.3    Reserved.
  4.4    Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000, between People’s Bank and Bankers Trust Company as Fiscal and Paying Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  4.5    Form of Global Notes, registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (November 16, 2000) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration
No. 333-138389))
10.2    Reserved.
10.3    Reserved.
10.4    Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))

 

77


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.5   Form of Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.5(a)   Form of Amendment to Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5(a) to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.6   Short Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees of People’s Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.7   People’s Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.8   Reserved.
10.9   Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on September 30, 2007)
10.10   Reserved.
10.10(a)   Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10(a) to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.11   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.12   Reserved.
10.13   People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.13(a)   Amendment One to The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan
10.14   The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.14(a)   Amendment One to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(a) to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.14(b)   Amendment Two to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(b) to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.14(c)   Amendment Three to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan
10.15   Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1997, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))

 

78


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.15(a)   Amendment to People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement
10.16   Second Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan
10.17   People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.17(a)   Amendment to People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement
10.18   Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.19   People’s Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.20   Third Amended and Restated People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.21   The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.22   The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement, dated June 27, 1995, between The Norwich Savings Society and Sachem Trust National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.23   Amendment and Restatement of Deferred Compensation Agreements (undated) between The Norwich Savings Society and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.24   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc.
10.24(a)   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc. Amendment No. 1
10.25   People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.26   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on October 22, 2007)
10.26(a)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Executive Officers) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on December 7, 2007)
10.26(b)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Executive Employees) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on October 30, 2007)
10.26(c)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on December 7, 2007)

 

79


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.27   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on October 22, 2007)
10.27(a)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Executive Officers) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on December 7, 2007)
10.27(b)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Executive Employees) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on October 30, 2007)
10.27(c)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K on December 7, 2007)
21   Subsidiaries
23   Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification
32.1   Section 1350 Certification
99.1   Impact of Inflation
99.2   Other Statistical Data
99.3   Management Report on the Effectiveness of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting and Compliance With Designated Laws and Regulations
99.4   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Management’s Assessment Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, People’s United Financial, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of People’s United Financial, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    J EFFREY H OYT         

    Jeffrey Hoyt
   

Senior Vice President, Controller

and Senior Accounting Officer

Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    C OLLIN P. B ARON        

    Collin P. Baron
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    G EORGE P. C ARTER        

    George P. Carter
    Director
Date:   By:  

 

    John K. Dwight
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    J ERRY F RANKLIN        

    Jerry Franklin
    Director
Date:   By:  

 

    Eunice S. Groark
    Director

 

81


Table of Contents
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    J ANET M. H ANSEN        

    Janet M. Hansen
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    R ICHARD M. H OYT        

    Richard M. Hoyt
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    J EREMIAH J. L OWNEY , J R .        

    Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    M ARK W. R ICHARDS        

    Mark W. Richards
    Director
Date: February 28, 2008   By:  

/s/    J AMES A. T HOMAS        

    James A. Thomas
    Director

 

82


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of People’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), People’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited People’s United Financial, Inc.’s (“People’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2008

 

F-3


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (note 5)

   $ 296.2     $ 344.1  

Short-term investments (note 5)

     3,088.0       224.6  
                

Total cash and cash equivalents

     3,384.2       568.7  
                

Securities (note 6):

    

Trading account securities, at fair value

     18.7       29.6  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     42.2       46.8  

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $0.6 and $1.1 at each date)

     0.6       1.1  
                

Total securities

     61.5       77.5  
                

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (note 1)

     428.0       —    
                

Loans (note 7):

    

Residential mortgage

     3,212.9       3,900.1  

Commercial

     2,600.4       2,363.6  

Commercial real estate

     1,885.6       1,786.7  

Consumer

     1,250.8       1,321.3  
                

Total loans

     8,949.7       9,371.7  

Less allowance for loan losses

     (72.7 )     (74.0 )
                

Total loans, net

     8,877.0       9,297.7  
                

Bank-owned life insurance (note 1)

     222.6       212.6  

Premises and equipment, net (note 8)

     156.8       136.8  

Goodwill (note 1)

     101.5       101.5  

Other acquisition-related intangibles (note 1)

     2.5       3.5  

Other assets (note 9)

     320.7       288.6  
                

Total assets

   $ 13,554.8     $ 10,686.9  
                

Liabilities

    

Deposits (note 10):

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,166.1     $ 2,294.4  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     3,008.9       3,205.2  

Time

     3,705.6       3,583.0  
                

Total deposits

     8,880.6       9,082.6  
                

Borrowings (note 11):

    

Federal funds purchased

     —         4.1  
                

Total borrowings

     —         4.1  
                

Subordinated notes (note 12)

     65.4       65.3  

Other liabilities

     163.4       195.4  
                

Total liabilities

     9,109.4       9,347.4  
                

Commitments and contingencies (notes 20 and 21)

    

Stockholders’ Equity (notes 14 and 15)

    

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1.95 billion shares authorized;
301.1 million shares issued)

     3.0       —    

Common stock (without par value; 450.0 million shares authorized;
142.2 million shares issued and outstanding)

     —         142.2  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,642.8       182.9  

Retained earnings

     1,079.6       1,062.4  

Treasury stock, at cost (2.8 million shares)

     (51.8 )     —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 17)

     (18.6 )     (48.0 )

Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan (10.1 million shares)

     (209.6 )     —    
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,445.4       1,339.5  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 13,554.8     $ 10,686.9  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2007    2006     2005  

Interest and dividend income:

       

Residential mortgage

   $ 183.9    $ 185.2     $ 154.7  

Commercial

     167.6      146.5       108.7  

Commercial real estate

     127.7      126.0       116.2  

Consumer

     88.9      88.3       65.8  
                       

Total interest on loans

     568.1      546.0       445.4  

Short-term investments

     86.7      5.3       1.5  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     48.3      0.8       1.0  

Securities (note 6)

     3.9      30.0       60.0  
                       

Total interest and dividend income

     707.0      582.1       507.9  
                       

Interest expense:

       

Deposits (note 10)

     213.6      180.1       117.5  

Borrowings (note 11)

     0.2      10.0       9.4  

Subordinated notes

     6.6      9.6       11.3  
                       

Total interest expense

     220.4      199.7       138.2  
                       

Net interest income

     486.6      382.4       369.7  

Provision for loan losses (note 7)

     8.0      3.4       8.6  
                       

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     478.6      379.0       361.1  
                       

Non-interest income:

       

Fee-based revenues:

       

Service charges on deposit accounts

     76.3      77.8       72.4  

Insurance revenue

     26.8      27.3       28.0  

Brokerage commissions

     13.6      12.2       11.7  

Other fees

     37.7      35.7       39.4  
                       

Total fee-based revenues

     154.4      153.0       151.5  

Bank-owned life insurance (note 1)

     10.5      9.1       3.3  

Net security gains (losses) (note 6)

     5.5      (27.2 )     (0.1 )

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans (note 7)

     3.0      2.0       4.0  

Other non-interest income (note 4)

     12.0      10.5       14.6  
                       

Total non-interest income

     185.4      147.4       173.3  
                       

Non-interest expense:

       

Compensation and benefits (notes 18 and 19)

     215.6      202.9       195.5  

Occupancy and equipment

     67.1      62.2       62.4  

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (note 2)

     60.0      —         —    

Goodwill impairment charge (note 1)

     —        —         2.0  

Other non-interest expense (note 12)

     96.6      81.8       84.5  
                       

Total non-interest expense

     439.3      346.9       344.4  
                       

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     224.7      179.5       190.0  

Income tax expense (note 13)

     75.5      57.8       64.1  
                       

Income from continuing operations

     149.2      121.7       125.9  
                       

Discontinued operations (note 24):

       

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.5      2.3       5.0  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —         6.2  
                       

Income from discontinued operations

     1.5      2.3       11.2  
                       

Net income

   $ 150.7    $ 124.0     $ 137.1  
                       

Earnings per common share (note 16)

       

Basic:

       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.52    $ 0.41     $ 0.42  

Net income

     0.52      0.42       0.46  

Diluted:

       

Income from continuing operations

     0.52      0.40       0.42  

Net income

     0.52      0.41       0.46  
                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Pe ople’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

(in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Unallocated
ESOP
Common
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 140.8     $ 157.5     $ 913.7     $ —       $ (12.2 )   $ —       $ 1,199.8  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         137.1       —         —         —         137.1  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (note 17)

    —         —         —         —         (11.2 )     —         (11.2 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

                125.9  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.40 per share)

    —         —         (52.4 )     —         —         —         (52.4 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

    0.8       14.5       —         —         —         —         15.3  
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2005

    141.6       172.0       998.4       —         (23.4 )     —         1,288.6  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         124.0       —         —         —         124.0  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 17)

    —         —         —         —         15.4       —         15.4  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                139.4  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.46 per share)

    —         —         (60.0 )     —         —         —         (60.0 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

    0.6       10.9       —         —         —         —         11.5  

Adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss upon adoption of SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006

    —         —         —         —         (40.0 )     —         (40.0 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

    142.2       182.9       1,062.4       —         (48.0 )     —         1,339.5  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         150.7       —         —         —         150.7  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 17)

    —         —         —         —         29.4       —         29.4  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                180.1  

Exchange of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion

    (59.0 )     59.0       —         —         —         —         —    

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion

    1.7       3,333.1       —         —         —         —         3,334.8  

Common stock issued and donated to The People’s United Community Foundation

    —         40.0       —         —         —         —         40.0  

Cancellation of common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings

    (82.0 )     82.0       —         —         —         —         —    

Capital contribution pursuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings

    —         8.1       —         —         —         —         8.1  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.52 per share)

    —         —         (131.1 )     —         —         —         (131.1 )

Common stock repurchased

    —         —         —         (127.1 )     —         —         (127.1 )

Restricted stock awards

    —         (67.7 )     (1.5 )     75.3       —         —         (6.1 )

Purchase of common stock for ESOP

    —         —         —         —         —         (216.8 )     (216.8 )

ESOP common stock committed to be released

    —         —         (0.9 )     —         —         7.2       6.3  

Stock options and related tax benefits

    0.1       5.4       —         —         —         —         5.5  
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 3.0     $ 3,642.8     $ 1,079.6     $ (51.8 )   $ (18.6 )   $ (209.6 )   $ 4,445.4  
                                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 150.7     $ 124.0     $ 137.1  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (1.5 )     (2.3 )     (11.2 )
                        

Income from continuing operations

     149.2       121.7       125.9  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations:

      

Contribution of common stock to The People’s United Community Foundation

     40.0       —         —    

Provision for loan losses

     8.0       3.4       8.6  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     18.4       19.0       19.7  

Amortization of leased equipment

     6.1       3.3       1.3  

Goodwill impairment charge

     —         —         2.0  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     1.0       1.1       1.8  

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (5.7 )     33.8       2.7  

Net security (gains) losses

     (5.5 )     27.2       0.1  

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     (3.0 )     (2.0 )     (4.0 )

Allocation of ESOP common stock

     6.3       —         —    

Originations of loans held-for-sale

     (383.8 )     (251.2 )     (316.8 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     335.3       197.6       326.2  

Gain on sale of branches

     —         —         (8.1 )

Net decrease (increase) in trading account securities

     10.9       (2.3 )     (15.6 )

Pension plan contributions

     (1.1 )     (92.6 )     (11.0 )

Net changes in other assets and liabilities

     3.8       0.8       (29.8 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

     179.9       59.8       103.0  
                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Purchases of securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (428.0 )     —         (25.0 )

Proceeds from sale of securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         24.7       —    

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     5.4       1,648.0       394.7  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale

     101.2       223.4       531.1  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities held to maturity

     0.5       0.3       —    

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (96.5 )     (581.7 )     (216.9 )

Proceeds from sales of loans

     4.9       12.5       3.8  

Net loan principal collections (disbursements)

     443.7       (580.7 )     (663.7 )

Purchase of loans

     —         (188.2 )     —    

Net cash paid in branch sale

     —         —         (51.0 )

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

     (0.5 )     (50.5 )     (150.0 )

Return of premium on bank-owned life insurance

     0.5       0.9       —    

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (38.4 )     (15.7 )     (20.6 )

Purchases of leased equipment

     (25.1 )     (21.2 )     (1.5 )
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (32.3 )     471.8       (199.1 )
                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (202.0 )     —         281.3  

Net decrease in borrowings with terms of three months or less

     (4.1 )     (290.8 )     (45.9 )

Repayments of subordinated notes

     —         (43.5 )     —    

Repurchases of subordinated notes

     —         —         (13.5 )

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (131.1 )     (60.0 )     (52.4 )

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion

     3,334.8       —         —    

Capital contribution pursuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings

     8.1       —         —    

Purchase of common stock by ESOP

     (216.8 )     —         —    

Common stock repurchased

     (127.1 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of related tax benefits

     4.6       5.6       15.3  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     2,666.4       (388.7 )     184.8  
                        

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

      

Operating activities

     1.5       2.3       1.6  
                        

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

     1.5       2.3       1.6  
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,815.5       145.2       90.3  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     568.7       423.5       333.2  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 3,384.2     $ 568.7     $ 423.5  
                        

Supplemental Information:

      

Interest payments

   $ 220.2     $ 200.0     $ 137.6  

Income tax payments

     82.2       42.5       87.1  

Real estate properties acquired by foreclosure

     6.9       0.4       0.6  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation and the holding company for People’s United Bank. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 2 for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information for periods prior to March 31, 2007 is that of People’s Bank. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. People’s United Bank, which is a federally-chartered stock savings bank, provides traditional banking services of accepting deposits and originating loans, as well as specialized financial services through its non-bank subsidiaries, including: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. (“PSI”); equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. (“RC Knox”). People’s United Financial’s overall financial results are particularly dependent on economic conditions in the state of Connecticut, which is its primary market, although economic conditions elsewhere in the United States affect its equipment financing and national lending businesses. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, People’s United Financial is registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements. People’s United Bank has been a federally-chartered stock savings bank since August 18, 2006 when it converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank. The OTS is People’s United Bank’s regulator under the federal charter.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the accounts of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including the classification of revenues and expenses to discontinued operations. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments including other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities and the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets. These significant accounting policies and critical estimates, which are included in the discussion below, are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less, including federal funds sold, commercial paper and money market mutual funds. These instruments are reported as short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Securities

Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale are reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a non-marketable equity security reported at cost.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security appears to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s United Financial’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

Securities Resale Agreements

In securities resale agreements, a counterparty transfers securities to People’s United Financial under an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as a secured loan agreement transaction since the counterparty maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by the counterparty as collateral and People’s United Financial does not have the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral. The market value of the pledged collateral approximates the recorded amount of the secured loan. Decreases in the market value of the transferred securities below an established threshold will necessitate the counterparty providing additional collateral.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate, considering the effect of forward sales commitments, with any adjustment for net unrealized losses reported in non-interest

 

F-9


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

income. All other loans are reported at amortized cost less the allowance for loan losses. Management identifies and designates as loans held for sale all newly originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that meet certain secondary market requirements as these loans are originated with the intention to sell. From time to time, management identifies and designates certain adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans held in the loan portfolio for sale, and, accordingly, these loans are transferred to loans held for sale.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (i) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (ii) commercial real estate and commercial loans that are not considered impaired under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s United Financial will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s United Financial applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure is less than an impaired loan’s recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Interest and Fees on Loans

Interest on loans is accrued to income monthly based on outstanding principal balances. A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income as an adjustment of yield. Depending on the loan portfolio, deferred amounts are amortized using either the actual life or the estimated average life of the loan.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Fee-Based Revenues

Service charges on deposit accounts are recorded when earned. Insurance revenues represent commissions earned solely from performing broker- and agency-related services. Insurance commission revenues related to agency-billed policies are recognized at the later of the policy billing date or the policy effective date. Insurance commission revenues on premiums directly billed by insurance carriers are generally recognized as revenue during the period commissions are paid by the insurance carrier. Brokerage commissions are recognized on a trade-date basis. Investment management fees are accrued when earned based on total assets under management.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies purchased on certain management-level employees. Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and death benefits in excess of the related invested premiums are included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, while insurance proceeds received are recorded as a reduction in the cash surrender value.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is reported at cost. Buildings, data processing and other equipment, computer software, furniture and fixtures are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term, the estimated useful life of the improvements or 10 years. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. The estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings—40 years; data processing and other equipment—3 to 5 years; computer software—3 to 5 years; and furniture and fixtures—10 years.

Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 12 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment using a two-step approach that involves the identification of “reporting units” and the estimation of fair values. Goodwill shall also be tested for impairment when events occur that would more likely than not reduce the implied fair value of goodwill below its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over implied fair value.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The annual goodwill impairment evaluation, as required by SFAS No. 142, was completed by management as of December 31, 2007 using the two-step approach. It was determined that the fair value of People’s United Financial’s reporting units exceeded their respective carrying amounts and, therefore, no impairment loss was recognized in 2007. In 2005, People’s United Financial recorded a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge related to the decision to combine Olson Mobeck Investment Advisors, Inc. with one of People’s United Bank’s other businesses in the Consumer Financial Services business segment.

People’s United Financial uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair values of its reporting units. This model requires the use of long-term planning forecasts and assumptions regarding industry-specific economic conditions that are outside of its control.

People’s United Financial goodwill totaled $101.5 million at both December 31, 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2007, goodwill was allocated to the Consumer Financial Services and Commercial Banking business segments in the amounts of $96.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

People’s United Financial other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $2.5 million and $3.5 million; gross carrying amounts totaled $28.1 million and $28.1 million; and accumulated amortization totaled $25.6 million and $24.6 million, at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Certain other acquisition-related intangible assets with original gross carrying amounts totaling $13.1 million were fully amortized by December 31, 2006. Other acquisition-related intangible assets have an original weighted-average amortization period of 11 years. Amortization expense of other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense over each of the next three years for other acquisition-related intangible assets is as follows: $1.0 million in 2008 and 2009; and $0.5 million in 2010.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to REO. Thereafter, an allowance for REO losses is established for any further declines in the property’s value. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and decreased by charge-offs for realized losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an analysis of individual properties, as well as a general assessment of current real estate market conditions.

Securities Repurchase Agreements

In securities repurchase agreements, People’s United Financial transfers securities to a counterparty under an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions since People’s United Financial maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by People’s United Financial as collateral and the counterparty has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral.

Income Taxes

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB No. 109,” (“FIN 48”). This statement clarifies the criteria that an individual tax position must satisfy for some or all of the benefits that position to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and tax loss carryforwards. Temporary differences are differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future taxable income. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions and for all tax loss carryforwards, subject to reduction of the asset by a valuation allowance in certain circumstances. This valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an analysis of available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to ongoing adjustment based on changes in circumstances that affect management’s judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to future taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Tax benefits attributable to deductions arising from the exercise of non-statutory stock options are credited to additional paid-in capital.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

All prior year per common share data has been adjusted to reflect the exchange of People’s United Bank common stock for 2.1 shares of People’s United Financial common stock as more fully described in Note 2.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivatives for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Until such time that a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s United Financial’s hedge accounting methods vary depending on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings.

People’s United Financial formally documents all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are

 

F-13


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. In the event of a prepayment of a hedged commercial real estate loan, the interest rate swap hedging such loan will be terminated. Gains or losses associated with the termination of the derivative and any basis adjustment to the commercial real estate finance loan will be recorded currently in earnings.

People’s United Financial uses the dollar offset method, regression analysis and scenario analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. Such methods are chosen based on the nature of the hedge strategy and are used consistently throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and exclude the value of mortgage servicing rights.

Stock-Based Compensation

People’s United Financial adopted SFAS No. 123-R, “Share-Based Payment,” effective January 1, 2006, which replaced SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and superseded Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related interpretations. Among other things, SFAS No. 123-R requires that costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements. As described in Note 19, in December 2005, People’s United Financial accelerated the vesting of all outstanding unvested stock options awarded to employees.

Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123-R, People’s United Financial accounted for stock options in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, People’s United Financial did not recognize compensation expense for fixed stock options granted with an option exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the grant date. The fair value of restricted stock awards, measured at the grant date and based on quoted market prices, was recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity and amortized to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

SFAS No. 123 encouraged the recognition of the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant as expense over the vesting period. However, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, People’s United Financial continued to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 and disclosed certain pro-forma amounts as if the fair value approach of SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of SFAS No. 123,” provided alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this standard amended the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 by requiring prominent pro-forma disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements, which are included in the following table. See Note 19 for a further discussion of SFAS No. 123.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per common share for 2005 if People’s United Financial had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123:

 

Year ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2005  

Net income, as reported

   $ 137.1  

Add: stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

     1.4  

Less: total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (1.9 )
        

Pro forma net income

   $ 136.6  
        

Basic EPS:

  

As reported

   $ 0.46  

Pro forma

     0.46  

Diluted EPS:

  

As reported

   $ 0.46  

Pro forma

     0.46  
        

Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which establishes a definition and measurement date for fair value and expands the disclosures regarding fair-value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. People’s United Financial is currently evaluating SFAS No. 157 to determine if it will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. People’s United Financial is currently evaluating SFAS No. 159 to determine if it will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value through Earnings,” which provides the SEC staff’s views on the accounting for written loan commitments recorded at fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. To make the staff’s views consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance, SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions of SAB 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments.” Specifically, SAB 109 states that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. The provisions of SAB 109 are applicable to written loan commitments issued or modified beginning on January 1, 2008. People’s United Financial is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of SAB 109 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 157-b, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” which would permit a one-year deferral in applying the measurement provisions of SFAS No. 157 to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities (non-financial items) that are not recognized or disclosed at fair value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Therefore, if the change in fair value of a non-financial item is not required to be recognized or disclosed in the financial

 

F-15


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

statements on an annual basis or more frequently, the effective date of application of SFAS No. 157 to that item is deferred until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. This deferral would not apply, however, to an entity that applies SFAS No. 157 in interim or annual financial statements before proposed FSP 157-b is finalized. In February 2008, the FASB finalized the provisions of proposed FSP 157-b, issuing FSP 157-2 as authoritative guidance. People’s United Financial is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of FSP 157-2 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141-R, “Business Combinations (Revised 2007),” which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. SFAS No. 141-R requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, if any, at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration, if any, is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under SFAS No. 141 whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual asserts acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value.

In addition, SFAS No. 141-R requires (i) that acquisition-related costs be expensed as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under SFAS No. 141, (ii) that the requirements of SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,”, be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting, and (iii) that pre-acquisition contingencies be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, nothing would be recognized in purchase accounting but, rather, that contingency would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” SFAS No. 141-R, which is effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2009, is expected to have a significant impact on its accounting for business combinations closing on or after that date.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB Statement No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, SFAS No. 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2009 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2007, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-10, “Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements,” which provides guidance for determining a liability for the postretirement benefit obligation as well as recognition and measurement of the associated asset on the basis of the terms of the collateral assignment agreement. EITF 06-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. People’s United Financial is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of EITF 06-10 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 2—Second-Step Conversion

 

On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, Inc., People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. People’s Mutual Holdings merged with and into People’s United Bank, with People’s United Bank as the surviving entity, and People’s United Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial, Inc.

People’s United Financial sold 172.2 million shares of common stock in a public offering at a price of $20 per share. Net proceeds from the stock offering totaled approximately $3.33 billion, after deducting approximately $110 million in offering costs. People’s United Financial also exchanged 2.1 shares of its common stock for each share of People’s United Bank common stock outstanding, except for those shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings and accordingly, common share data for prior years has been adjusted to reflect this exchange.

In April 2007, People’s United Financial contributed 2.0 million shares of its common stock, with a fair market value of $40 million, and $20 million in cash to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income). People’s United Financial contributed approximately $1.7 billion from the net proceeds of the stock offering to People’s United Bank in the form of a capital contribution. Subsequent to April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial loaned the People’s United Financial Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) approximately $217 million. The ESOP used the loan proceeds to purchase 10.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market (see note 18).

NOTE 3—Acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (Unaudited)

 

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of the Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”), a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. At December 31, 2007, Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion, total loans of $5.7 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion and approximately 140 branches.

Total consideration consisted of approximately $1.0 billion in cash and 44.3 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock. Chittenden shareholders electing to receive cash consideration were paid at the rate of $35.636 per Chittenden share and those electing stock consideration received shares of People’s United Financial common stock at the rate of 2.0457 per Chittenden share. The transaction will be accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, Chittenden’s assets and liabilities will be recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of January 1, 2008.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table presents summarized preliminary unaudited pro forma selected financial information reflecting the acquisition of Chittenden. The preliminary unaudited pro forma selected operating data and per common share data assume the acquisition was completed as of the beginning of the period presented. The preliminary unaudited pro forma selected financial condition data and book value per share assume the acquisition was completed as of December 31, 2007.

 

(In millions, except per share data)

   At or For The
Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Selected Operating Data:

  

Net interest income

   $ 702.9

Provision for loan losses

     15.0

Non-interest income

     281.2

Non-interest expense

     697.0

Income from continuing operations

     272.1

Net income

     176.9

Per Common Share Data:

  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.53

Dividends per share

     0.13

Book value per share

     15.70

Selected Financial Condition Data:

  

Loans

   $ 14,587.9

Short-term investments

     2,075.0

Securities

     984.8

Allowance for loan losses

     146.2

Goodwill and other intangibles

     1,490.6

Total assets

     20,976.2

Deposits

     15,109.4

Borrowings

     142.6

Subordinated notes

     180.4

Stockholders’ equity

     5,212.4
      

The preliminary unaudited pro forma selected financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial results of the combined companies had the acquisition actually been completed at the beginning of the period presented nor does it indicate future results for any other interim or full-year period.

The preliminary unaudited pro forma selected financial information includes estimated adjustments to record Chittenden’s assets and liabilities at their respective fair values based on management’s best estimate using the information available at this time. The final allocation of the purchase price will be determined after the completion of a final analysis to determine the fair values of Chittenden’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities as of the closing date. The final purchase accounting adjustments may differ materially from the pro forma adjustments presented. Increases or decreases in fair value of certain balance sheet amounts and other items of Chittenden as compared to the information presented may change the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill and other assets and liabilities and may impact the results of operations due to adjustments in yield and/or amortization of adjusted assets and liabilities.

The pro forma earnings per share information was calculated using People’s United Financial’s actual weighted-average shares outstanding for the period presented, plus the incremental shares issued, assuming the merger occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 4—Sale of Branches

 

In the fourth quarter of 2005, People’s United Financial sold three of its branch offices located in eastern Connecticut. Included in the sale were approximately $61 million in total deposits, $0.1 million of fixed assets and leasehold improvements, and certain other miscellaneous assets and liabilities. People’s United Financial recorded a gain on sale of $8.1 million, which is included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 5—Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

Reserves in the form of deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank and vault cash totaling $151.4 million and $112.7 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were maintained to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. These amounts are included in cash and due from banks in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Short-term investments include the following cash equivalents:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Federal funds sold

   $ 2,034.2    $ 193.3

Money market mutual funds

     1,040.9      23.0

Commercial paper and other

     12.9      8.3
             

Total short-term investments

   $ 3,088.0    $ 224.6
             

 

F-19


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of People’s United Financial’s securities are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 18.7    $ —      $ —      $ 18.7
                           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     22.0      —        —        22.0
                           

Total debt securities

     22.0      —        —        22.0
                           

Equity securities:

           

FHLB stock

     19.5      —        —        19.5

Other securities

     0.5      0.2      —        0.7
                           

Total equity securities

     20.0      0.2      —        20.2
                           

Total securities available for sale

     42.0      0.2      —        42.2
                           

Securities held to maturity:

           

Corporate and other

     0.6      —        —        0.6
                           

Total securities held to maturity

     0.6      —        —        0.6
                           

Total securities

   $ 61.3    $ 0.2    $ —      $ 61.5
                           

As of December 31, 2006 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 29.6    $ —      $ —      $ 29.6
                           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     25.9      —        —        25.9
                           

Total debt securities

     25.9      —        —        25.9
                           

Equity securities:

           

FHLB stock

     20.1      —        —        20.1

Other securities

     0.6      0.2      —        0.8
                           

Total equity securities

     20.7      0.2      —        20.9
                           

Total securities available for sale

     46.6      0.2      —        46.8
                           

Securities held to maturity:

           

Corporate and other

     1.1      —        —        1.1
                           

Total securities held to maturity

     1.1      —        —        1.1
                           

Total securities

   $ 77.3    $ 0.2    $ —      $ 77.5
                           

Securities available for sale with a total fair value of $22.0 million and $21.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Dividend income on equity securities available for sale totaled $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost, fair value and fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield of debt securities based on remaining period to contractual maturity:

 

     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  

As of December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)        

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and agency:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 22.0    $ 22.0    5.17 %   $ —      $ —      —   %
                                        

Total

     22.0      22.0    5.17       —        —      —    
                                        

Corporate and other:

                

Within 1 year

     —        —      —         0.5      0.5    5.79  

After 1 but within 5 years

     —        —      —         0.1      0.1    6.66  
                                        

Total

     —        —      —         0.6      0.6    5.93  
                                        

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     22.0      22.0    5.17       0.5      0.5    5.79  

After 1 but within 5 years

     —        —      —         0.1      0.1    6.66  
                                        

Total debt securities

   $ 22.0    $ 22.0    5.17 %   $ 0.6    $ 0.6    5.93 %
                                        

The components of net security gains (losses) are summarized below. All amounts relate to securities available for sale, other than net gains (losses) on trading account securities of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $(0.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006     2005  

Equity securities:

       

Gains

   $ 5.5    $ 0.2     $ —    

Losses

     —        —         (0.1 )
                       

Total equity securities

     5.5      0.2       (0.1 )
                       

Debt securities:

       

Gains

     —        0.1       —    

Losses

     —        (27.5 )     —    
                       

Total debt securities

     —        (27.4 )     —    
                       

Net security gains (losses)

   $ 5.5    $ (27.2 )   $ (0.1 )
                       

During 2006, People’s United Financial sold approximately $1.1 billion of debt securities as part of the restructuring of its balance sheet. Realized losses from these sales of $27.4 million are included in net security losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Management reviews securities with unrealized losses on a regular basis in accordance with current impairment measurement and recognition guidelines under EITF 99-20, FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial will receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2007, management also had the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale for a period

 

F-21


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2007, management believes that impairments, if any, within the securities portfolio are temporary in nature and, as such, no impairment loss has been realized in People’s United Financial’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 7—Loans

 

The following table summarizes the geographic distribution of People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006
   Connecticut    Other    Total    Connecticut    Other    Total

Residential mortgage

   $ 2,929.9    $ 283.0    $ 3,212.9    $ 3,576.7    $ 323.4    $ 3,900.1

Commercial

     1,084.0      1,516.4      2,600.4      1,010.6      1,353.0      2,363.6

Commercial real estate

     1,227.1      658.5      1,885.6      1,216.2      570.5      1,786.7

Consumer

     1,239.4      11.4      1,250.8      1,305.0      16.3      1,321.3
                                         

Total loans

   $ 6,480.4    $ 2,469.3    $ 8,949.7    $ 7,108.5    $ 2,263.2    $ 9,371.7
                                         

People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio is concentrated within the state of Connecticut with 72% and 76% of the total loan portfolio involving customers within the state at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. However, substantially all (approximately 98% at both December 31, 2007 and 2006) of the equipment financing activities of PCLC, which is included in commercial, involves customers outside of Connecticut. Approximately 42% of PCLC’s loans at December 31, 2007 were to customers located in Texas, California, Florida, Illinois and New York. No other state exposure was greater than 5%. PCLC loans and leases totaled $981.5 million and $869.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

At December 31, 2007, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $1.8 billion of interest-only loans of which $158 million are stated income loans, compared to $2.1 billion and $180 million, respectively, at December 31, 2006. People’s United Financial’s underwriting practices and credit review standards for such loans are generally consistent with those applied to other types of residential mortgage loan products. One-to-four family residential mortgage loans totaled $3.1 billion and $3.7 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans include construction loans totaling $703.0 million and $728.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $556.4 million and $544.1 million, respectively.

Net deferred loan costs that are included in total loans and accounted for as interest yield adjustments totaled $22.4 million and $29.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Certain residential mortgage loans originated by People’s United Financial are sold without recourse in the secondary market. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans totaled $3.0 million, $2.0 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2007 and 2006 included loans held for sale (servicing released) of $22.2 million and $25.0 million, respectively, which approximate fair value.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5  
                        

Charge-offs:

      

Commercial

     (7.0 )     (5.2 )     (0.9 )

Consumer

     (2.7 )     (3.4 )     (4.9 )

PCLC

     (1.8 )     (0.6 )     (3.1 )

Commercial real estate

     —         —         (0.1 )

Residential mortgage

     —         (0.1 )     (0.1 )
                        

Total charge-offs

     (11.5 )     (9.3 )     (9.1 )
                        

Recoveries:

      

Commercial

     0.3       0.4       0.4  

Consumer

     1.1       1.6       2.0  

PCLC

     0.1       0.3       0.3  

Commercial real estate

     0.1       2.5       0.1  

Residential mortgage

     0.6       0.1       0.2  
                        

Total recoveries

     2.2       4.9       3.0  
                        

Net loan charge-offs

     (9.3 )     (4.4 )     (6.1 )

Provision for loan losses

     8.0       3.4       8.6  
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 72.7     $ 74.0     $ 75.0  
                        

The principal balances of non-accrual loans are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Residential mortgage

   $ 8.9    $ 6.7    $ 6.7

Commercial real estate

     3.7      0.2      5.8

Consumer

     3.3      1.7      1.3

PCLC

     3.1      2.1      6.2

Commercial

     1.3      11.9      1.3
                    

Total non-accrual loans

   $ 20.3    $ 22.6    $ 21.3
                    

If interest payments on all loans classified as non-accrual at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 had been made during the respective years in accordance with the loan agreements, interest income of $2.3 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million would have been recognized on such loans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on non-accrual loans totaled $0.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

People’s United Financial’s impaired loans, as defined by SFAS No. 114, consist of certain non-accrual commercial real estate loans and commercial loans. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $24.0 million at December 31, 2007 and $12.8 million at December 31, 2006, with allowances for loan impairment measured under SFAS No. 114 of $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively. These allowances are included in the overall allowance for loan losses. People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in impaired commercial real estate loans and commercial loans was approximately $19.1 million, $10.2 million and $10.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Interest collections and income recognized on impaired loans total $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and was insignificant in 2006 and 2005.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans requiring an allowance for loan losses as defined by SFAS No. 114 totaled $0.6 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, with no related allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2007 and a related allowance for loan losses of $0.1 million at December 31, 2006. This allowance is also included in the overall allowance for loan losses. People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans was approximately $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to these debtors. The recognition of interest income on these accruing impaired loans is based upon an individual assessment of each loan, however, interest income is not accrued on a loan that is more than 90 days past due. Interest income recognized related to these loans under the accrual method was insignificant for 2007 and 2006.

NOTE 8—Premises and Equipment

 

The components of premises and equipment are summarized below:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Land

   $ 14.6    $ 14.6

Buildings

     168.3      167.3

Leasehold improvements

     43.6      37.3

Furniture and equipment

     208.1      187.1
             

Total

     434.6      406.3

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     277.8      269.5
             

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 156.8    $ 136.8
             

Depreciation and amortization expense included in occupancy and equipment totaled $18.4 million, $19.0 million and $19.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

NOTE 9—Other Assets

 

Selected components of other assets are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Pension benefits (note 18)

   $ 107.9    $ 83.6

Receivables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     38.8      44.8

Accrued interest receivable

     41.9      45.2

Income tax receivable

     —        28.0

Leased equipment

     46.1      27.1

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 22)

     27.8      11.5

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

     9.5      0.2

Deferred acquisition and stock issuance costs (notes 2 and 3)

     3.3      3.0
             

 

F-24


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—Deposits

 

The following are analyses of People’s United Financial’s total deposits by product type and funding source:

 

     2007     2006  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Analysis by Deposit Product Type:

          

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,166.1    —   %   $ 2,294.4    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     3,008.9    1.44       3,205.2    1.39  
                          

Total

     5,175.0    0.84       5,499.6    0.81  
                          

Time deposits maturing:

          

Within 6 months

     2,432.7    4.66       2,287.3    4.49  

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,033.6    4.56       980.3    4.63  

After 1 but within 2 years

     158.4    3.74       220.8    3.65  

After 2 but within 3 years

     37.0    3.54       45.4    3.14  

After 3 years

     43.9    4.03       49.2    3.88  
                          

Total

     3,705.6    4.57       3,583.0    4.45  
                          

Total deposits

   $ 8,880.6    2.40 %   $ 9,082.6    2.25 %
                          

Analysis by Deposit Funding Source:

          

Core

   $ 8,835.3    2.41 %   $ 9,039.3    2.26 %

Non-core

     45.3    0.87       43.3    0.98  
                          

Total deposits

   $ 8,880.6    2.40 %   $ 9,082.6    2.25 %
                          

Time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $971.6 million and $888.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Deposit balances greater than $100,000 are generally not insured by the FDIC. Non-interest-bearing deposit overdrafts totaling $7.3 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, have been classified as loans.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

   $ 47.5    $ 49.6    $ 43.0

Time

     166.1      130.5      74.5
                    

Total interest expense

   $ 213.6    $ 180.1    $ 117.5
                    

NOTE 11—Borrowings

 

People’s United Financial’s borrowings are as follows:

 

     2007     2006  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Federal funds purchased maturing within 1 month

   $ —      —   %   $ 4.1    5.15 %
                          

Total borrowings

   $ —      —   %   $ 4.1    5.15 %
                          

 

F-25


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2007, People’s United Bank’s borrowing limit from FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank advances, and repurchase agreements totaled $3.1 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $1.1 billion at that date. FHLB advances are secured by People’s United Bank’s investment in FHLB stock and by a blanket security agreement that requires People’s United Bank to maintain, as collateral, sufficient qualifying assets not otherwise pledged (principally single-family residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans, and commercial real estate loans).

Information concerning People’s United Financial’s borrowings under securities repurchase agreements is presented below:

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Average repurchase agreements outstanding during the year

     —        —        1.7

Maximum repurchase agreements outstanding at any month end

     —        —        —  
                    

Interest expense on borrowings consists of the following:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Federal funds purchased

   $ 0.2    $ 7.6    $ 7.9

FHLB advances

     —        2.4      1.4

Repurchase agreements

     —        —        0.1
                    

Total interest expense

   $ 0.2    $ 10.0    $ 9.4
                    

NOTE 12—Subordinated Notes

 

People’s United Bank’s subordinated notes are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

9.875% subordinated notes due 2010

   $ 65.4    $ 65.3

Total subordinated notes

   $ 65.4    $ 65.3
             

The subordinated notes are unsecured general obligations of People’s United Bank with interest payable semi-annually; are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s United Bank’s other creditors; and are not redeemable prior to maturity without prior approval of the OTS. The subordinated notes qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for risk-based capital purposes. In 2005, People’s United Bank repurchased $13.5 million of these subordinated notes. Costs relating to these repurchases are included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 13—Income Taxes

 

The following is a reconciliation of total income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006    2005

Income tax expense:

        

From continuing operations

   $ 75.5    $ 57.8    $ 64.1

From discontinued operations

     0.8      1.1      6.0
                    

Total income tax expense

   $ 76.3    $ 58.9    $ 70.1
                    

 

F-26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The components of income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income from continuing operations are summarized in the following table. The income tax effects on the components of other comprehensive income (loss) are described in Note 17

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006    2005

Current tax expense:

       

Federal

   $ 81.1     $ 23.9    $ 61.3

State

     0.1       0.1      0.1
                     

Total current tax expense

     81.2       24.0      61.4

Deferred tax (benefit) expense (1)

     (5.7 )     33.8      2.7
                     

Total income tax expense

   $ 75.5     $ 57.8    $ 64.1
                     

 

(1) Includes the effect of increases in the valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets of $4.0 million, $12.3 million and $6.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense, computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, to actual income tax expense from continuing operations:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Expected income tax expense

   $ 78.7     $ 62.8     $ 66.5  

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     (3.7 )     (3.2 )     (1.2 )

Recognition of income tax benefits

     —         (2.4 )     (2.0 )

Dividends received deduction and tax-exempt interest

     (0.4 )     (0.3 )     (0.4 )

Non-deductible goodwill impairment

     —         —         0.8  

Other, net

     0.9       0.9       0.4  
                        

Actual income tax expense

   $ 75.5     $ 57.8     $ 64.1  
                        

Effective income tax rate

     33.6 %     32.2 %     33.7 %
                        

In 1998, People’s United Bank formed a passive investment company, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s United Bank has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2007 and expire between 2020 and 2027.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to People’s United Financial’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses and non-accrual interest

   $ 29.8     $ 30.0  

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax effect

     53.9       48.5  

Charitable contribution carryforward

     12.7       —    

Leasing activities

     7.1       3.3  

Equity-based compensation

     4.3       1.4  

Other deductible temporary differences

     13.1       17.6  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     120.9       100.8  

Less valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets

     (51.9 )     (47.9 )
                

Total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance

     69.0       52.9  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     (30.8 )     (21.8 )

Book over tax income recognized on consumer loans

     (6.3 )     (8.6 )

Mark-to-market and original issue discounts for tax purposes

     (5.9 )     (5.7 )

Tax over book depreciation

     (26.3 )     (16.0 )

Other taxable temporary differences

     (13.9 )     (4.8 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (83.2 )     (56.9 )
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (14.2 )   $ (4.0 )
                

Based on People’s United Financial’s recent historical and anticipated future pre-tax earnings and the reversal of taxable temporary differences, management believes it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will realize its total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As of the date of adoption, People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $1.0 million.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized income tax benefits is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2007

Balance at January 1

   $ 1.0

Additions for tax positions taken in the current year

     0.4

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —  

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —  

Reductions attributable to audit settlements/lapse of statue of limitations

     —  
      

Balance at December 31

   $ 1.4
      

If recognized, the unrecognized income tax benefits of $1.4 million at December 31, 2007 would minimally affect People’s United Financial’s annualized income tax rate. Additionally, People’s United Financial had accrued interest expense totaling $0.1 million related to the unrecognized income tax benefits. People’s United Financial recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits in interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Penalties, if incurred, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial files a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and files income tax returns in several states. People’s United Financial does not have any foreign operations and therefore is not subject to income taxes in any foreign jurisdictions.

People’s United Financial is no longer subject to either federal or state income tax examinations through 2003. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced examinations of People’s United Bank’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 during the fourth quarter of 2006. People’s United Financial anticipates that the IRS will complete its examinations during 2008. To date, the IRS has not proposed any adjustments that would have a material impact on People’s United Financial’s Consolidated Financial Statements. People’s United Financial does not anticipate that the amount of total unrecognized income tax benefits will change significantly within the next twelve months.

NOTE 14—Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. is authorized to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, none of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2007, and 1.95 billion shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 301.1 million shares were issued as of December 31, 2007.

Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which People’s Mutual Holdings waived receipt of dividends prior to the second-step conversion in April 2007) totaled $0.52, $0.46 and $0.40 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 87.0%, 48.3% and 38.3%, respectively.

As a federally-chartered stock savings bank, People’s United Bank’s ability to make capital distributions directly or indirectly to its shareholders, such as cash dividends, is governed by OTS regulations. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s United Bank currently must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles) for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of the OTS for a proposed capital distribution. The term “retained net income” as defined by the OTS means People’s United Bank’s net income for each year, less the amount of capital distributions declared in each such year. People’s United Bank’s retained net income for 2006 and 2007 totaled $3 million.

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to its shareholders if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OTS notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. See Note 15 for a discussion of regulatory capital requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

NOTE 15—Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OTS regulations require federally-chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios: a tangible capital ratio of 1.5% (calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets); a leverage (core) capital ratio of 4.0% (calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets); and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (calculated as total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized bank. These actions could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of banks into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Generally, a bank is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting guidelines. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the OTS about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, People’s United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent OTS notifications categorized People’s United Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. No conditions or events have occurred since that notification that have caused management to believe any change in People’s United Bank’s capital classification would be warranted.

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to the OTS requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution and for minimum capital adequacy. People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $12.1 billion and $10.7 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and its risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $9.0 billion and $8.6 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

                OTS Requirements  
       People’s United Bank     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
    Minimum
Capital Adequacy
 

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

As of December 31, 2007

               

Tangible capital

   $ 2,903.8    24.1 %     n/a    n/a     $ 180.8    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

     2,903.8    24.1     $ 602.6    5.0 %     482.1    4.0  

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

     2,903.8    32.3       539.4    6.0       359.6    4.0  

Total

     3,001.0    33.4       899.0    10.0       719.2    8.0  
                                       

As of December 31, 2006

               

Tangible capital

   $ 1,278.4    12.0 %     n/a    n/a     $ 159.8    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

     1,278.4    12.0     $ 532.8    5.0 %     426.2    4.0  

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

     1,278.4    14.8       517.2    6.0       344.8    4.0  

Total

     1,389.7    16.1       861.9    10.0       689.5    8.0  
                                       

 

F-30


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 16—Earnings Per Common Share

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s basic and diluted EPS:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2007    2006    2005

Income from continuing operations

   $ 149.2    $ 121.7    $ 125.9

Income from discontinued operations

     1.5      2.3      11.2
                    

Net income

   $ 150.7    $ 124.0    $ 137.1
                    

Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS

     290.8      297.4      296.2

Effect of dilutive stock options and unvested stock awards

     1.5      1.5      1.5
                    

Average common and common-equivalent shares for diluted EPS

     292.3      298.9      297.7
                    

Basic EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.52    $ 0.41    $ 0.42

Income from discontinued operations

     —        0.01      0.04

Net income

     0.52      0.42      0.46

Diluted EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.52    $ 0.40    $ 0.42

Income from discontinued operations

     —        0.01      0.04

Net income

     0.52      0.41      0.46
                    

NOTE 17—Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income represents the sum of net income and items of “other comprehensive income or loss” that are reported directly in stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. These items include net actuarial gains and losses, prior service credits and costs, and transition assets and obligations related to People’s United Financial’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans, net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale and derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments. People’s United Financial’s total comprehensive income for 2007, 2006 and 2005 is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is included in People’s United Financial’s stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis, are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Net actuarial loss, prior service costs and transition obligation on pension and other postretirement benefit plans

   $ (27.3 )   $ (44.1 )   $ —    

Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

     8.6       (4.0 )     (0.1 )

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     0.1       0.1       (18.8 )

Minimum pension liability adjustments

     —         —         (4.5 )
                        

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (18.6 )   $ (48.0 )   $ (23.4 )
                        

 

F-31


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the changes in the components of People’s United Financial’s other comprehensive income (loss):

 

Year ended December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial gain adjustment arising during the year

   $ 18.9     $ (6.6 )   $ 12.3  

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     4.5       (1.6 )     2.9  
                        

Net actuarial gain

     23.4       (8.2 )     15.2  
                        

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Prior service credit adjustment arising during the year

     2.1       (0.7 )     1.4  

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (0.1 )     —         (0.1 )
                        

Prior service credit

     2.0       (0.7 )     1.3  
                        

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4       (0.1 )     0.3  
                        

Net actuarial gain, prior service credit and transition obligation

     25.8       (9.0 )     16.8  
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     —         —         —    

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     —         —         —    
                        

Net unrealized gains

     —         —         —    
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized gains arising during the year

     16.4       (5.8 )     10.6  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     3.1       (1.1 )     2.0  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     19.5       (6.9 )     12.6  
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 45.3     $ (15.9 )   $ 29.4  
                        

Year ended December 31, 2006 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

   $ 1.9     $ (0.7 )   $ 1.2  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     27.3       (9.6 )     17.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     29.2       (10.3 )     18.9  
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (6.7 )     2.3       (4.4 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     0.8       (0.3 )     0.5  
                        

Net unrealized losses

     (5.9 )     2.0       (3.9 )
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     0.6       (0.2 )     0.4  
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 23.9     $ (8.5 )   $ 15.4  
                        

Year ended December 31, 2005 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding losses arising during the year

   $ (14.9 )   $ 5.3     $ (9.6 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —         —    
                        

Net unrealized losses

     (14.9 )     5.3       (9.6 )
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     (2.4 )     0.8       (1.6 )
                        

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (17.3 )   $ 6.1     $ (11.2 )
                        

 

F-32


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 18—Employee Benefit Plans

 

Employee Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans

People’s United Financial maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covers substantially all full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and who were employed by People’s United Financial prior to August 14, 2006. Benefits are based upon the employee’s years of credited service and either the average compensation for the last five years or the average compensation for the five consecutive years of the last ten years that produce the highest average. People’s United Financial’s funding policy is to contribute the amounts required by applicable regulations, although additional amounts may be contributed from time to time. In addition, People’s United Financial maintains unfunded and nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers.

New employees starting on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the defined benefit pension plan. People’s United Financial will make contributions on behalf of these employees to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the covered employee’s eligible compensation. Employee participation in this plan is restricted to those employees who are at least 21 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours in a year. Both full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate as long as they meet these requirements.

People’s United Financial adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006. Among other things, SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the funded status of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans in its statement of financial position effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for the pension plan and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the postretirement plan. SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end (eliminating the use of earlier measurement dates currently permissible), effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.

Accordingly, on January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the measurement date transition provisions of SFAS No. 158. In doing so, People’s United Financial performed a measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of January 1, 2008 with the net periodic benefit cost for the period between the measurement date used for purposes of 2007 year-end reporting (September 30, 2007) and December 31, 2007 to be recorded as an adjustment, net of tax, to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2008. Other changes in the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligations for the period between September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007 will be recognized, net of tax, as a separate adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of January 1, 2008. Application of the transition provisions of SFAS No. 158 on January 1, 2008 are expected to result in People’s United Financial recording a pre-tax reduction in retained earnings of $0.4 million and a pre-tax increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.6 million.

People’s United Financial also maintains an unfunded plan that provides retirees with optional medical, dental and life insurance benefits (“other postretirement benefits”). People’s United Financial accrues the cost of these benefits over the employees’ years of service to the date of their eligibility for such benefits.

Employer contributions for the next fiscal year are expected to total $2.2 million for all of the unfunded supplemental pension plans and the other postretirement benefits plan, representing net benefit payments expected to be paid under these plans. Expected future net benefit payments for the pension plans as of

 

F-33


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2007 are: $7.1 million in 2008; $7.6 million in 2009; $8.2 million in 2010; $8.9 million in 2011; $9.8 million in 2012; and an aggregate of $68.2 million in 2013 through 2017. Expected future net benefit payments for the other postretirement benefits plan as of December 31, 2007 are: $1.1 million in 2008; $1.1 million in 2009; $1.1 million in 2010; $1.1 million in 2011; $1.0 million in 2012; and an aggregate of $4.5 million in 2013 through 2017.

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on asset assumptions, People’s United Financial considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.25% long-term rate of return on asset assumption.

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) was signed into law on August 17, 2006. While the PPA will have some effect on specific plan provisions in People’s United Financial retirement program, its primary effect will be to change the minimum funding requirements for plan years beginning in 2008. The changes in the timing and amount of People’s United Financial required contributions are not expected to be materially different than current projections. Until regulations are issued by the Treasury Department, the financial effect on People’s United Financial is uncertain.

The supplemental pension plans had total projected benefit obligations of $30.7 million and $29.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Although these plans hold no assets, People’s United Financial has funded a trust to provide for benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s United Financial. Trust assets of $12.4 million and $11.8 million are included in People’s United Financial short-term investments at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) have been recognized in People’s United Financial postretirement benefits plan in 2007 and 2006 in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB Staff Position 106-2. The prescription drug benefit provided by People’s United Financial for certain retirees is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided under the Act.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for (i) the pension plans (combining the funded plan and the unfunded supplemental plans), and (ii) the other postretirement benefits plan. The table also provides a reconciliation of the funded status (or the difference between benefit obligations and plan assets) to the net amount recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. As mentioned previously, with the adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 in 2008, all plans will have a December 31 measurement date that coincides with the People’s United Financial’s year end. However, for 2007 and earlier years People’s United Financial used a measurement date of September 30 for plan accounting purposes and, accordingly, changes in benefit obligations and plan assets are shown for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2007 and September 30, 2006. Plan assets for the funded plan of $309.0 million as of September 30, 2007 exceeded both the accumulated benefit obligations of $180.4 million and the projected benefit obligations of $201.2 million at that date.

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement

Benefits
 

(in millions)

   2007     2006     2007     2006  

Benefit obligations:

        

Beginning of period

   $ 227.5     $ 214.2     $ 11.2     $ 12.2  

Service cost

     8.3       7.9       0.2       0.2  

Interest cost

     13.4       12.1       0.6       0.6  

Plan amendments

     (2.1 )     0.1       —         —    

Actuarial gain

     (8.3 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (1.0 )

Actuarial gain due to Medicare subsidy

     —         —         —         (0.1 )

Benefits paid

     (6.9 )     (6.7 )     (0.8 )     (0.7 )
                                

End of period

     231.9       227.5       11.1       11.2  
                                

Fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of period

     282.0       179.8       —         —    

Actual return on assets

     32.8       16.3       —         —    

Employer contributions

     1.1       92.6       0.8       0.7  

Benefits paid

     (6.9 )     (6.7 )     (0.8 )     (0.7 )
                                

End of period

     309.0       282.0       —         —    
                                

Funded status at September 30

     77.1       54.5       (11.1 )     (11.2 )

Fourth-quarter contributions

     0.3       0.3       0.2       0.2  
                                

Net amount recognized at end of year

   $ 77.4     $ 54.8     $ (10.9 )   $ (11.0 )
                                

Components of the net amount recognized:

        

Noncurrent assets

   $ 107.8     $ 83.6     $ —       $ —    

Current liabilities

     (1.1 )     (1.1 )     (1.1 )     (1.0 )

Noncurrent liabilities

     (29.3 )     (27.7 )     (9.8 )     (10.0 )
                                

Net amount recognized at end of year

   $ 77.4     $ 54.8     $ (10.9 )   $ (11.0 )
                                

 

F-35


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following tables summarize the accumulated and projected benefit obligations for the funded and unfunded plans at the respective September 30 measurement dates:

 

     Pension Benefits

(in millions)

   2007    2006

Accumulated benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 180.4    $ 176.2

Unfunded plans

     27.0      24.8
             

Total

   $ 207.4    $ 201.0
             

Projected benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 201.2    $ 198.4

Unfunded plans

     30.7      29.1
             

Total

   $ 231.9    $ 227.5
             

Components of the net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

     2007         2006         2005         2007         2006           2005    

Service cost

   $ 8.3     $ 7.9     $ 7.5     $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 0.2  

Interest cost

     13.4       12.1       11.0       0.6       0.6       0.7  

Expected return on plan assets

     (22.3 )     (14.1 )     (13.0 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

     —         —         —         0.4       0.4       0.4  

Recognized net actuarial loss

     4.5       6.4       5.0       —         —         —    

Recognized prior service cost (credit)

     0.1       0.1       0.1       (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
                                                

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 4.0     $ 12.4     $ 10.6     $ 1.0     $ 1.0     $ 1.1  
                                                

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits    Other
    Postretirement Benefits    
 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007     2006    2007     2006  

Accumulated actuarial loss

   $ 43.5     $ 66.8    $ 0.5     $ 0.6  

Transition obligation

     —         —        1.9       2.3  

Prior service credit

     (2.2 )     —        (1.7 )     (1.9 )
                               

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 41.3     $ 66.8    $ 0.7     $ 1.0  
                               

In 2008, approximately $1.7 million and $0.2 million in net actuarial losses and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic pension cost for the funded and unfunded plans, and approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million in net transition obligation and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefit plan.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following assumptions were used in determining benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
       2007         2006         2005         2007         2006         2005    

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.40 %   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.40 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     3.50     3.50     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.00 %   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.00 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.25     8.25     8.25     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     3.50     4.00     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: (1)

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   n/a     n/a     n/a     9.50 %   10.00 %   11.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   n/a     n/a     n/a     5.00     5.00     5.00  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   n/a     n/a     n/a     2014     2013     2013  
                                    

 

n/a—not applicable

(1) Changes in the periodic benefit cost and the benefit obligation from a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in this assumed trend rate would not be significant.

The following table summarizes the percentages of fair value for each major category of plan assets as of the respective measurement dates:

 

     Plan Assets  

At September 30

   2007     2006  

Equity securities

   61 %   49 %

Fixed income securities

   39     51 (1)
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

 

(1) Reflects the temporary investment of the $91.5 million pension contribution in September 2006.

People’s United Financial retirement plan’s investment policy includes the following asset allocation guidelines:

 

     Asset Class
     Policy Target %    Policy Range %

Cash reserves

   3    1 -5

Equity securities

   64    50 -76

Fixed income securities

   33    27 -39
         

Equity securities may include convertible securities, and are required to be diversified among industries and economic sectors. Limitations are placed on the overall allocation to any individual security at both cost and market value. A limit of 22% of equity holdings may be invested in international equities. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Fixed income securities are oriented toward risk-averse, investment-grade securities rated “A” or higher. A limit of up to 10% of the fixed income holdings may be invested in issues rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s, if the higher investment risk is compensated for by the prospect of a positive incremental investment return. With the exception of U.S. Government securities, in which the plan may invest the entire fixed income allocation, fixed income securities require diversification among individual securities and sectors. There is no limit on the maximum maturity of securities held. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

People’s United Financial established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) subsequent to the second-step conversion (see Note 2). In April 2007, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10,453,575 shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. In order for the ESOP to repay the loan, People’s United Financial is expected to make annual cash contributions of approximately $18.8 million until 2036. Such cash contributions may be reduced by the cash dividends paid on unallocated shares, which for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $4.2 million. At December 31, 2007, the loan balance totaled $210.1 million.

Employee participation in this plan is restricted to those employees who are at least 18 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours within 12 months of their hire date or any plan year (January 1 to December 31) after their date of hire. Employees meeting the aforementioned eligibility criteria during the plan year must continue to be employed as of the last day of the plan year in order to receive an allocation of shares for that plan year.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2007, 348,453 shares of People’s United Financial common stock had been allocated to participants’ accounts. At December 31, 2007, 10,105,122 shares of People’s United Financial common stock remain unallocated.

Compensation expense related to the ESOP is recognized at an amount equal to the number of common shares committed to be allocated by the ESOP to participants’ accounts multiplied by the average fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock during the reporting period. The difference between the fair value of the shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock committed to be allocated by the ESOP to participants’ accounts for the period and the average cost of those common shares is recorded as an adjustment to either additional paid-in capital or retained earnings. Expense recognized for the ESOP totaled $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Employee Savings Plans

People’s United Financial also sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the current plan, employees may contribute up to 20% of their pre-tax compensation up to certain limits, and People’s United Financial makes a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of pre-tax compensation. People’s United Financial may increase the amount of its matching contribution to 5% of pre-tax compensation if certain bankwide performance objectives are met. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and after one year in People’s United Financial contributions. A supplemental savings plan has also been established for certain senior officers. Expense recognized for the 401(k) and supplemental savings plans totaled $6.4 million, $7.2 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 19—Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

People’s United Financial’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Incentive Plan”), provides for awards to officers and employees in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial, and (iii) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. A total of 28,344,095 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2007, a total of 7,525,410 reserved shares remain available for future awards.

Non-statutory stock options have been granted under the Incentive Plan at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the grant dates. Option expiration dates are fixed at the grant date, with a maximum term of ten years. Options granted under the Incentive Plan generally vest 50% after two years, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. All options become fully exercisable in the event of a change of control, as defined in the Incentive Plan. As discussed in Note 1, People’s United Financial adopted SFAS No. 123-R effective January 1, 2006.

Recognition and Retention Plan and Stock Option Plan

In October 2007, the People’s United Financial 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plans”) were approved by shareholders. The 2007 Plans provide for awards of stock options in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial, and (iii) restricted stock to directors, key officers and employees of People’s United Financial. A maximum of 6,969,050 shares and 15,244,796 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are available for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. At December 31, 2007, a total of 2,838,952 shares and 5,309,610 shares remain available for future restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively, under the 2007 Plans.

All restricted stock and stock options awarded vest 20% per year over a five year period with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. As defined in the 2007 Plans, 45% of certain awards become vested upon the death or disability of the award recipient and 55% of these awards are forfeited upon the death or disability of the award recipient. All restricted stock awards and stock options become fully vested and exercisable, respectively, in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2007 Plans.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock were purchased in the open market in October 2007 by a trustee with funds provided by People’s United Financial for the maximum number of shares available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock.

Stock Options Accounted for Under APB Opinion No. 25

Prior to January 1, 2006, all stock options are fixed options that were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the respective grant dates. Therefore, in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, compensation expense was not recognized with respect to these options. If People’s United Financial had adopted the alternative fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123, the grant-date fair value of options would have been recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2005 was approximately $2.38 per option, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 3.0%; expected volatility rate of 25%; risk-free interest rate of 3.8%; and expected option life of 5 years. Note 1 discloses the effect on net income and earnings per common share if People’s United Financial had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 using these assumptions.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

On December 22, 2005, People’s United Financial accelerated the vesting of all unvested stock options previously awarded to employees that were outstanding at that time. Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an accelerated option may not be sold or otherwise transferred until the earlier of (a) the date the option would have vested under the terms on which it was initially awarded, or (b) termination of the option holder’s employment with People’s United Financial. The purpose of the acceleration was to eliminate compensation expense associated with these options in future years upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123-R in the first quarter of 2006. As a result of the acceleration, options to purchase 1.9 million shares of common stock became immediately exercisable. Substantially all of these options were in-the-money at the time of acceleration. The accelerated vesting of these options eliminated potential pre-tax compensation expense through 2008 of approximately $1.7 million. People’s United Financial recorded a one-time charge of $0.7 million in 2005 as a result of the accelerated vesting, which is included in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Stock Options Accounted for Under SFAS No. 123-R

People’s United Financial granted 323,413 stock options in 2007 and 552,060 in 2006 under the Incentive Plan. All stock options are non-statutory fixed options that were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the respective grant dates. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted under the Incentive Plan in 2007 and 2006 was $4.35 per option and $3.09 per option, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 2.3% in 2007 and 2.8% in 2006; expected volatility rate of 21% in 2007 and 23% in 2006; risk-free interest rate of 4.6% in 2007 and 4.6% in 2006; and expected option life of 5 years in both 2007 and 2006.

People’s United Financial granted 9,935,186 stock options in 2007 to directors, key executive officers and employees under the 2007 Plans. All stock options are non-statutory fixed options that were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the respective grant dates. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted under the 2007 Plans in 2007 was $3.38 per option, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 3.0%; expected volatility rate of 22%; risk-free interest rate of 4.1%; and expected option life of 5 years.

Expected volatilities were based on the historical volatilities of People’s United Financial traded common stock. The expected term of stock options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. People’s United Financial used historical data to estimate voluntary suboptimal (early) exercises by continuing employees, and estimates of post-vest option exercise or forfeiture by terminated employees. Suboptimal exercise data and employee termination estimates are incorporated into Monte Carlo simulations of People’s United Financial common stock prices to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate approximated the U.S. Treasury rate curve matched to expected term at the time of the grant.

Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis generally over the option vesting period and totaled $1.5 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized compensation cost for unvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 4.0% per year over the vesting period, totaled $28.2 million at December 31, 2007, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 4.6 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $3.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of stock option activity under People’s United Financial’s Incentive Plan and 2007 Plans:

 

     Shares
Subject
To Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2004

   3,870,105     $ 6.32      

Granted

   523,014       12.08      

Forfeited

   (36,815 )     7.98      

Exercised

   (1,378,757 )     5.52      
                  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   2,977,547       7.69      
                  

Granted

   552,060       14.96      

Forfeited

   (6,804 )     14.91      

Exercised

   (529,937 )     6.61      
                  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

   2,992,866       9.20      
                  

Granted

   10,258,599       18.01      

Forfeited

   (13,503 )     17.43      

Exercised

   (341,521 )     7.52      
                        

Options outstanding at December 31, 2007

   12,896,441     $ 16.24    9.0    $ 20.1
                        

Options exercisable at December 31, 2007

   2,106,094     $ 7.98    5.2    $ 20.7
                        

Additional information concerning options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2007 is summarized as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
          Weighted Average          

Exercise Price Range

   Number    Remaining
Life

(in years)
   Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 4.78 – $ 5.31

   522,084    5.0    $ 5.20    522,084    $ 5.20

   5.45 –    6.88

   566,783    2.8      5.87    566,783      5.87

   9.45 –  12.02

   1,017,227    6.6      10.59    1,017,227      10.59

 14.88 –  21.63

   10,790,347    9.7      17.86    —        —  
                            

Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123-R, People’s United Financial presented income tax-related benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock as an operating activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. SFAS No. 123-R requires the cash flows from income tax-related benefits resulting from income tax deductions in excess of the compensation expense recognized for those stock options and restricted stock to be classified as a financing activity. Excess income tax benefits of $2.0 million and $2.1 million were classified as a financing activity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

People’s United Financial has also granted restricted stock awards under the Incentive Plan. Employees become fully vested in these shares generally after a three- or four-year period, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. Unvested restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plan. During the vesting period, dividends are

 

F-41


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

accrued on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares. As discussed previously, People’s United Financial also granted restricted stock awards under the 2007 Plans to directors, key executive officers and employees. The fair value of all restricted stock awards is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices.

The following is a summary of restricted stock awards activity under People’s United Financial’s Incentive Plan and 2007 Plans:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2005

   694,634     $ 8.92

Granted

   553,507       15.98

Forfeited

   (33,810 )     10.24

Vested

   (275,633 )     6.96
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2006

   938,698       13.61
            

Granted

   4,378,574       18.07

Forfeited

   (17,274 )     15.51

Vested

   (225,600 )     9.61
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2007

   5,074,398     $ 17.63
            

Straight-line amortization of unvested restricted stock awards, expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 4.3 years, resulted in compensation expense of $6.3 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Unamortized compensation cost for unvested restricted stock awards, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 4.0% per year over the vesting period, totaled $77.8 million at December 31, 2007. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $4.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

Restricted shares awarded during 2005 totaled 213,551 shares with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $12.10. Compensation expense totaled $2.1 million in 2005.

Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan

The Third Amended and Restated People’s United Financial Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (“Directors’ Equity Plan”) was adopted in 2006 as the successor plan to the Second Amended and Restated People’s United Financial Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. The Directors’ Equity Plan provides for an annual award of $95,000 worth of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan are not transferable until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, upon the director’s cessation of service. A total of 892,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Equity Plan.

No grants were made to directors under the Directors’ Equity Plan in 2007. Expense totaling $0.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for the Directors’ Equity Plan and the predecessor plan. At December 31, 2007, 425,025 shares remain available for issuance.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 20—Financial Instruments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is a party to both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The contractual amounts of off-balance-sheet instruments reflect the extent of People’s United Financial involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

A summary of the contractual or notional amounts of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007    2006

Lending-Related Instruments: (1)

     

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:

     

Consumer

   $ 1,787.7    $ 1,354.8

Commercial

     1,123.7      1,056.4

Commercial real estate

     672.6      728.3

Residential mortgage

     33.6      18.4

Letters of credit

     73.9      44.5
             

Derivative Financial Instruments: (2)

     

Interest rate floors

     700.0      700.0

Interest rate swaps

     6.7      6.9

Foreign exchange contracts

     13.1      13.1

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     26.2      44.4

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     26.2      44.4
             

 

(1) The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss, assuming (i) the instruments are fully funded at a later date, (ii) the borrower does not meet contractual repayment obligations, and (iii) any collateral or other security proves to be worthless.
(2) The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments are substantially greater than People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss.

Lending-Related Instruments

The contractual amounts of People’s United Financial lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to People’s United Financial credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The geographic distribution of People’s United Financial lending-related financial instruments is similar to the distribution of its loan portfolio, as described in Note 7.

People’s United Financial issues both stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by People’s United Financial to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The letter of credit is generally extended for an average term of one year and secured similar to existing extensions of credit. For each letter of credit issued, if the customer fails to perform under the terms of the agreement, People’s United Financial would have to fulfill the terms of the letter of credit. The fair value of

 

F-43


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial’s obligations relating to $72.3 million of stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2007 was $0.3 million, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The credit risk involved in issuing stand-by letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument issued by a financial institution on behalf of its customer. The letter of credit authorizes a beneficiary to draw drafts on the financial institution or one of its correspondent banks, provided the terms and conditions of the letter of credit have been met. In issuing a commercial letter of credit, the financial institution has substituted its credit standing for that of its customer. After drafts are paid by the financial institution, the customer is charged or an obligation is created under an existing reimbursement agreement. An advance under a reimbursement agreement is recorded as a loan by the financial institution and is subject to terms and conditions similar to other commercial obligations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes and not for trading or speculative purposes. People’s United Financial controls the credit risk of these instruments through collateral, credit approvals and monitoring procedures. Under netting arrangements collateral is obtained, when appropriate, through physical delivery of securities or cash to reduce People’s United Financial exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to these transactions. People’s United Financial also controls its counterparty risk by entering into arrangements only with highly-rated counterparties that are specifically approved by People’s United Financial up to a maximum credit exposure. People’s United Financial credit exposure on its derivative contracts, representing those contracts with net positive fair values including the effect of bilateral netting, amounted to $27.3 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s principal derivative positions outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were interest rate floors that are accounted for as cash flow hedges relating to certain floating-rate commercial loans that reprice based on the one-month LIBOR-index rate. Hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was insignificant. To a much lesser extent, People’s United Financial engages in derivative transactions (interest rate swaps) that are accounted for as fair value hedges. The ineffective portion of hedge results related to fair value hedges recorded in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was insignificant.

The following sections further discuss each class of derivative financial instrument used by People’s United Financial, including management’s principal objectives and risk management strategies.

Interest Rate Floors

Interest rate floors are a type of option contract that exercises when the underlying interest rate falls below a specified strike rate. People’s United Financial purchased interest rate floors for the purpose of partially managing its exposure to decreases in the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain long-term commercial loans. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s United Financial would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The fair value of interest rate floors at December 31, 2007 reflected the unamortized premium and unrealized gain (with a corresponding credit to accumulated other

 

F-44


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

comprehensive loss, after applicable taxes). The unrealized gain in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $13.3 million at December 31, 2007 represented the changes in market values resulting from decreases in interest rates since the original dates the interest rate floors were purchased. Interest rate floors outstanding at December 31, 2007 mature in 2011.

The group of individual transactions being hedged is People’s United Financial one-month Libor-index commercial loan monthly interest cash flows. People’s United Financial has identified the hedged forecasted transaction as the first one-month Libor-index interest payments received on commercial loans. These are individual transactions that share the same risk exposure, because the interest payments received on the one-month Libor-index commercial loans are subject to interest rate risk related to changes in the one-month Libor rate. The occurrence of one-month Libor interest payment cash flows is probable, and the prepayment of a given loan is not expected to have an effect on the hedging relationship, as the aggregate principal balance of the one-month Libor-index rate commercial loan portfolio underlying the interest payments is maintained at an amount sufficiently greater than the notional amount of the interest rate floors.

Interest Rate Swaps

People’s United Financial pay fixed/receive floating swaps, which are accounted for as fair value hedges, are used to hedge the change in fair value of fewer than five fixed-rate commercial real estate loans from rising interest rates. Under interest rate swaps, People’s United Financial agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional amount. People’s United Financial enters into these transactions to match more closely the repricing of its assets and liabilities, and to reduce its exposure to increases in interest rates and their effect on interest income and interest expense. For example, certain fixed rate assets may be funded with floating rate borrowings. People’s United Financial enters into interest rate swaps in which it pays a fixed rate and receives a floating rate, in order to effectively “match fund” the asset and liability.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, is recorded in earnings. The change in fair value on the hedged asset or liability is also recorded in earnings. People’s United Financial’s liability at December 31, 2007 of $0.4 million represented the unrealized losses at that date on these fair value hedges. Interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2007 mature as follows; $5 million in 2012 and $2 million in 2016.

The net effect of interest rate floors and interest rate swaps was to decrease net interest income by $3.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In 2005, other non-interest income included $0.1 million and other non-interest expense included $0.4 million relating to the cancellations of certain interest rates swaps.

Forward Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans.

Forward Commitments to Sell and Interest Rate-Lock Commitments on Residential Mortgage Loans

People’s United Financial enters into forward commitments to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released) in order to reduce the market risk associated with originating loans for sale in the secondary market. In order to fulfill a forward commitment, People’s United Financial delivers originated

 

F-45


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

loans at prices or yields specified by the contract. The risks associated with such contracts arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the contract terms or People’s United Financial inability to originate the necessary loans. Gains and losses realized on the forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of the net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial will commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application at a time after the application is approved by People’s United Financial. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loan commitments on held-for-portfolio loans totaled $0.7 million (interest rates from 5.63% to 6.38%) and $0.4 million (interest rates from 5.75% to 6.00%) at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The risks associated with these interest rate-lock commitments arise if market interest rates change prior to the closing of these loans. Both forward sales commitments and interest rate-lock commitments made to borrowers on held-for-sale loans are accounted for as derivatives and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at fair value. See Note 22.

The following is a summary of certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Financial for risk management purposes:

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007    2006  

Interest Rate Floors:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 700.0    $ 700.0  

Weighted average strike rate

     5.00%      5.00%  

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     37      49  

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ 27.6    $ 11.5  
               

Interest Rate Swaps:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 6.7    $ 6.9  

Weighted average interest rates:

     

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     5.59%(5.23%)      5.59%(5.35% )

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     65      77  

Fair value recognized as a liability

   $ 0.4    $ 0.2  
               

Foreign Exchange Contracts:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 13.1    $ 13.1  

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     1      2  

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ 0.1    $ —    

Fair value recognized as a liability

     —        0.3  
               

NOTE 21—Legal Proceedings and Lease Commitments

 

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is subject to various legal proceedings. Management has discussed the nature of these legal proceedings with legal counsel. In the opinion of management, People’s United Financial’s financial condition or results of operations will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of these legal proceedings.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2032. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rentals based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2007 were: $24.7 million in 2008; $24.5 million in 2009; $21.9 million in 2010; $19.6 million in

 

F-46


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2011; $10.9 million in 2012; and an aggregate of $52.8 million in 2013 through 2032. Rent expense under operating leases totaled $18.1 million, $17.8 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

NOTE 22—Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of People’s United Financials’s financial instruments:

 

       2007    2006

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,384.2    $ 3,384.2    $ 568.7    $ 568.7

Securities (1)

     61.5      61.5      77.5      77.5

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     428.0      428.0      —        —  

Loans, net

     8,877.0      8,885.6      9,297.7      9,318.0

Accrued interest receivable

     41.9      41.9      45.2      45.2
                           

Financial liabilities:

           

Time deposits

     3,705.6      3,703.6      3,583.0      3,562.7

Other deposits

     5,175.0      5,175.0      5,499.6      5,499.6

Federal funds purchased

     —        —        4.1      4.1

Subordinated notes

     65.4      72.0      65.3      75.0

Accrued interest payable

     3.4      3.4      3.3      3.3
                           

Derivative financial instruments: (2)

           

Recognized as an asset:

           

Interest rate floors

     27.6      27.6      11.5      11.5

Foreign exchange contracts

     0.1      0.1      —        —  

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —        —        0.1      0.1

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     0.1      0.1      0.1      0.1

Recognized as a liability:

           

Interest rate swaps

     0.4      0.4      0.2      0.2

Foreign exchange contracts

     —        —        0.3      0.3

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     0.1      0.1      0.1      0.1

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —        —        0.1      0.1
                           

 

(1) Includes trading account securities of $18.7 million and $29.6 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No other financial instruments in this table were held for trading purposes.
(2) See Note 20 for a further discussion of derivative financial instruments. People’s United Financial has certain off-balance-sheet financial instruments, as described in Note 20, with carrying amounts that primarily consist of deferred fee income and other accruals. The estimated fair values of these other instruments approximated the carrying amounts, which were not significant.

SFAS No. 107 requires disclosures about the fair values of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined in SFAS No. 107 as the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation. Quoted market prices are used to estimate fair values when those prices are available. However, active markets do not exist for many types of financial instruments. Consequently, fair values for these instruments must be estimated by management using techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis and comparison to similar instruments. These estimates are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material impact on the fair value estimates. In addition, since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. Fair values

 

F-47


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

disclosed in accordance with SFAS No. 107 do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from the sale of a large volume of a particular financial instrument, nor do they reflect possible tax ramifications or estimated transaction costs.

The following is a description of the principal valuation methods used by People’s United Financial to estimate the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities:

Securities

The fair values of securities were based primarily upon market prices or dealer quotes. Certain fair values were estimated using independent pricing models or were based on comparisons to market prices of similar securities.

Loans

For valuation purposes, the loan portfolio was segregated into its significant categories, which are residential mortgage, commercial real estate, commercial and consumer. These categories were further segregated, where appropriate, into components based on significant financial characteristics such as type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values were estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

The fair values of performing residential mortgage, commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans were estimated by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios. Estimates of the timing and amount of these cash flows considered factors such as future loan prepayments and credit losses. The discount rates reflected current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The fair values of non-performing loans were based on recent collateral appraisals or management’s analysis of estimated cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the credit risk involved.

The fair value of home equity lines of credit was based on the outstanding loan balances, as required by SFAS No. 107, and, therefore, does not reflect the value associated with earnings from future loans to existing customers. Management believes that the fair value of these customer relationships has a substantial intangible value separate from the loan balances currently outstanding.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of time deposits represent contractual cash flows discounted using interest rates currently offered on time deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. In accordance with SFAS No. 107, the fair values of other deposit liabilities (those with no stated maturity, such as checking and savings accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. As required by SFAS No. 107, deposit fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships that comprise a significant portion of People’s United Financial’s deposit base. Management believes that People’s United Financial’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the deposit balances.

Borrowings and Subordinated Notes

The fair values of FHLB advances represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on advances with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. The fair values of subordinated notes were based on dealer quotes.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

The fair value of securities purchased under agreements to resell was estimated using an independent pricing model. Cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, and federal funds purchased have fair values that approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities, and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts for interest rate floors and interest rate swaps represent fair values. The fair values of interest rate floors and interest rate swaps were estimated using a valuation model based on market interest rates and other pricing terms prevailing for similar agreements at the valuation date. These fair values approximate the amounts that People’s United Financial would receive or pay to terminate the interest rate floors and interest rate swaps at the valuation date. The carrying amount for foreign exchange contracts represents fair value. The fair value of foreign exchange contracts was estimated using a valuation model based on market interest rates and other pricing terms prevailing for similar agreements at the valuation date. The fair values of forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans were estimated based on current secondary market prices for commitments with similar terms.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet financial instruments approximate the respective carrying amounts. These include commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit for which fair values were estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers.

NOTE 23—Business Segment Information

 

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” requires public companies to report (i) certain financial and descriptive information about “reportable operating segments,” as defined, and (ii) certain enterprise-wide financial information about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segment information is reported using a “management approach” that is based on the way management organizes the segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

People’s United Financial’s two primary business segments are as follows:

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking.

Consumer Financial Services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer lending (excluding the national consumer loan portfolio, which is reported in “Other”). In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI, and other insurance services provided through RC Knox.

In addition, Treasury is responsible for managing the securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial’s business segment disclosure is based on information generated by an internal profitability reporting system, which generates information by business segment based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operation of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each business segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by a business segment. Under this process, a money desk buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group. This process results in a difference between total net interest income for the reportable business segments and the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income, which is reflected in the funding center as part of Treasury.

The provision for loan losses for the Commercial Banking and Consumer Financial Services segments is generally based on a five-year rolling average net charge-off rate for the respective segment. People’s United Financial’s allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to each business segment. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year.

The category “Other” includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses, certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment, and the FTP impact from excess capital. This category also includes: revenues and expenses relating to the national consumer loan portfolio; certain nonrecurring items, including security gains of $5.4 million from the sale of People’s United Financial’s entire holdings of MasterCard Incorporated Class B Common Stock (included in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007) and the $60 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007); income from discontinued operations; and income tax benefits. Total assets at year end for each business segment represent earning assets. Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, national consumer loans, premises and equipment, and other assets.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following tables provide selected financial information for People’s United Financial’s business segments:

 

Year ended December 31, 2007

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 131.7    $ 247.7    $ (29.8 )   $ 349.6    $ 137.0     $ 486.6

Provision for loan losses

     10.9      3.0      —         13.9      (5.9 )     8.0

Non-interest income

     28.1      140.0      10.6       178.7      6.7       185.4

Non-interest expense

     91.1      281.4      (0.3 )     372.2      67.1       439.3
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

     57.8      103.3      (18.9 )     142.2      82.5       224.7

Income tax expense (benefit)

     20.2      36.5      (10.3 )     46.4      29.1       75.5
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     37.6      66.8      (8.6 )     95.8      53.4       149.2

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        1.5       1.5
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 37.6    $ 66.8    $ (8.6 )   $ 95.8    $ 54.9     $ 150.7
                                           

Total assets at year end

   $ 4,490.8    $ 4,606.2    $ 3,756.6     $ 12,853.6    $ 701.2     $ 13,554.8
                                           

Year ended December 31, 2006

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 130.5    $ 256.4    $ (26.2 )   $ 360.7    $ 21.7     $ 382.4

Provision for loan losses

     10.5      3.0      —         13.5      (10.1 )     3.4

Non-interest income

     22.8      140.5      (18.2 )     145.1      2.3       147.4

Non-interest expense

     78.3      261.3      0.5       340.1      6.8       346.9
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

     64.5      132.6      (44.9 )     152.2      27.3       179.5

Income tax expense (benefit)

     22.6      46.8      (18.9 )     50.5      7.3       57.8
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     41.9      85.8      (26.0 )     101.7      20.0       121.7

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        2.3       2.3
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 41.9    $ 85.8    $ (26.0 )   $ 101.7    $ 22.3     $ 124.0
                                           

Total assets at year end

   $ 4,155.0    $ 5,366.4    $ 469.0     $ 9,990.4    $ 696.5     $ 10,686.9
                                           

 

F-51


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 129.7    $ 266.4    $ (43.0 )   $ 353.1    $ 16.6     $ 369.7

Provision for loan losses

     9.4      3.5      —         12.9      (4.3 )     8.6

Non-interest income

     23.7      143.5      4.1       171.3      2.0       173.3

Non-interest expense

     73.7      259.4      1.4       334.5      9.9       344.4
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

     70.3      147.0      (40.3 )     177.0      13.0       190.0

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.6      52.8      (15.3 )     62.1      2.0       64.1
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     45.7      94.2      (25.0 )     114.9      11.0       125.9
                                           

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        5.0       5.0

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        6.2       6.2
                                           

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        —         —        11.2       11.2
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 45.7    $ 94.2    $ (25.0 )   $ 114.9    $ 22.2     $ 137.1
                                           

Total assets at year end

   $ 3,812.2    $ 4,900.7    $ 1,553.2     $ 10,266.1    $ 666.4     $ 10,932.5
                                           

NOTE 24—Discontinued Operations

 

On March 5, 2004, People’s United Financial completed the sale of its credit card business, which included $2.0 billion of credit card receivables, as well as the transfer of its related credit card operations and 420 employees, to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

The Consolidated Statements of Condition included an accrued liability of $24.3 million at December 31, 2004 for contract termination and other exit costs related to the credit card sale. In 2005, People’s United Financial resolved the remaining issues regarding its financial obligations under a contract for the servicing of its credit card portfolio. Therefore, the accrued liability was reversed and a $9.7 million pre-tax gain was recorded, which is included in income from discontinued operations on an after-tax basis for the year ended December 31, 2005 in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes an after-tax charge of $0.5 million from the resolution of a contingency related to the credit card sale.

People’s United Financial continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the credit card business. These recoveries are included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $2.3 million, $4.1 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 25—Parent Company Financial Information

 

On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 2 for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information presented is for the period from April 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007.

The condensed financial information of People’s United Financial (parent company only) is presented below:

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CONDITION

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2007

Assets:

  

Cash at subsidiary bank

   $ 1.0

Short-term investments

     1,013.2

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     428.0

Investments in subsidiaries

  

Bank subsidiary

     2,989.2

Non-bank subsidiary

     3.0

Other assets

     18.3
      

Total assets

   $ 4,452.7
      

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

  

Other liabilities

   $ 7.3

Stockholders’ equity

     4,445.4
      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,452.7
      

 

F-53


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(in millions)

   For the period
April 16, 2007 through
December 31, 2007
 

Revenues:

  

Interest income

  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 48.3  

Other

     0.4  
        

Total interest income

     48.7  

Dividend from bank subsidiary

     206.0  

Other non-interest income

     0.1  
        

Total revenues

     254.8  
        

Expenses:

  

Contribution to The People’s United

  

Community Foundation

     60.0  

Other expenses

     3.6  
        

Total expenses

     63.6  
        

Income before income tax benefit and equity in overdistributed income of subsidiaries

     191.2  

Income tax benefit

     (5.2 )
        

Income before equity in overdistributed income of subsidiaries

     196.4  

Equity in overdistributed income of bank subsidiary

     (45.7 )
        

Net income

   $ 150.7  
        

 

F-54


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in millions)

   For the period
April 16, 2007
through
December 31, 2007
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net income

   $ 150.7  

Contribution of common stock to The People’s United Community Foundation

     40.0  

Equity in overdistributed income of subsidiaries

     45.7  

Net change in other assets and liabilities

     (14.8 )
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     221.6  
        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Purchases of securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (428.0 )

Increase in investments in subsidiaries

     (1,667.4 )
        

Net cash used by investing activities

     (2,095.4 )
        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (115.6 )

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion

     3,334.8  

Capital contribution pursuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings

     8.1  

Purchase of common stock by ESOP

     (216.8 )

Common stock repurchased

     (127.1 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of related tax benefits

     4.6  
        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,888.0  
        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,014.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —    
        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,014.2  
        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 26—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s quarterly financial data for 2007 and 2006:

 

    2007     2006  

(in millions, except per share data)

  First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 149.4     $ 187.5     $ 189.4     $ 180.7     $ 137.8     $ 144.3     $ 149.4     $ 150.6  

Interest expense

    54.1       55.5       55.1       55.7       43.8       48.2       53.2       54.5  
                                                               

Net interest income

    95.3       132.0       134.3       125.0       94.0       96.1       96.2       96.1  

Provision for loan losses

    0.8       1.8       2.5       2.9       (2.3 )     0.2       4.1       1.4  
                                                               

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    94.5       130.2       131.8       122.1       96.3       95.9       92.1       94.7  

Non-interest income

    43.6       45.5       50.2       46.1       42.4       39.2       20.5       45.3  

Non-interest expense

    88.1       155.7       95.5       100.0       87.6       86.6       87.1       85.6  
                                                               

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

    50.0       20.0       86.5       68.2       51.1       48.5       25.5       54.4  

Income tax expense

    16.9       6.9       29.2       22.5       17.2       16.3       8.6       15.7  
                                                               

Income from continuing operations

    33.1       13.1       57.3       45.7       33.9       32.2       16.9       38.7  
                                                               

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.5       0.4       0.3       0.3       0.9       0.7       0.1       0.6  
                                                               

Net income

  $ 33.6     $ 13.5     $ 57.6     $ 46.0     $ 34.8     $ 32.9     $ 17.0     $ 39.3  
                                                               

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 0.11     $ 0.05     $ 0.20     $ 0.16     $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.06     $ 0.14  

Diluted earnings per common share

    0.11       0.05       0.20       0.16       0.11       0.11       0.06       0.13  

Average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

    297.75       290.98       289.65       284.91       297.00       297.38       297.51       297.57  

Diluted

    299.26       292.38       290.84       286.60       298.33       298.57       298.93       299.20  

Common stock price:

               

High

  $ 22.81     $ 21.38     $ 18.62     $ 18.60     $ 16.11     $ 16.43     $ 19.60     $ 21.62  

Low

    19.78       17.56       14.78       15.83       14.29       14.70       15.19       18.69  

Dividends paid (1)

    15.5       38.7       38.7       38.2       13.6       15.4       15.5       15.5  

Dividends per share (1)

    0.12       0.13       0.13       0.13       0.10       0.12       0.12       0.12  

Dividend payout ratio (1)

    46.1 %     286.4 %     67.2 %     83.2 %     39.0 %     46.9 %     91.0 %     39.3 %
                                                               

 

(1) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007. See Note 14.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Designation

 

Description

3.2   Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc.
10.13(a)*   Amendment One to The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan
10.14(c)*   Amendment Three to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan
10.15(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement
10.16*   Second Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan
10.17(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement
10.24*   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc.
10.24(a)*   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc. Amendment No. 1
21   Subsidiaries
23   Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification
32   Section 1350 Certification
99.1   Impact of Inflation
99.2   Other Statistical Data
99.3   Management’s Report on the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations
99.4   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Management’s Assessment Regarding Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

* Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 3.2

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

SECTION 2. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be located in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

SECTION 3. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place as may be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice of meeting. If no place is so fixed, such meetings shall be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business which may properly come before such meeting shall be held each year on a date and at a time to be designated by the Board.

SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time only by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office. Special meetings shall be held on the date and at the time and place as may be designated by the Board. At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise required by law, written notice stating the place, date and hour of any meeting of shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date

 

1


of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the U.S. mail, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II, or at such other address as the shareholder shall have furnished in writing to the Secretary. Notice of any special meeting shall indicate that the notice is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling such meeting. When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken giving the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after adjournment, the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 5. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Notice of any annual or special meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice of any meeting, in person or by proxy or by his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice by such shareholder, except where a shareholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board shall fix a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section 6, such determination shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board, also apply to any adjournment thereof. If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (b) the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 7. QUORUM. The holders of record of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders, except as otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation. If

 

2


less than a majority of such total number of votes is represented at a meeting, a majority of the number of votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, PROVIDED, that if such adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting of shareholders, such quorum is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

SECTION 8. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The Chairman shall serve as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders or, if the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, the President shall serve as chairman. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, such other person as shall be appointed by a majority of the entire Board shall serve as chairman at any meeting of shareholders. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, such other person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall serve as secretary of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall conduct all meetings of the shareholders in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of such meetings, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she shall deem appropriate. The chairman of the meeting shall also have the authority to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place as he or she may deem necessary and in the best interests of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. VOTING; VOTING OF SHARES IN THE NAME OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS. Except for the election of directors or as otherwise provided by applicable law or regulation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of shareholders, all matters shall be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation present and entitled to vote thereat. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by each class of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, present and entitled to vote in the election.

If ownership of a share of voting stock of the Corporation stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Corporation to the contrary, any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. If an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present, in person or by proxy, at such meeting. If such conflicting votes are evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court.

 

3


SECTION 10. PROXIES. Each shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or in a resolution, or resolutions, of the Board providing for the issuance of preferred stock, each shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock registered in his or her name on the transfer books or records of the Corporation. Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy. All proxies shall by written instrument, signed by the shareholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact, or by electronic transmission as permitted by law; PROVIDED, that such electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that such electronic transmission was authorized by such shareholder. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The attendance at any meeting by a shareholder who shall have previously given a proxy applicable thereto shall not, as such, have the effect of revoking the proxy. The Corporation may treat any duly executed proxy as not revoked and in full force and effect until it receives a duly executed instrument revoking it, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date.

SECTION 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board shall, to the extent required by applicable law, appoint one or more persons, other than officers, directors or nominees for office, as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act at the meeting, the vacancy so created may be filled by appointment by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting. The duties of the inspectors of election shall include determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, receiving votes, ballots or consents, hearing and deciding all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, counting and tabulating all votes, ballots or consents, determining the results and doing such acts as are proper to the conduct of the election or the vote with fairness to all shareholders. Any report or certificate made by them shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to a reasonable compensation for his or her services, to be paid by the Corporation.

SECTION 12. PROCEDURE FOR NOMINATIONS. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be eligible for election as Directors. Subject to the provisions thereof, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall select, and recommend to the Board for its approval, nominees for election as directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death, incapacity, withdrawal or other inability to serve of a nominee, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall, upon the approval of the Board, deliver written nominations to the Secretary at least one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. No nominations for directors except those made by the Compensation and Nominating Committee and approved by the

 

4


Board shall be voted upon at the annual meeting of shareholders, unless other nominations by shareholders are made in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 13. SUBSTITUTION OF NOMINEES. In the event that a person -validly designated as a nominee in accordance with Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall thereafter become unwilling or unable to stand for election to the Board, the Board, upon recommendation by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, may designate a substitute nominee upon delivery, not fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of the meeting for the election of such nominee, of a written notice to the Secretary. Such notice shall include a signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation, if elected, of each such substituted nominee.

SECTION 14. NEW BUSINESS. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting at the request of the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary at least fifteen (15) days before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting, but, except as provided in this Section 14, no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any proposal offered by any shareholder may be made at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless properly brought before the meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the meeting. For a proposal to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must be a shareholder of record and have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or received by the Secretary not later than the following dates: (i) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if current year’s meeting is to be held within 30 days prior to, on the anniversary date of, or after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (ii) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders held at a time other than within the time periods set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i), the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders. For purposes of this Section 14, notice shall be deemed to first be given to shareholders when disclosure of such date of the meeting of shareholders is first made in a press release reported to Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to the matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (b) the name and address of the shareholder proposing such business; (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned of record by the shareholder and the dates upon which he or she acquired such shares; (d) the identification of any person employed, retained, or to be compensated by the shareholder submitting the proposal, or any person acting on his or her behalf, to make solicitations or recommendations to shareholders for the purpose

 

5


of assisting in the passage of such proposal, and a brief description of the terms of such employment, retainer or arrangement for compensation; (e) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such new business; (f) a representation whether the shareholder intends or is part of a group which intends to (1) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise solicit proxies from shareholders in support of such proposal; and (g) all such other information regarding such proposal as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or required to be delivered to the Corporation pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such rules). This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the Board or the management of the Corporation, but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided. This provision shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Corporation under the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other rule or regulation to omit a shareholder’s proposal from the Corporation’s proxy materials. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any new business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof, and, if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that such new business was not properly brought before the meeting and shall not be considered.

ARTICLE III

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Shares of the Corporation may but need not be represented by certificates. Upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue such certificates in such form as shall be required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”) and as determined by the Board to every shareholder for the fully paid shares owned by such shareholder. Each certificate shall state the registered holder’s name and the number and class of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman or the President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and may, but need not, bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any or all of the signatures on the certificates may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

6


SECTION 2. BOOK ENTRY SHARES. The Corporation may by resolution provide for the issuance of shares of its capital stock in book-entry (uncertificated) form. In such event, all references in these Bylaws to the delivery of stock certificates shall be inapplicable. The Corporation’s Transfer Agent shall keep appropriate records indicating the number of shares of capital stock owned by each person to whom shares are issued, any restrictions applicable to such shares of capital stock and the duration thereof, and other relevant information. Upon expiration of any applicable restrictions for any reason, the Transfer Agent shall effect delivery of such shares of capital stock by adjusting its records to reflect the expiration of such restrictions, and by notifying the person in whose name such shares were issued that such restrictions have lapsed.

SECTION 3. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more Transfer Agents and Registrars for the transfer and registration of certificates of stock of any class and may require that stock certificates be countersigned and registered by one or more of such Transfer Agents and Registrars.

SECTION 4. REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the name of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held by him or her, and for shares held in certificated form, the numbers of the certificates covering such shares and the dates of issue of such certificates. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such guarantee or proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require and with proper evidence of payment of any applicable transfer taxes. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, a record shall be made of each transfer.

SECTION 5. LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. The holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation held in certificated form shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates therefor. The Corporation may issue, or cause to be issued, a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate and, in the case of mutilation, the surrender of the mutilated certificate. The Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate and the issuance of such new certificate, or may refer such owner to such remedy or remedies as he or she may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 6. HOLDER OF RECORD. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat

 

7


the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof in fact and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES; NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of the Board. The Board shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15) directors (other than directors elected by the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock). Within the foregoing limits, the number of directors shall be determined only by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 2. QUALIFICATIONS. Each director shall be at least eighteen (18) years of age. No director shall serve on the board of directors of an Insured Depository Institution, bank holding company, financial holding company or thrift holding company, other than the Corporation, its affiliated entities or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, while a member of the Board.

SECTION 3. VICE CHAIRMAN. The Board may appoint from among its members a Vice Chairman, who shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board. The Vice Chairman shall serve for a one year term or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 4. LEAD DIRECTOR. The Board shall at each annual meeting appoint from among its members a Lead Director, who shall be an independent director and who may also serve as Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board. The Lead Director shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board . The Lead Director shall serve for a one year term or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 5. AGE LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS. With the exception of the Lead Director of the Board, a director shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the term of office during which such Director has reached the age of seventy-two. The Director serving as Lead Director of the Board shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the three year term of office during which such Director reaches the age of seventy-five.

SECTION 6. REGULAR AND ANNUAL MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board for the election of officers shall be held, without notice other than these Bylaws, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders, or at such other time or place as the Board may fix by resolution. The Board may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board without notice other than such resolution.

 

8


SECTION 7. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be called for any purpose at any time by or at the request of the Chairman or the President. Special meetings of the Board shall also be called by the Secretary upon the written request, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, of at least sixty percent (60%) of the directors then in office, but in any event not less than five (5) directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board shall give notice of such meetings in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws and may fix any place, within or without the Corporation’s regular business area, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board called by such persons. No business shall be conducted at a special meeting other than that specified in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 8. NOTICE OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Article IV, notice of each meeting shall be mailed or otherwise given to each director at least two (2) business days before the day of the meeting to his or her address shown in the records of the Corporation, except in the case of an emergency, in the discretion of the Chairman or the President, shorter oral notice may be given. The purpose of any special meeting shall be stated in the notice. Such notice shall be deemed given when sent or given to any mail or courier service or company providing electronic transmission service. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by submitting a signed waiver of notice with the Secretary, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 9. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman or such other director or officer as the Chairman shall designate. If the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be the President. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be such other person as shall be appointed by a majority of the Board. The Secretary or, in his absence, a person appointed by the Chairman (or other presiding person), shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman (or other person presiding) shall conduct all meetings of the Board in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of Board meetings.

SECTION 10. QUORUM AND VOTING REQUIREMENTS. A quorum at any meeting of the Board shall consist of not less than a majority of the directors then in office or such greater number as shall be required by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, but not less than one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors fixed by the Board. If less than a required quorum is present, the majority of those directors present shall adjourn the meeting to another time and place without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting, if a quorum is present, shall constitute an act of the Board.

 

9


SECTION 11. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such committee.

SECTION 12. PARTICIPATION OTHER THAN IN PERSON. Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a Board or committee meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 13. VACANCIES. To the extent not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, vacancies in the office of director, including vacancies created by newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then holding office, whether or not a quorum, at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, no person shall be so elected a director unless nominated by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director so elected shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 14. COMPENSATION. The Board may provide for the compensation of directors for their services in such one or more forms as the Board may determine.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENTS CONCERNING THE BOARD. The number and other restrictions and qualifications for directors of the Corporation as set forth in these Bylaws may be altered only by a vote, in addition to any vote required by law, of two-thirds of the entire Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of not less than two thirds (66.67%) of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. There shall be an Executive Committee of the Board, as shall be appointed by Board resolution or these Bylaws. The Executive Committee shall, to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board, exercise all the powers

 

10


and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation in the intervals between the meetings of the Board. The Executive Committee shall operate pursuant to a Charter approved by the Committee and the entire Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board may by resolution create or eliminate such other committees, including, but not limited to, an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee, as from time to time it may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each such committee shall exercise such powers as may be assigned by the Board to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board. Each committee established by the Board pursuant to this Article V, Section 2 shall operate pursuant to a committee charter which shall be annually approved and adopted by the committee and the Board.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. The Board shall, at each annual meeting, elect a Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and a Secretary, and may elect such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem necessary or the business of the Corporation may require. The other officers shall consist of the Controller, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more First Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers, assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary and appointed by the Board of Directors, the President, or the Chief Executive Officer or as may be chosen in such other manner as may be prescribed or permitted by these Bylaws, as amended from time to time. Any number of offices may be held by the same person except the office of President and Secretary. .

The election of the officers shall be made only by a vote of a majority of the entire Board. If such election is not held at the meeting held annually for the election of officers, such officers may be so elected at any subsequent regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner above provided. Each person elected shall have such authority, bear such title and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may prescribe from time to time. Whenever a vacancy occurs among the officers, it may be filled at any regular or special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner as above provided. All officers elected or appointed by the Board shall assume their duties immediately upon their election and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.

SECTION 2. TERM OF OFFICE AND REMOVAL. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and duly qualified, the office is abolished or he or she is removed. Any officer may be removed at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board.

 

11


SECTION 3. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as the Board may from time to time assign to him or her, including, but not limited to, presiding at all meetings of the shareholders, the Board and the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Board also shall have such powers and duties as are generally incident to the position of Chairman.

SECTION 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall be so designated by the Board and may also hold the title of Chairman of the Board, and/or President. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board, shall be responsible for assuring that the policy decisions of the Board are implemented as formulated. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such powers as may be assigned to such officer by the Board or its committees .

SECTION 5. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall be subject to the direction of the Board. The President shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chairman. In the absence of or disability of the Chairman, or if the office of the Chairman is vacant by reason of death, resignation, failure of the Board to elect a Chairman or otherwise, the President or such other person who the Board shall designate, shall exercise the powers and perform the duties which otherwise would fall upon the Chairman.

SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents may be appointed by the Board to perform such duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer as permitted by the Board.

SECTION 7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall record, or cause to be recorded, all votes and minutes of all proceedings of the Board and of the shareholders in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall have such other powers and duties as are generally incident to the office of Secretary and as may be assigned to him or her by the Board, any committee of the Board, the Chairman, and the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall perform all acts and duties as are generally incident to the office of the Treasurer.

SECTION 9. CONTROLLER. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer and shall be responsible for the maintenance of adequate internal systems and records. The Controller shall maintain the general books of the Corporation relating to all assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements and other financial transactions, and shall see that all expenditures are made in accordance with procedures duly established from time to time. The Controller shall prepare or cause to be prepared all reports pertinent to his office as may be required by the Board or regulatory authorities.

 

12


SECTION 10. OTHER OFFICERS. Other officers appointed by the Board shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them, from time to time, by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 11. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, President and the Executive Vice Presidents shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors. The salaries of the other officers shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors, by a committee of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. No officer shall be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

The Board shall have the power, subject to the provisions of law and the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to declare and pay dividends out of surplus (or, if no surplus exists, out of net profits of the Corporation, for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year, except where there is an impairment of capital stock), to pay such dividends to the shareholders in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation and to fix the date or dates for the payment of such dividends.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws, except as provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, or as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, may be amended or repealed at any regular or special meeting of the entire Board by the vote of two-thirds of the members of the entire Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) a notice specifying the change or amendment shall have been given at a previous regular meeting and entered in the minutes of the Board; (b) a written statement describing the change or amendment shall be made in the notice delivered to the directors of the meeting at which the change or amendment shall be acted upon; and (c) any Bylaw made by the Board may be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by the holders of shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with the percentage requirements set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and/or these Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of these Bylaws that contains a supermajority voting requirement shall only be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by a vote of the Board or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the supermajority specified in such provision.

 

13

Exhibit 10.13(a)

AMENDMENT ONE TO THE PEOPLE’S BANK

CAP EXCESS PLAN

This Amendment to the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Plan”) is made as of October 4, 2004, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically provided, by People’s United Bank (the “Bank”).

WHEREAS, the Bank adopted the Plan as of January 1, 1997 for the benefit of certain senior executives meeting certain eligibility requirements; and

WHEREAS, Section 11(a) of the Plan provides that the Human Resources Committee of Bank may amend the Plan from time to time subject to certain limitations; and

WHEREAS, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

WHEREAS, Bank has been advised that in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, amendments to the Plan are necessary or advisable to remove the requirements that the Bank transfer funds to the Trustee (as defined in the Plan) in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction as heretofore defined in the Plan and that certain other amendments are so necessary or advisable, but may be made in 2008; and

WHEREAS, the Section 11(c) may be construed to provide that certain participant and beneficiary votes be obtained before changing provisions relating to funding requirements in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction and such votes have been obtained; and

WHEREAS, the Bank previously changed its salary grade designations and those previously equivalent to grade 10 and above became equivalent to grade 65O and above; and

WHEREAS, Peoples United Bank a federally chartered savings bank is the corporate successor to People’s Bank, a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank; and

WHEREAS, the Human Resources Committee has determined that other amendments should be made to reflect changes in the corporate structure of the Bank and its parent and in the name of the Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of October 4, 2004 except as otherwise specifically provided herein:


  1. There is hereby added to the end of Section 1 the following sentences, effective as of June 7, 2007:

“Benefits under this Plan are intended to supplement benefits to the ERP which refers to the plan which prior June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan, and on and after June 7, 2007 has been known as the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan. ‘ Enhanced Plan’ shall refer to the Plan which prior to June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, and on and after June 7, 2007 has been known as the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan.”

 

  2. Section 2 (g) is hereby deleted in its entirety and intentionally left blank.

 

  3. Section 2(m) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.”

 

  4. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 2(p): as of April 16, 2007:

“ ‘Parent’ shall mean prior to April 17, 2007, People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut and on and after April 17, 2007, People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.”

 

  5. Section 2(o) is hereby amended effective June 7, 2007, to read as follows:

“The ‘Plan’ shall mean this People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter. The Plan until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan.”

 

  6. Section 3(b) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows effective as of .

“(b) Each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date, shall become a Participant as of the date he first becomes a Member in the ERP and meets both the following requirements:


(i) has a salary grade of 65O or higher; or prior to the Grade Change had a salary grade of 10 or higher; and

(ii) is limited by any of the requirements of the Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code included in the ERP for purposes of complying with the applicable requirements of the Code.”

The term “Grade Change” shall refer to the time the Bank changed its salary grading system making grades 10 and above equivalent to grades 65O and above.”

 

  7. Section 5 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

5. Plan Benefit

Any Participant who is such on or after the Effective Date and who is an Employee as of that date shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a supplemental benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). The Plan Benefit shall be a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form or other form in effect under the ERP equal to the excess of A. over B. where:

 

  A. is equal to the monthly benefit such Participant would have received for each month under the ERP if the applicable limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder had not been included therein; and

 

  B. is equal to the monthly amount of the Participant’s ERP Benefit.”

8. Section 7 is hereby amended by (a) changing its title to read in its entirety as “Trust and Change in Control”, and (b) amending subsection (e) thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“(e) (i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this subsection (e) may rely on the Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United Bank, corporate successor to People’s Bank hereby executes this Amendment to be effective as of the dates above provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By  

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

  Philip R. Sherringham
  Its Acting President and CEO

Exhibit 10.14(c)

AMENDMENT THREE TO THE PEOPLE’S BANK

ENHANCED SENIOR PENSION PLAN

This Amendment to the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is made as of October 4, 2004, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically provided, by People’s United Bank (the “Bank”).

WHEREAS, the Bank adopted the Plan as of January 1, 1997 for the benefit of certain senior executives meeting certain eligibility requirements; and

WHEREAS, Section 11(a) of the Plan provides that the Human Resources Committee of Bank may amend the Plan from time to time subject to certain limitations; and

WHEREAS, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

WHEREAS, Bank has been advised that in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, amendments to the Plan are necessary or advisable to remove the requirements that the Bank transfer funds to the Trustee (as defined in the Plan) in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction as heretofore defined in the Plan and that certain other amendments are so necessary or advisable, but may be made in 2008; and

WHEREAS, Section 11(c) may be construed to provide that certain participant and beneficiary votes be obtained before changing such provisions and such votes have been obtained; and

WHEREAS, the Bank previously changed (the “Grade Change”) its salary grade designations and those equivalent to grade 10 and above are grade 65O and above; and

WHEREAS, Peoples United Bank a federally chartered savings bank is the corporate successor to People’s Bank, a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank; and

WHEREAS, the Human Resources Committee has determined that other amendments should be made to reflect changes in the corporate structure of the Bank and its parent and in the name of the Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of October 4, 2004 except as otherwise specifically provided herein:

1. There is hereby added to the end of Section 1 the following sentences, effective as of June 7, 2007.


“Benefits under this Plan are intended to supplement benefits to the ERP and the Cap Plan. ‘ERP’ shall refer to the plan which prior June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan, and on and after June 7, 2007 has been known as the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan. ‘Cap Plan’ shall refer to the plan which prior to June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan, and on and after June 7, 2007 has been known as the People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan”.

2. Section 2 (i) is hereby deleted in its entirety and intentionally left blank.

3. Section 2(o) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.”

4. Section 2(q) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of April 16, 2007:

“ ‘Parent’ shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.”

5. Section 2(s) is hereby amended effective June 7, 2007, to read as follows:

“The ‘Plan’ shall mean this People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter. The Plan until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan.”

6. Subsection (b) of Section 3 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date and prior to August 14, 2006 shall become a Participant as of the date he meets the following requirements:

(i) has a salary grade of 65O or higher; or prior to the Grade Change had a salary grade of 10 or higher; and

(ii) has attained age fifty (50) or older.


The term “Grade Change” shall refer to the time the Bank changed its salary grading system making grades 10 and above equivalent to grades 65O and above.”

7. Section 5 (d) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

8. Section 7 is hereby amended by (a) changing its title to read in its entirety as “Trust and Change in Control”, and (b) amending subsection (e) thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“(e) (i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this subsection (e) may rely on the Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United Bank, corporate successor to People’s Bank hereby executes this Amendment to be effective as of the dates above provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK

By

 

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

  Philip R. Sherringham
  Its Acting President and CEO

Exhibit 10.15(a)

AMENDMENT TO PEOPLE’S BANK

NON-QUALIFIED PENSION TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement of Amendment is made as of October 4, 2004, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically provided, by and between People’s United Bank (“Company”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA (“Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee entered into a certain trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) entitled “People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement” dated March 18, 1997, in connection with two plans of deferred compensation for designated retired and active senior officers of Company; which plans are referred to therein as “The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan” and “The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan”; and

WHEREAS, JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA is the corporate successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York; and

WHEREAS, Section 14 of the Trust Agreement provides that such agreement may be amended by agreement between Company and Trustee subject to certain limitations; and

WHEREAS, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code of 1984 as amended; and

WHEREAS, Company has been advised that in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, amendments to the Trust Agreement are necessary or advisable to remove the requirements that Company transfer funds to Trustee in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction as heretofore defined in the Trust Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Trust Agreement provides that certain participant and beneficiary votes be obtained before changing such provisions and such votes have been obtained; and

WHEREAS, the Trust Agreement further provides that Company’s Board of Directors approve any such amendment and such Board has approved such amendments; and

WHEREAS, other amendments have been authorized by such Board to reflect changes in the corporate structure of the Company and its parent and in the name of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trust Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 2B is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“B. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status; provided that in the event Company changes its fiscal year,


Company may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being no Plan benefits in pay status.”

2. Section 2F is hereby amended to read in its entirety as of June 7, 2007 as follows:

“F. “Company” shall mean People’s United Bank, which as of October 4, 2004 was a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, and which in 2006 became a federally chartered savings bank and which up until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as People’s Bank, and any successor to People’s United Bank.”

3. Section 2G is hereby deleted and intentionally left blank.

4. Section 2L is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of Company.”

5. Section 2M is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of April 16, 2007:

“Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of Company.”

6. Section 2O is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of April 16, 2007:

“Plans” shall mean the following plans providing benefits for certain employees of Company and its affiliates and any other similar plans Company determines in its discretion to fund all or in part pursuant to this Agreement and the term “Plan” shall refer to each of them; the plans initially included in the definition of “Plans” are known as “The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan” and “The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan”, and as of June 6, 2007 became known as “The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan” and “The People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan”.

 

2


7. Section 3 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Section 3. Funding of the Trust .

A. Company, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Subsections B and C of this Section 3) of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee in trust with Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust. Such additions shall be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. The CEO may designate that some or all of such discretionary contribution be used for accrued or future Trustee fees and other costs and expenses of maintaining the Trust. Neither Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

B. Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, as soon as the amount described in this B can be actuarially determined, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Change in Control or Potential Change in Control, Company shall (i) cause the Actuary to compute the Full Funding Amount, (ii) deliver to Trustee the Actuary’s certificate (which may rely on Trustee’s calculations of administrative expenses) and (iii) make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee equal to an amount which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, Company shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by Trustee from time to time.

C. (i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Company, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this Subsection C. may rely on Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

D. Trustee shall have the duty, obligation and authority to enforce Company’s obligation to contribute to the Trust pursuant to subsection B or C of this Section 3 provided Trustee has been notified as set forth in accordance with subsection E of this Section 3, as the case may be, of the circumstances giving rise to such obligation. In all events, the amount of such contribution shall be determined by Company or the Actuary as determined pursuant to Section 4, and except as provided under Section 4, Trustee shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution has been correctly computed under the terms of the Plans.

 

3


E. The Board of Directors of Company or the CEO shall notify Trustee in writing of each occurrence of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control. All such notices shall be provided promptly and in any event not later than five (5) calendar days following the occurrence of such event.

F. A Potential Change in Control Period shall be deemed ended upon a declaration of such by the CEO or the Board of Directors and agreement therewith by a Qualified Vote. The determination as to the end of a Potential Change in Control Period shall result in the rights and obligations of the parties hereto reverting to their pre-Potential Change in Control requirements; provided, however, that no Trust assets shall be returned to Company except as specifically provided by the provisions of Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Subsection F shall relieve any person of any of its obligations under this Agreement upon a Change in Control or a subsequent Potential Change in Control.”

8. Section 4C is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“C. In the event any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant claims that Company or its designee has not determined the benefit payable to him and that more than thirty (30) days have elapsed since the date such benefit should have been paid under the terms of a Plan or that any such benefit has not been correctly computed, Trustee may, on the basis of information supplied to it by such Participant or Beneficiary and Company, cause such benefit (and, if during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount) to be determined by the Actuary or an actuary selected by it. In the event Trustee does so, it shall inform both Company and such Participant or Beneficiary and make payment of such benefits if both such parties agree and Company so directs and funds are so available as a result of additional Company contributions hereunder or otherwise; and if they fail so to agree, Trustee may bring an action of interpleader or take similar court action or, at the direction of such Participant or Beneficiary, submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 15 E. In the event Trustee does not cause such benefit to be determined by an actuary, such Participant or Beneficiary or Company may institute court action or, to the extent permitted in the provisions of Subsection E of Section 15, submit such matter to arbitration. The present values of any additional benefits as determined by the Actuary or another actuary selected by Trustee or determined in any proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4C (including any determination pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 15E), shall be included in computing additional contribution required pursuant to Section 3B or 3C as the case may be.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized officers and their corporate seals affixed hereunto, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

4


PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/Philip R. Sherringham

  12/19/2007
  Philip R. Sherringham  
  Its Acting CEO and President
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ James J. Watson

  12/26/2007
  Its Managing Director  

 

5

Exhibit 10.16

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

October 4, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - PRELIMINARY BACKGROUND    1
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS    1
        2.1.   “Account”    1
        2.2.   “Annual Valuation Date”    1
        2.3.   “Bank”    1
        2.4.   “Beneficiary”    2
        2.5.   “Board”    2
        2.6.   “CEO”    2
        2.7.   “Change in Control”    2
        2.8.   “Code”    3
        2.9.   “Committee”.    3
        2.10.   “Conversion”    3
        2.11.   “Credited Service”    3
        2.12.   “Current Plan Account”    3
        2.13.   “Election Compensation”    3
        2.14.   “Election Match Compensation”    4
        2.15.   “Eligible Voters”    4
        2.16.   “401(k) Plan”    4
        2.17.   “401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution”    4
        2.18.   “401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution”    4
        2.19.   “401(k) Election Compensation”    4
        2.20.   “Full Funding Amount”    5
        2.21.   “Grandfathered Account”    5
        2.22.   “Insolvent”    5
        2.23.   “Interim Funding Amount”    5
        2.24.   “Interim Valuation Requirement Date”    6
        2.25.   “Interim 2005 Procedures”.    6
        2.26.   “Parent”    6
        2.27.   “Participant”    6
        2.28.   “Participant Contributions”    6
        2.29.   “Plan”    6
        2.30.   “Plan Year”    6
        2.31.   “Potential Change in Control”    6
        2.32.   “Potential Change in Control Period”    6
        2.33.   “Qualified Vote”    7
        2.34.   “Recordkeeper”    7
        2.35.   “Service Agreement”    7
        2.36.   “STIP bonus”    7
        2.37.   “Super Qualified Vote”    7

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        2.38.    “Trust”    7
        2.39.    “Trustee”    7
        2.40.    “Vote”    7
        2.41.    “Trust Agreement”    7
        2.42.    Pronouns    7
ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION    8
        3.1.    Prior to January 1, 2005    8
        3.2.    Between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2006    8
        3.3.    After December 31, 2006    8
        3.4.    Termination of Participation    8
ARTICLE IV - CONTRIBUTIONS    8
        4.1.    SSP Participant Contributions for Compensation Prior to January 1, 2005    8
        4.2.    SSP Participant Contributions for Compensation Earned or Paid During 2005 or 2006.    8
        4.3.    Participant Contributions From Election Compensation After 2006.    9
        4.4.    Contributions by New Participants.    9
        4.5.    Bank Matching Contributions.    9
        4.6.    Operating Rules    10
ARTICLE V - ACCOUNTS    10
        5.1.    Grandfathered Accounts    10
        5.2.    Current Plan Accounts    10
        5.3.    Time of Crediting Contributions    10
ARTICLE VI - HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT    11
        6.1.    Adjustments to Accounts    11
ARTICLE VII - DEATH BENEFITS    11
        7.1.    Beneficiaries    11
ARTICLE VIII - METHOD OF PAYMENT    11
        8.1.    Distribution of Current Plan Account to Participants    11
        8.2.    Distributions of Grandfathered Accounts to Participants    12
        8.3.    Distribution of Accounts to Beneficiaries    12

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE IX - TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL    12
        9.1.    Rabbi Trust    12
        9.2.    Discretionary Payments to Trust    13
        9.3.    Mandatory Payments to Trust.    13
ARTICLE X - NONASSIGNABILITY    13
        10.1.    No Assignment    13
ARTICLE XI - ADMINISTRATION    14
        11.1.    The Committee    14
ARTICLE XII - CLAIMS PROCEDURE    14
        12.2.    Change in Control    16
ARTICLE XIII - AMENDMENT and TERMINATION    17
        13.1.    General    17
        13.2.    Change in Control    17
        13.3.    Termination    17
ARTICLE XIV - CONSTRUCTION    17
        14.1.    Governing Law    17
        14.2.    No Contract    17
        14.3.    FDIC Restrictions    17
        14.4.    Other Contracts    17
        14.5.    Successors and Assigns    18
        14.6.    Pronouns    18
        14.7.    Code Section 409A    18
        14.8.    Headings    18
ARTICLE XV - ADVISORY COMMITTEE    18
        15.1.    Advisory Committee    18
        15.2.    Purpose and Duties    19
        15.3.    Rights    19
ARTICLE XVI - CREDITED SERVICE    20
        16.1.    Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.1.    20
        16.2.    Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.2.    21
        16.3.    Employment in Affiliated Group.    21

 

iii


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

October 4, 2004

People’s United Bank, a federally chartered capital stock savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby amends and restates the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to its power so to do set forth in Section 12(a) of the Plan effective as of October 4, 2004 except as hereinafter specifically provided.

ARTICLE I

PRELIMINARY BACKGROUND

The Plan was initially established and maintained for many years to enable designated employees of People’s Bank who were adversely impacted by Code restrictions applicable to 401(k) plans and corresponding provisions of the 401(k) Plan to elect to obtain additional benefits equal to those not available under the 401(k) Plan because of such restrictions. The Plan is not qualified under the provisions of the Code and benefits are provided on an unfunded basis for purposes of the Code. Plan benefits accruing as a result of compensation earned prior to January 1, 2005, were calculated on the basis of elections made under the 401(k) Plan. As a result of the enactment of Section 409A of the Code, separate Plan elections were required to be made by Participants with respect to compensation earned after December 31, 2004, although in part the effect of such separate Plan elections were linked to such Participants’ 401(k) Plan elections. The Bank has now determined to delink this Plan and the 401(k) Plan except with respect to hypothetical investments of accounts created hereunder.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2.

2.1. “Account” shall refer to any Grandfathered Account and any Current Account.

2.2. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status provided that in the event the Bank changes its fiscal year, the Bank may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being no Plan benefits in pay status.

2.3. “Bank” shall mean People’s United Bank, which as of October 4, 2004 was a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, and which in 2006 became a federally chartered capital stock savings bank and which up until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as People’s Bank, and any successor to People’s United Bank.


2.4. “Beneficiary” shall mean any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

2.5. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank or any similar body carrying out the functions such body carried out as of October 4, 2004.

2.6. “CEO” shall mean the President and CEO of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of October 4, 2004.

2.7. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in Subsection (b) of this Section) of the Bank or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in Subsection (b) of this Section) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

(b) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(c) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, and

 

2


any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or Parent to effect a transaction described in Subsection (a) or (b) of this Section) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

2.8. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it has been, or hereafter from time to time may be amended, and all reference to it or any provision thereof shall include any law which in the future may supersede it or such provision.

2.9. “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of October 4, 2004.

2.10. “Conversion” shall refer to the conversion of the Parent into a stock form entity pursuant to applicable laws and rules.

2.11. “Credited Service” shall mean Credited Service as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article XVI.

2.12. “Current Plan Account” shall refer to the Account established for a Participant to which all contributions made or credited on behalf of such Participant pursuant to the Plan after December 31, 2004 have been or may be credited.

2.13. “Election Compensation” shall mean and include the sum of (i) and (ii) where (i) is the total amount of salary, wages or compensation paid to Participant by the Bank during the Plan Year for services rendered as an employee of the Bank including overtime pay, commissions, and bonuses, but excluding any incentive payments with an accrual period longer than one year (and such exclusion shall apply to the year of deferral and the year of payment), and furthermore excluding any fees, credits or benefits under this Plan, the 401(k) Plan, the Retirement Plan or any other benefits under plans not qualified under the Code and providing for deferral income, severance pay, payments for reimbursement of business expenses incurred by the Participant, tuition reimbursement, insurance premiums paid by the Bank or other special emoluments; and (ii) is the total amount of salary reduction contributions made by the Bank on behalf of a Participant during the Plan Year under this Plan or the 401(k) Plan and any salary reductions agreed to by the Participant pursuant to salary reduction agreements under a plan which meets the requirements of Section 125 of the Code. Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2004 shall include any STIP bonus based on service during such Plan Year and payable in the next subsequent year and shall exclude any STIP bonus paid during such Plan Year but based on service for any prior Plan Year. In the event an individual becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year because he first became eligible to participate in the Plan during such Plan Year, Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall

 

3


apply only to otherwise Election Compensation which is both (x) earned with respect to services rendered after the end of the payroll period during which such Participant makes a contribution election pursuant to Section 4.4 and (y) paid on or after the first payroll date on which contributions may be withheld in accordance with the Bank’s payroll practices; provided that any STIP Bonus or other compensation based on services for a Plan Year or other specified period earned for performance during such Plan Year and included in his Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall equal a portion of such STIP Bonus or such other compensation for such Plan Year multiplied by the ratio of the number of full calendar months remaining in such performance period beginning with the first day of the second calendar month after such election over the total number of full calendar months in the performance period.

2.14. “Election Match Compensation” shall mean for any Plan Year a Participant’s Election Compensation for such Plan Year adjusted so as to substitute the STIP payment actually received during such Plan Year for the STIP bonus earned for such Plan Year but paid in a subsequent Plan Year.

2.15. “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998 who have unpaid benefits under the Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of such deceased Participants who have unpaid benefits under the Plan; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Participant or a Beneficiary sixty-five (65) days prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Participant or Beneficiary prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

2.16. “401(k) Plan” shall mean the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan as it may be amended from time to time.

2.17. “401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution” for a Plan Year shall mean with respect to any Participant four percent (4%) of such Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation for such Plan Year regardless of the amount of any contributions actually made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan.

2.18. “401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution” shall mean with respect to a Participant one percent (1%) or such other percent as the Bank may determine to make for such Plan Year as a discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan multiplied by a Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation regardless of the amount of any contributions made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan.

2.19. “401(k) Election Compensation” shall mean for a Participant for a Plan Year the total salary for such Plan Year as defined by the 401(k) Plan with respect to which a Participant would be able to elect to make employee contributions under the terms of the 401(k) Plan for

 

4


such Plan Year without regard to maximum contribution limitations thereunder, but taking into account the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as reflected in the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year.

2.20. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to it, to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998 (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of any such deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this Section 2.20, the “valuation requirement date” refers to (1) the date of an actual Change in Control or (2) the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee, or (3) if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Article IX hereof) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.21. “Grandfathered Account” shall refer to the Account established for each Participant who was such prior to January 1, 2005 to which all contributions made on behalf of such Participant prior to January 1, 2005 have been credited.

2.22. The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” and the Bank shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

2.23. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to him to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998, and who as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) are no longer employees of the Bank or (B) have attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under the Plan as a result of such deceased Participants’ death. In computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty (60) months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses

 

5


of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.24. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.

2.25. The terms “Interim 2005 Procedures” and “Interim 2006 Procedures” shall mean the Procedures described as such respectively in Exhibit A adopted by the Bank to govern certain aspects of plan operations from October 4, 2004 through December 31, 2006 in a good faith attempt to conform with US Treasury Proposed Regulations, Revenue rulings and Guidance pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

2.26. “Parent” shall mean People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of People’s Mutual Holdings for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The President and CEO of People’s Mutual Holdings has determined that after the date the Conversion becomes effective such successor will be People’s United Financial, Inc.

2.27. “Participant” shall mean, any employee of the Bank who is covered by the Plan and any former employee of the Bank for whom amounts have been credited pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and who has not yet received her or his full vested benefit hereunder.

2.28. “Participant Contributions” shall mean amounts contributed for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to an election by a Participant described in the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4.

2.29. The “Plan” shall mean this People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter which until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.

2.30. “Plan Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month period beginning each January 1 and ending each December 31.

2.31. A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

2.32. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

6


2.33. “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.34. “Recordkeeper” shall mean Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company, or after December 31, 2004, its assignee acting pursuant to the Service Agreement, or such other individual or entity as the Bank may retain consistent with the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement to maintain records of Participant Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan or any other person as the Trustee may select to make computations pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement.

2.35. “Service Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into between the Bank and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company effective as of October 3, 1994 entitled “PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN Service Agreement” as such agreement may have been and may hereafter be amended, restated or replaced by a superseding agreement between the parties thereto.

2.36. “STIP bonus” shall refer to payments made pursuant to the Bank’s Short-Term Incentive Plan and any plan or program which the Committee may determine is a replacement for such incentive plan and in no event shall STIP bonus include any payments under the Long-Term Incentive Plans presently maintained by the Bank or any replacement therefor.

2.37. “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.38. “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of Section 9 hereof.

2.39. “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

2.40. “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Trust Agreement).

2.41. “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in Section 9.1 hereof.

2.42. Pronouns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

7


ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.1. Prior to January 1, 2005 . Any person who was a Participant on or prior to October 4, 2004 shall remain a Participant. No person shall become a Participant after October 4, 2004 and prior to January 1, 2005.

3.2. Between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2006 . Any person who was not a Participant as of October 4, 2004, and who prior to December 31, 2006 was an employee of Bank, had a salary grade of 65O or higher, and in accordance with Interim Procedures 2005 or Interim Procedures 2006 elected to have salary deferrals made under the Plan of Election Compensation earned during 2005 or 2006 shall become a Participant as of the date of his first such deferral.

3.3. After December 31, 2006 . On and after December 31, 2006 an employee of the Bank with a salary grade of 65O or higher shall become a Participant: (a) for any Plan Year provided prior to the beginning of such Plan Year he has elected to make Participant Contributions of Election Compensation earned for such Plan Year; or (b) if he becomes an employee of the Bank with a salary grade of 65O or higher during such Plan Year elects to make contributions from his Election Compensation earned during such Plan Year within thirty (30) days of his becoming an employee of the Bank with a salary grade of 65O or higher.

3.4. Termination of Participation . A Participant shall remain such until all of his benefits under the Plan have been distributed to him or, if earlier, his death.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1. SSP Participant Contributions for Compensation Prior to January 1, 2005

Any Participant who was such at any time prior to January 1, 2005 was entitled to elect to contribute as of each payroll date up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with procedures then in effect under the Plan and the 401(k) Plan.

4.2. SSP Participant Contributions for Compensation Earned or Paid During 2005 or 2006 .

(a) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2005 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2005 Procedures.

 

8


(b) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2006 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2006 Procedures.

4.3. Participant Contributions From Election Compensation After 2006 .

Participants may elect to contribute to the Plan up to twenty percent (20%) of that portion of their Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, provided they do so by filing an irrevocable written election made in accordance with instructions authorized by the Committee during designated periods of the prior Plan Year. Such elections may designate separate percentages with respect to STIP bonuses and the other Election Compensation, but neither such election shall exceed twenty percent (20%).

4.4. Contributions by New Participants .

Any employee of the Bank who first becomes eligible to be a Participant during a Plan Year and who becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 for a partial Plan Year may elect to contribute to the Plan up to twenty percent (20%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of thirty (30) days after he becomes eligible to become a Participant.

4.5. Bank Matching Contributions .

(a) As soon as practicable at or after the end of each Plan Year the Bank shall determine for such Plan Year for each Participant his Election Match Compensation, his 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution, and if the Bank has made a discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year, his 401(k) Maximum Discretionary Contribution.

(b) Within a reasonable time after such determination the Bank shall credit to the Current Plan Account of each Participant a matching contribution equal to the result obtained by subtracting such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution from the lesser of four percent (4%) of such Participant’s Election Match Compensation for such Plan Year or such Participant’s Contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year; provided that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero.

(c) In the event the Bank determines to make a discretionary contribution, the Bank shall credit to the Current Plan Account of each Participant who has deferred any Election Match Compensation hereunder during such Plan Year an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant’s contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Article IV to the extent that such Participant’s Participant Contributions exceeded four percent (4%) of his Election Match Compensation but did not exceed five percent

 

9


(5%) of his Election Match Compensation for such Plan Year reduced by such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution for such Plan Year; provided that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero.

4.6. Operating Rules

For purposes of this Article IV

(a) any compensation earned during the Bank’s payroll period (as described in Section 3401(b) of the Code) which includes the last day of such Plan Year payable after the end of such Plan Year in accordance with arrangements by which the Bank normally pays its employees shall be considered Election Compensation for the Plan Year in which it is payable; and

(b) any other compensation earned during a Plan Year and paid in a subsequent Plan Year shall be considered Election Compensation during the Plan Year in which it is earned; and

(c) each election percentage shall be a whole number.

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTS

5.1. Grandfathered Accounts . As of December 31, 2004 the balances of the Accounts of all Participants were determined and each such Account shall be maintained from such date as a separate Grandfathered Account and all investment results from such date allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1 shall be credited thereto.

5.2. Current Plan Accounts . The Bank shall maintain for each Participant who is such on or after January 1, 2005 a Current Plan Account to which all such Participant’s Participant Contributions and the Bank’s matching contributions as provided for in Section 4.5 made on or after January 1, 2005 and all investment results from such date allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1 shall be credited.

5.3. Time of Crediting Contributions . After December 31, 2004 all Participant Contributions shall be withheld from such Participant’s pay for each payroll date and shall be credited to such Participant’s Current Plan Account as of or as soon as practicable after such date. All Bank matching contributions as provided for in Section 4.5 allocable after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 31, 2006 shall be allocated to Current Plan Account as of the date provided for in accordance with the terms and administrative procedures of this Plan in effect from time to time during such period. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 Bank matching contributions shall be credited as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5.

 

10


ARTICLE VI

HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT

6.1. Adjustments to Accounts . To the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, all amounts credited to a Participant’s account hereunder shall be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually so invested as such elections change from time to time. In the event such Participant has different elections under the 401(k) Plan with respect to a balance accumulated as of a certain time on the one hand and contributions received thereafter on the other, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, such Participant’s hypothetical account shall be deemed to be invested (a) with respect to the balance as of the date of the accumulation described in this sentence in accordance with the investment instructions for such accumulated balance and (b) with respect to amounts credited to his account hereunder after such date in the same way as contributions after such date are invested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant has any loan balances outstanding with respect to his account under the 401(k) Plan, the amount of such loans shall not be taken into account in determining the proportions in which his account under this Plan is deemed to be invested. Any unpaid balance that remains credited to an account of any Participant or Beneficiary who has no Plan account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the investment experience of the Putnam Stable Value Fund (or any fund which the Committee determines has replaced such fund under the terms of the 401(k) Plan).

ARTICLE VII

DEATH BENEFITS

7.1. Beneficiaries . In the event the death of a Participant whether during or after termination of his Credited Service, prior to payment of such Participant’s full account balance benefit in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, the unpaid amount shall be paid to such Participant’s Beneficiary designated in a form provided by, and filed with, the Committee. If no such form has been filed, such benefits shall be payable to such Participant’s spouse and if no spouse is then living, to the legal representative of such Participant’s estate. All benefits payable pursuant to this Article VII shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.

ARTICLE VIII

METHOD OF PAYMENT

8.1. Distribution of Current Plan Account to Participants . A Participant’s Current Plan Account shall be distributed to such Participant as follows. The balance of such Participant’s Current Plan Account shall be determined as of the end of the month preceding his last full month of Credited Service. An amount equal to ten percent of such account balance shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments commencing on the first payroll payment date of the 7 th month following such termination and of each of the next 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

 

11


8.2. Distributions of Grandfathered Accounts to Participants . A Participant’s Grandfathered Account shall be valued and distributed in the same manner as a Participant’s Current Plan Account except that installment payments shall commence as of the first payroll date of the month next following such Participant’s termination of Credited Service and continue for an additional 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

8.3. Distribution of Accounts to Beneficiaries . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to termination of his Credited Service such Participant’s Grandfathered Account (if any) and his Current Plan Account shall be valued as of the end of month preceding his death and shall be paid to his Beneficiary in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 8.2. If a Participant dies after termination of his Credited Service, but prior to distribution of his Accounts, such distribution shall continue to his Beneficiary in accordance with the schedules set forth in Section 8.1 for his Current Plan Account and Section 8.2 for his Grandfathered Account, if any.

ARTICLE IX

TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1. Rabbi Trust . The Bank has entered into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company (now JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA) as the Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9.2 and 9.3. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all benefits under the Plan have not otherwise been provided for and even if all such benefits of employees of the Bank who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof, as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make benefit payments in the future. It is intended that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The obligation to pay all Plan benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank.

 

12


All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

9.2. Discretionary Payments to Trust . The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Section 9.3) of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

9.3. Mandatory Payments to Trust .

(a) Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

(b) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

(i) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification or other written statement satisfactory to the Trustee of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(ii) Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

ARTICLE X

NONASSIGNABILITY

10.1. No Assignment. The Plan is designed to provide payment of benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to anticipate, assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such benefit payment nor shall such right otherwise be subject to encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

 

13


ARTICLE XI

ADMINISTRATION

11.1. The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility, the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary and, to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

ARTICLE XII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

12.1 General.

(a) If a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing with the Claims Officer. If no claim is received by the Claims Officer within 60 days after the claimant receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Claims Officer’s determination shall be final.

The term “Claims Officer” shall be the First Vice President Human Resources or her designee as Claims Officer; in the event no individual holds the title of First Vice President Human Resources, then there shall be substituted herein for First Vice President Human Resources to act as or designate, Claims Officer such person as the Senior Vice President Human Resources the (or such officer whose duties most closely resemble those of the Senior Vice President as of July 1, 2007) determines has replaced or is acting for First Vice President of Human Resources.

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

 

14


When a claim for benefits is made under Plan, the Claims Officer is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Claims Officer needs more time to decide, the Claims Officer may notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claims Officer will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of your appeal adverse to your position.

(b) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing with the Committee.

(i) The written claim for review must be filed within 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Claims Officer’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to your claim for benefits.

(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

15


(c) After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the Committee denies the claim, the notice will include:

one or more specific reasons for the denial;

specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim for benefits; and

a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 12.1 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

(e) Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 12.1, including any revisions made in accordance with subsection (d) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

(f) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

(g) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

12.2. Change in Control . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Article XII, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article XII, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

16


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

13.1. General . The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

13.2. Change in Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1, (a) an amendment to Section 9.3(a) hereof, or to the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period or Change in Control Agreement, or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Article XV hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by a Qualified Vote and (b) an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 9.3(b) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants who are employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998, and not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

13.3. Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to cease benefit accruals under the Plan at any time. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, any Plan benefit then accrued and vested shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued.

ARTICLE XIV

CONSTRUCTION

14.1. Governing Law . The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

14.2. No Contract . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

14.3. FDIC Restrictions . It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by the provisions of FDIC Reg. § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

14.4. Other Contracts . The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under any such other agreement may, if such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

 

17


14.5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

14.6. Pronouns . Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

14.7. Code Section 409A . From and after October 4, 2004 this Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed whenever possible in a manner which will result in the Plan being and the Trust being in compliance therewith and which will not subject any Participant to any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to such Section 409A.

14.8. Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

14.9 Effective Date . References to effective date (whether or not capitalized) shall have the same meaning they had under the Plan as in effect prior to October 4, 2004.

ARTICLE XV

ADVISORY COMMITTEE

15.1. Advisory Committee . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is an employee of the Bank after May 1, 1998 and who is a Participant in this Plan; but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan Voter” shall mean at anytime all individuals who were employed at the Bank after the Effective Date and who are Participants exclusive of (i) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (ii) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

 

18


15.2. Purpose and Duties . The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voter with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

15.3. Rights . Without request or demand, the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust other than Trustee’s fees and expenses in the operations of the Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan and Trustee’s fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Recordkeeper’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote; (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter; (vii) five (5) days prior to any change of Recordkeeper, the name and address of the proposed new Recordkeeper and a brief description of its relevant experience and controlling shareholders, and the reasons for such change; (viii) five (5) days prior to any change in the Service Agreement, a full description of, or a copy of such changes; (ix) within five (5) days of any change in any member of the Human Resources Committee of the

 

19


Board of Directors of the Bank or of any individual to whom it delegates any authority with respect to the Plan or any change in authority previously so delegated to an individual, the name of any new member of the Committee, the name of any person no longer serving as such a member, the name of any additional person to whom such authority has been granted, the name of any person from whom such authority has been taken and a description of any change in any such authority granted to any person; and (x) within five (5) days of any change in the 401(k) Review Committee, the name of any new person and the name of any person no longer serving as such a member. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

ARTICLE XVI

CREDITED SERVICE

16.1. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.1 .

For purposes of applying the provisions of Section 8.1

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3), but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: A period of a leave of absence for military leave, or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall constitute Credited Service for only a period of six (6) months or, if longer, as long as such Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract, and unless such Participant returns to actual Credited Service upon the expiration of such six (6) month or longer period such Participant’s Credited Service shall terminate upon such expiration or his earlier death or resignation. In order to constitute a bona fide leave of absence, there must be a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Bank.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have a termination of Credited Service in the event his hours of service as an employee or independent contractor are permanently reduced to less than 50% of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any affiliated employer less than 36 months, during such shorter period)

(c) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service if he is employed as an employee or independent contractor 50% or more of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any affiliated employer less than 36 months, during such shorter period).

 

20


16.2. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.2.

For purposes of applying the provisions of Section 8.2:

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his disability, retirement or termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3) for any reason; and the following types of absences shall not be deemed to terminate the Credited Service of a Participant:

(i) Leave of absence granted for sickness, injury, disability, government, civic or charitable service or any other specific reason, for not more than two (2) years.

(ii) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Bank or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an employee of the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.2 within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(iii) Lay off not in excess of two (2) years until employment is terminated either by the employee or the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.2.

(b) Credited Service shall not be deemed terminated by the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a maternity or paternity leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph, a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy; (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of an employee; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the an employee in connection with the adoption of the child by such employee; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may, in its discretion reasonably require an employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence.

16.3. Employment in Affiliated Group .

Once a person is actually an employee of the Bank (without reference to the provisions of this Section), employment by any member of an affiliated group shall be deemed employment by the Bank for purposes of determining whether he remains in Credited Service. The term “member of an affiliated group” shall include each and all of the following: (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), which group includes the Bank; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Bank; (iii) any organization (whether incorporated or not) which is a member of affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Bank; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Bank pursuant to Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes the Plan to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

  Its Acting CEO and President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan

Effective October 4, 2004

 

I. The Interim 2005 Procedures are described as follows:

Prior to December 31, 2004 Participants were required to elect irrevocably the total percentage of their Election Compensation for 2005 and STIP bonus earned in 2004 and payable in 2005 to be deferred as contributions to the 401(k) Plan and this Plan. However, Participants were able to change their elections with respect to contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Contributions to this Plan in 2005 commenced only after a Participant ceased being able to make 401(k) deferrals because of application of Sections 402(g), 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code. In February, 2005 the Interim 2005 Procedures were changed to provide that for purposes of determining Participant Contributions under this Plan with respect to such compensation, the Participant’s 401(k) contribution percentage elections in effect as of the first payroll date in March of 2005 would be applied regardless of any change made in such election thereafter. In June, 2005 the Interim 2005 Procedures were changed to provide Plan Participants an opportunity to elect a separate percentage deferral rate for the STIP bonus based on service during 2005 and payable in 2006 which differed from that applicable to other Election Compensation for 2005 and provided that they made such election on or prior to June 30, 2005.

 

II. The Interim 2006 Procedures are described as follows:

Prior to December 31, 2005 Participants were required to elect irrevocably the total percentage of their Election Compensation for 2006 to be deferred as contributions to the 401(k) Plan and this Plan. Participants were allowed to change their 401(k) Plan deferrals during 2006, but no such changes did or would affect the amount of contributions with respect to 2006 Election Compensation under this Plan. Contributions to this Plan with respect to Election Compensation for 2006 (including contributions with respect to STIP bonuses earned in 2006 and paid in 2007) commenced only after a Participant would have ceased being able to make 401(k) deferrals because of application of Sections 402(g), 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code if the application of those Sections had been determined by reference to such Participant’s 401(k) Plan percentage deferral elections last elected prior to December 31, 2006 (regardless of any change actually made in such Participant’s 401(k) Plan deferral election). The Interim 2006 Procedures allowed for separate elections applicable to (a) the STIP bonus based on service in 2006 and payable in 2007 and (b) to all other Election Compensation for 2006.

 

23

Exhibit 10.17(a)

AMENDMENT TO PEOPLE’S BANK

SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement of Amendment is made as of October 4, 2004, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically provided, by and between People’s United Bank (“Company”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA (“Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee entered into a certain trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) entitled “People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement” dated July 23, 1998 in connection with a plan of deferred compensation for designated retired and active senior officers of Company; and

WHEREAS, JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA is the corporate successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York; and

WHEREAS, People’s United Bank is the corporate successor of said People’s Bank; and

WHEREAS, Section 15 of the Trust Agreement provides that such agreement may be amended by agreement between Company and Trustee subject to certain limitations; and

WHEREAS, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code of 1984 as amended; and

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised that in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, amendments to the Trust Agreement are necessary or advisable to remove the requirements that Company transfer funds to Trustee in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction as heretofore defined in the Trust Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Trust Agreement provides that certain participant and beneficiary votes be obtained before changing such provisions and such votes have been obtained; and

WHEREAS, the Trust Agreement further provides that Company’s Board of Directors approve any such amendment and such Board has approved such amendments; and

WHEREAS, other amendments have been authorized by such Board to reflect changes in the corporate structure of the Company and its parent and in the name of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trust Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 2A is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:


“A. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status; provided that in the event Company changes its fiscal year, Company may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being no Plan benefits in pay status.”

2. Section 2 F is hereby amended to read in its entirety as of June 7, 2007 as follows:

“F. “Company” shall mean People’s United Bank, which as of October 4, 2004 was a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, and which in 2006 became a federally chartered savings bank and which up until on or about June 7, 2007 was known as People’s Bank, and any successor to People’s United Bank.”

3. Section 2 G as it read as of October 4, 2004 is deleted as of that date and left blank until April 16, 2007, and as of April 16, 2007 is hereby replaced by a new Section 2 G which shall read in its entirety as of as follows:

“G “Company Stock” shall mean shares of stock issued by Parent.”

4. Section 2 I is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of June 7, 2007:

1. The “401k Plan” shall refer to The People’s Bank 401k Employee Savings Plan as adopted by Company and as amended through the date hereof and as amended from time to time hereafter and which as of June 7, 2007, became known as The People’s United Bank 401k Employee Savings Plan

5. Section 2M is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“M. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of Company and any date selected by Company pursuant to Section 6C hereof.”

6. Section 2N is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of April 16, 2007:

“Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of Company.”

7. Section 2P is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows as of June 6, 2007:

The “Plan” shall mean People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (formerly known as People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan) as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

2


8. Section 3 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Section 3. Funding of the Trust .

A. Company, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Subsections B and C of this Section 3) of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee in trust with Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust. Such additions shall be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. The CEO may designate that some or all of such discretionary contribution be used for accrued or future Trustee fees and other costs and expenses of maintaining the Trust. Neither Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits described in this subsection A.

B. Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, as soon as the amount described in this B can be determined, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Change in Control or Potential Change in Control, Company shall (i) cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Full Funding Amount, (ii) deliver to Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certificate (which may rely on Trustee’s calculations of administrative expenses) and (iii) make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee equal to an amount which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. During a Potential Change in Control Period, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated monthly and Company shall make any additional contributions necessary to cause the value of the Trust Fund to equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event that Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, Company shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by Trustee from time to time.

C. (i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Company, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such day results in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Recordkeeper’s certification delivered pursuant to this Subsection C. may rely on Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

D. Trustee shall have the duty, obligation and authority to enforce Company’s obligation to contribute to the Trust pursuant to subsection B or C of this Section 3,

 

3


as the case may be, provided Trustee has been notified as set forth in accordance with subsection E of this Section 3 of the circumstances giving rise to such obligation. In all events, the amount of such contribution shall be determined by the Recordkeeper pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3, and except as provided under Section 4, Trustee shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution has been correctly computed under the terms of the Plan.

E. The Board of Directors of Company or the CEO shall notify Trustee in writing of each occurrence of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control. All such notices shall be provided promptly and in any event not later than five (5) calendar days following the occurrence of such event.

F. A Potential Change in Control Period shall be deemed ended upon a declaration of such by the CEO or Company’s Board of Directors and agreement therewith by a Qualified Vote. The determination as to the end of a Potential Change in Control Period shall result in the rights and obligations of the parties hereto reverting to their pre-Potential Change in Control requirements; provided, however, that no Trust assets shall be returned to Company except as specifically provided by the provisions of Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Subsection F shall relieve any person of any of its obligations under this Agreement upon a Change in Control or a subsequent Potential Change in Control.”

9. Section 4C is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“C. In the event any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant claims that Company or its designee has not determined the benefit payable to him and that more than thirty (30) days have elapsed since the date such benefit should have been paid under the terms of a Plan or that any such benefit has not been correctly computed, Trustee may, on the basis of information supplied to it by such Participant or Beneficiary and Company, cause such benefit (and, if during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount) to be determined by the Recordkeeper or a recordkeeper selected by it. In the event Trustee does so, it shall inform both Company and such Participant or Beneficiary and make payment of such benefits if both such parties agree and Company so directs and funds are so available as a result of additional Company contributions hereunder or otherwise; and if they fail so to agree, Trustee may bring an action of interpleader or take similar court action or, at the direction of such Participant or Beneficiary, submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 16 hereof. In the event Trustee does not cause such benefit to be so determined, or having done so, does not institute any such court action or submit the matter to arbitration, such Participant or Beneficiary or Company may institute court action or, to the extent permitted in the provisions of Subsection F of Section 16, submit such matter to arbitration. The amount of any additional benefits as determined by the Recordkeeper or determined in any proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4C (including any determination pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 16F), shall be included in computing additional contributions required pursuant to Section 3B or 3C as the case may be.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized officers and their corporate seals affixed hereunto, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/Philip R. Sherringham

  12/19/2007
  Philip R. Sherringham  
  Its Acting CEO and President
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA
By:  

/s/ James J. Watson

  12/26/2007
  Its Managing Director  

 

5

Exhibit 10.24

E MPLOYEE S TOCK O WNERSHIP P LAN

OF

P EOPLE S U NITED F INANCIAL , I NC .

Effective as of January 1, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page
Article I
Definitions
Section 1.1   Account   1
Section 1.2   Affiliated Employer   1
Section 1.3   Allocation Compensation   1
Section 1.4   Bank   2
Section 1.5   Beneficiary   2
Section 1.6   Board   2
Section 1.7   Change in Control   2
Section 1.8   Code   2
Section 1.9   Committee   2
Section 1.10   Company   2
Section 1.11   Compensation Committee   2
Section 1.12   Designated Beneficiary   2
Section 1.13   Disability   2
Section 1.14   Discretionary Contribution   3
Section 1.15   Eligibility Computation Period   3
Section 1.16   Effective Date   3
Section 1.17   Eligible Employee   3
Section 1.18   Eligible Participant   3
Section 1.19   Employee   3
Section 1.20   Employment Commencement Date   3
Section 1.21   ERISA   3
Section 1.22   Exchange Act   4
Section 1.23   Fair Market Value   4
Section 1.24   Financed Share   4
Section 1.25   Five Percent Owner   4
Section 1.26   Forfeitures   4
Section 1.27   Former Participant   4
Section 1.28   415 Compensation   5
Section 1.29   General Investment Account   5
Section 1.30   Highly Compensated Employee   5
Section 1.31   Hour of Service   5
Section 1.32   Investment Account   6
Section 1.33   Investment Fund   6
Section 1.34   Loan Repayment Account   6
Section 1.35   Loan Repayment Contribution   6
Section 1.36   Maternity or Paternity Leave   6
Section 1.37   Named Fiduciary   6
Section 1.38   Officer   7

 

i


Section 1.39   One Year Break in Service   7
Section 1.40   Participant   8
Section 1.41   Participating Employer   8
Section 1.42   Plan   8
Section 1.43   Plan Administrator   8
Section 1.44   Plan Year   8
Section 1.45   Qualified Participant   8
Section 1.46   Retirement   8
Section 1.47   Retroactive Contribution   8
Section 1.48   Share   8
Section 1.49   Share Acquisition Loan   8
Section 1.50   Share Investment Account   8
Section 1.51   Tender Offer   8
Section 1.52   Total Compensation   9
Section 1.53   Trust   9
Section 1.54   Trust Agreement   9
Section 1.55   Trust Fund   9
Section 1.56   Trustee   9
Section 1.57   Valuation Date   9
Section 1.58   Vesting Computation Period   9
Section 1.59   Year of Eligibility Service   9
Section 1.60   Year of Vesting Service   9
Article II
Participation
Section 2.1   Eligibility for Participation.   9
Section 2.2   Commencement of Participation.   10
Section 2.3   Termination of Participation.   10
Article III
Credited Service
Section 3.1   Computation of Credited Service   10
Section 3.2   Service to Acquired Entities.   11
Section 3.3   Breaks in Service.   11
Section 3.4   Transfer to or From Employment Within the United States.   12
Article IV
Contributions by Participants Not Permitted
Section 4.1   Contributions by Participants Not Permitted.   12

 

ii


Article V
Contributions by Participating Employers
Section 5.1   In General.   12
Section 5.2   Loan Repayment Contributions.   12
Section 5.3   Discretionary Contributions.   13
Section 5.4   Retroactive Contributions.   13
Section 5.5   Time and Manner of Payment.   14
Article VI
Share Acquisition Loans
Section 6.1   In General.   14
Section 6.2   Collateral; Liability for Repayment.   14
Section 6.3   Loan Repayment Account.   15
Section 6.4   Release of Financed Shares.   16
Section 6.5   Restrictions on Financed Shares.   16
Article VII
Allocation of Contributions
Section 7.1   Allocation Among Eligible Participants.   17
Section 7.2   Allocation of Released Shares or Other Property.   17
Section 7.3   Allocation of Discretionary Contributions.   17
Article VIII
Limitations on Allocations
Section 8.1   Optional Limitations on Allocations.   17
Section 8.2   General Limitations on Contributions.   18
Article IX
Vesting
Section 9.1   Vesting.   20
Section 9.2   Vesting on Death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control.   20
Section 9.3   Forfeitures on Termination of Employment.   20
Section 9.4   Amounts Credited Upon Re-Employment.   20
Section 9.5   Allocation of Forfeitures.   21

 

iii


Article X
The Trust Fund
Section 10.1   The Trust Fund.   21
Section 10.2   Investments.   21
Section 10.3   Distributions for Diversification of Investments.   22
Section 10.4   Cost of Administering Plan.   23
Section 10.5   Use of Commingled Trust Funds.   23
Section 10.6   Management and Control of Assets.   23
Article XI
Valuation of Interests in the Trust Fund
Section 11.1   Establishment of Investment Accounts.   24
Section 11.2   Share Investment Accounts.   24
Section 11.3   General Investment Accounts.   24
Section 11.4   Valuation of Investment Accounts.   24
Section 11.5   Annual Statements.   25
Article XII
Shares
Section 12.1   Specific Allocation of Shares.   25
Section 12.2   Dividends.   25
Section 12.3   Voting Rights.   25
Section 12.4   Tender Offers.   27
Article XIII
Distribution Of Participant Accounts
Section 13.1   Distribution Date.   29
Section 13.2   Method of Distribution.   30
Section 13.3   Minimum Distributions; 401(a)(9) Compliance.   31
Section 13.4   Vested Interest Held in Fund.   32
Section 13.5   Distribution of Benefits Upon Death Prior Benefit Payment.   32
Section 13.6   Manner of Payment.   33
Section 13.7   Direct Rollovers.   33
Section 13.8   Designation of Beneficiary:   34
Section 13.9   Valuation of Shares Upon Distribution.   35
Section 13.10   Put Options.   35
Section 13.11   Right of First Refusal.   36

 

iv


Article XIV
Change in Control
Section 14.1   Definition of Change in Control; Pending Change in Control.   37
Section 14.2   Vesting on Change in Control.   38
Section 14.3   Repayment of Share Acquisition Loan.   38
Section 14.4   Plan Termination After Change in Control.   38
Section 14.5   Amendment of Section XIV.   38
Article XV
Fiduciary Responsibility
Section 15.1   Designation of Named Fiduciaries.   39
Section 15.2   Allocation of Duties.   39
Section 15.3   Fiduciary Standards.   40
Section 15.4   Employer as a Fiduciary.   41
Section 15.5   Plan Administrator.   41
Section 15.6   Compensation Committee.   41
Section 15.7   Delegation of Fiduciary Duties.   42
Section 15.8   No Bond Except as Required by ERISA.   42
Section 15.9   Limitation of Article XVI.   42
Article XVI
Administrative Committee
Section 16.1   Appointment and Tenure.   42
Section 16.2   Notification of Trustee.   43
Section 16.3   Action by Committee.   43
Section 16.4   Documents.   43
Section 16.5   Powers of Committee.   43
Section 16.6   Benefits Payable Under the Plan.   44
Section 16.7   Construction of the Plan.   44
Section 16.8   Engagement of Assistants and Advisors.   44
Section 16.9   Indemnification of the Committee.   44
Section 16.10   Designation of Forms by Committee.   45
Section 16.11   Acknowledgment of Benefits.   45
Section 16.12   Delegation by Committee.   45
Section 16.13   Information Furnished by Affiliated Employer.   46

 

v


Article XVII
Amendment, Termination and Tax Qualification
Section 17.1   Right to Amend.   46
Section 17.2   Procedure to Amend.   47
Section 17.3   No Obligation or Liability.   47
Section 17.4   Continuation of Trust.   47
Section 17.5   Effect of Termination.   47
Section 17.6   Conformity to Internal Revenue Code.   48
Section 17.7   Contingent Nature of Contributions.   48
Article XVIII
Special Rules for Top Heavy Plan Years
Section 18.1   In General.   49
Section 18.2   Definition of Top Heavy Plan.   49
Section 18.3   Determination Date.   49
Section 18.4   Cumulative Accrued Benefits.   50
Section 18.5   Key Employees.   50
Section 18.6   Required Aggregation Group.   51
Section 18.7   Permissible Aggregation Group.   51
Section 18.8   Special Requirements During Top Heavy Plan Years.   52
Article XIX
Participating Employers
Section 19.1   Adoption by Affiliated Employer.   52
Section 19.2   Contributions by Participating Employers.   52
Section 19.3   All Rights Exercisable by Company.   52
Section 19.4   Amendment by Participating Employers.   52
Article XX
Miscellaneous Provisions
Section 20.1   No Employment Contract.   53
Section 20.2   Non-Alienation of Benefits, QDROs.   53
Section 20.3   Mergers and Consolidations of Company   54
Section 20.4   Governing Law   54
Section 20.5   Participants Limited to Assets of Fund   54
Section 20.6   Severability of Provisions   54
Section 20.7   Mergers and Consolidations of Plans   54
Section 20.8   Status as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan.   55
Section 20.9   Claims Procedure   55

 

vi


Section 20.10   Agent For Legal Process   57
Section 20.11   Insurance Company   57
Section 20.12   Dates   57
Section 20.13   Incapacity of Distributee   57
Section 20.14   Limitation Year   58
Section 20.15   Recapture of Erroneous Payments   58
Section 20.16   Benefits Payable Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders   58
Section 20.17   USERRA   58
Section 20.18   Construction of Language.   58
Section 20.19   Headings.   59

 

vii


E MPLOYEE S TOCK O WNERSHIP P LAN

OF

P EOPLE S U NITED F INANCIAL , I NC .

Article I

Definitions

The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of the Plan, unless a different meaning is clearly indicated by the context:

Section 1.1 Account means an account established for each Participant to which is allocated such Participant’s share, if any, of all Financed Shares and other property that are released from the Loan Repayment Account in accordance with Section 6.4, together with his share, if any, of any Discretionary Contributions that may be made by a Participating Employer.

Section 1.2 Affiliated Employer means the Company; any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) that includes the Company; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company; any organization (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) that includes the Company; and any other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

Section 1.3 Allocation Compensation with respect to any Participant for a Plan Year means the sum of (i) and (ii) where (i) is the total amount of salary, wages or compensation paid to such Participant by any Participating Employer during such Plan Year including overtime pay, commissions, and bonuses, but excluding any equity based compensation, and earnings thereon, incentive payments with an accrual or vesting period longer than one year (and such exclusion shall apply to the year of deferral and year of payment), and furthermore excluding any fees, credits or benefits under this Plan, the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan, the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan and any other plan of deferred compensation to which the Bank may contribute or credit benefits (whether or not qualified under the Code), severance pay, payments for reimbursement of business expenses incurred by such Participant, tuition reimbursement, insurance premiums paid by any Participating Employer, or other special emoluments; and (ii) to the extent of salary reductions agreed to by such Participant pursuant to salary reduction agreements, the total amount contributed or credited by any Participating Employer to the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan, any other defined contribution plan of deferred compensation or a plan which meets the requirements of Section 125 of the Code. The amount of Allocation Compensation with respect to any Participant shall include Allocation Compensation for the entire twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of such Plan Year, except that Allocation

 

1


Compensation shall only be recognized for that portion of the Plan Year during which an Employee was a Participant in the Plan. In no event, however, shall an Employee’s Allocation Compensation for any calendar year include any compensation in excess of $225,000, or any such other amount as may be prescribed in accordance with regulations prescribed under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. If there are less than twelve (12) months in the Plan Year, the $225,000 limitation (as adjusted) shall be prorated by multiplying such limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12).”

Section 1.4 Bank means People’s Bank, a federally chartered savings bank, and any successor thereto, including the entity which is expected to become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company upon the Company’s initial public issuance of stock.

Section 1.5 Beneficiary means the person or persons designated by a Participant or Former Participant or other person entitled to a benefit under the Plan, or otherwise determined to be entitled to a benefit under the Plan. If more than one person is designated, each shall have an equal share unless the person making the designation directed otherwise. The word “person” includes an individual, a trust, an estate or any other person that is permitted to be named as a Beneficiary.

Section 1.6 Board means the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial, Inc.

Section 1.7 Change in Control means an event described in Section 14.1.

Section 1.8 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).

Section 1.9 Committee means the Administrative Committee described in Article XVI.

Section 1.10 Company means People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Section 1.11 Compensation Committee shall mean the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board or such committee of the Board or of the Board of Directors of an Affiliated Employer which may be established hereafter and to which the Board may assign the authority, power and duties of the Compensation Committee with respect to the Plan.

Section 1.12 Designated Beneficiary means the person designated by a Participant or Former Participant as a Beneficiary under Section 13.8.

Section 1.13 Disability means any total disability or ill health which has resulted in a Participant becoming permanently incapacitated provided that such disability or ill health is established by medical evidence satisfactory to the Committee, and in order to establish such permanent incapacity and total disability or ill health, the Committee may designate a physician of its choice whose conclusion shall be conclusive upon all persons concerned.

 

2


Section 1.14 Discretionary Contribution means Shares or amounts of money contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employers in accordance with Section 5.3.

Section 1.15 Eligibility Computation Period means, with respect to any person, (a) the 12-consecutive month period beginning on such person’s Employment Commencement Date and (b) each Plan Year after such beginning date.

Section 1.16 Effective Date means January 1, 2007.

Section 1.17 Eligible Employee means an Employee who is eligible for membership in the Plan in accordance with Article II.

Section 1.18 Eligible Participant means, for any Plan Year, an Employee who is a Participant during all or any part of such Plan Year and either remains a Participant on the last day of such Plan Year or terminated participation during such Plan Year on account of termination of employment due to death, Disability or Retirement; provided, however, that no Employee shall be an Eligible Participant for the Plan Year that includes the effective date of the transaction pursuant to which the Bank becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company if he terminates employment for any reason with all Participating Employers prior to such effective date.

Section 1.19 Employee shall mean any person employed as an employee by the Affiliated Employer and paid directly by the Affiliated Employer provided, however, that any Employee hired on a temporary basis may not be considered an Employee until the earlier of (a) the date he becomes a permanent employee or (b) he completes 1000 Hours of Service within twelve months of his date of hire or any Plan Year commencing after his date of hire. The term “Employee” shall not include any independent contractor, any leased employee as defined in Section 414(n) of the Code, or any person paid by one other than the Affiliated Employer who is loaned to the Affiliated Employer, who furnishes services to the Affiliated Employer regardless of any arrangement the Affiliated Employer may have to reimburse or pay the payor of such person for such person’s compensation, or any person initially hired by the Affiliated Employer to work outside the United States who is not regularly employed by the Affiliated Employer as a common law employee within the United States. For purposes of this Section, an “Employee hired on a temporary basis” shall mean an Employee hired by the Affiliated Employer to work for a season or other limited period of time.

Section 1.20 Employment Commencement Date means the date on which a person first performs an Hour of Service, except that if an Employee separates from service with an Affiliated Employer, incurs a One-Year Break in Service and subsequently returns to or enters service with an Affiliated Employer, his Employment Commencement Date shall be the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service following the One-Year Break in Service.

Section 1.21 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).

 

3


Section 1.22 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).

Section 1.23 Fair Market Value on any date means:

(a) with respect to a Share:

(i) the final quoted sale price on the date in question (or, if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United States securities exchange on which like Shares are listed or admitted to trading; or

(ii) if like Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the closing bid quotation with respect to a Share on such date on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or, if no such quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee, then in use; or

(iii) if Sections 1.23(a)(i) and (ii) are not applicable, the fair market value of a Share as determined by an appraiser independent of any Affiliated Employer and experienced and expert in the field of corporate appraisal.

(b) with respect to other securities listed or quoted on recognized exchanges or securities markets, such securities shall be valued at their closing sales prices on the Valuation Date.

(c) with respect to property other than Shares and securities described in (b) of this Section, the fair market value determined in the manner selected by the Trustee.

Section 1.24 Financed Share means: (a) a Share that has been purchased with the proceeds of a Share Acquisition Loan, that has been allocated to the Loan Repayment Account in accordance with Section 6.3 and that has not been released in accordance with Section 6.4; or (b) a Share that constitutes a dividend paid with respect to a Share described in Section 1.24(a), that has been allocated to the Loan Repayment Account in accordance with Section 6.3 and that has not been released in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 1.25 Five Percent Owner means, for any Plan Year, a person who, during such Plan Year, owned (or was considered as owning for purposes of Section 318 of the Code): (a) more than 5% of the value of all classes of outstanding stock of any Affiliated Employer; or (b) stock possessing more than 5% of the combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of any Affiliated Employer.

Section 1.26 Forfeitures means the amounts forfeited by Participants and Former Participants on termination of employment prior to full vesting, pursuant to Section 9.3, less amounts credited because of re-employment, pursuant to Section 9.4.

Section 1.27 Former Participant means a Participant whose participation in the Plan has terminated pursuant to Section 2.3.

 

4


Section 1.28 415 Compensation with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation by any Affiliated Employer (in the course of such Employer’s trade or business) for a Plan Year for which such Affiliated Employer is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. “415 Compensation” must be determined (i) without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)) and (ii) by also including amounts which are contributed by a Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 457 of the Code.

Section 1.29 General Investment Account means an Investment Account established and maintained in accordance with Article XI.

Section 1.30 Highly Compensated Employee means, for any Plan Year, an Employee who:

(i) was a Five Percent Owner at any time during such Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

(ii) received Total Compensation during the immediately preceding Plan Year (A) in excess of $100,000 (adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996); and (B) if elected by the Plan Administrator in such form and manner as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, in excess of the Total Compensation received for such preceding Plan Year by at least 80% of the Employees.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The Company has not elected to use the top 20% election mentioned in subparagraph (ii)(B) of this Section.

Section 1.31 Hour of Service shall mean and include:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Affiliated Employer for the performance of duties. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed; and

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Affiliated Employer for reasons (such as vacation, sickness or disability, but not including payments made or due under a plan maintained solely for complying with applicable workmen’s compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws) other than for the performance of duties. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the payment pertains rather than the computation period or periods in which payment is made or becomes due; and

 

5


(c) Each hour not otherwise credited for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damage, has been either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliated Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment was made, but no more than five hundred one (501) hours shall be credited to the extent such back pay is agreed to or awarded for a period of time during which such Employee did not or would not have performed duties for the Affiliated Employer.

(d) In determining the number of Hours of Service for any period for which Salary is paid but for which no work has been performed by the Employee, the number of Hours of Service shall be computed by (a) dividing the payment made to an hourly paid (or other non-salaried) Employee by his most recent basic hourly rate (or if not hourly paid, his average hourly rate of compensation during his last pay period) or (b) by dividing the payment to a salaried Employee by a rate obtained by dividing his last preceding regular weekly, bi-weekly or monthly salary by the number of hours (exclusive of overtime) generally worked by such Employee during a period of such duration.

(e) Hours of Service shall, except for those described in Subsection (c) of this Section, be based on the records of the Affiliated Employer.

(f) The foregoing provisions shall be administered in accordance with Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2 which are incorporated herein by reference.

Section 1.32 Investment Account means either a General Investment Account or a Share Investment Account.

Section 1.33 Investment Fund means any one of the three or more funds as may be established from time to time by the Committee which, together with any and all Shares and other investments held under the Plan, constitute part of the Trust Fund.

Section 1.34 Loan Repayment Account means an account established and maintained in accordance with Section 6.3.

Section 1.35 Loan Repayment Contribution means amounts of money contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employers in accordance with Section 5.2.

Section 1.36 Maternity or Paternity Leave means a person’s absence from work for all Affiliated Employers: (a) by reason of the pregnancy of such person; (b) by reason of the birth of a child of such person; (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the person in connection with the adoption of such child by such person; or (d) for purposes of caring for a child of such person immediately following the birth of the child or the placement of the child with such person.

Section 1.37 Named Fiduciary means any person, committee, corporation or organization described in Section 15.1.

 

6


Section 1.38 Officer means an Employee who is an administrative executive in regular and continued service with any Affiliated Employer; provided, however, that at no time shall more than the lesser of (a) 50 Employees or (b) the greater of (i) 3 Employees or (ii) 10% of all Employees be treated as Officers. The determination of whether an Employee is to be considered an Officer shall be made in accordance with Section 416(i) of the Code.

Section 1.39 One Year Break in Service shall have the following meanings when used in the Plan:

(a) When applied to determine eligibility to become a Participant, a “One Year Break in Service” means the applicable computation period set forth in Section 2.1 or 3.3 during which an Employee does not receive credit for more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.

(b) When applied to determine vesting and benefit accrual, a “One Year Break in Service” means any consecutive twelve (12) month period during which a Participant does not render one (1) Hour of Service, commencing from the earlier of the date the Employee resigns, quits, is discharged or retires or twelve (12) months after the date the period described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 3.1 commenced, subject to the terms of Section 3.1 with respect to any Participant who reaches his 65 th birthday or becomes subject to a Disability during an approved absence. Whenever the number of One Year Breaks in Service in a period is computed for purposes of this paragraph (b), such number shall be determined by a fraction which takes into account each day which elapses during the period on which the initial One Year Break in Service of such period commenced to the date of rehire.

(c) Solely for purposes of determining whether a One Year Break in Service has occurred, Hours of Service shall be credited for the period of a Maternity or Paternity Leave. For purposes of determining eligibility, Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit therefor is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a One Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a Maternity or Paternity Leave for eligibility purposes shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Hours of Service normally credited cannot be determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day and shall not exceed 501. For vesting and benefit accrual purposes a One Year Break in Service shall not include the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a Maternity or Paternity Leave, but any period of a Maternity or Paternity Leave in excess of the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months with respect to any child (or children of the same multiple birth) shall be included in a One Year Break in Service if, but for this sentence, it would be so included. The terms of this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to require that an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons be included in computing the number of an Employee’s Years of Eligibility Service, Years of Vesting Service or determining that the Participant is in service at the end of a Plan Year or be credited for any other purpose under this Plan other than determining whether a One Year Break in Service has occurred. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion reasonably require an Employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence. No credit shall be given pursuant to this Subsection to any Employee who fails to provide such information after having been requested to do so.

 

7


Section 1.40 Participant means any person who has satisfied the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, who has become a Participant in accordance with Section 2.2, and whose participation has not terminated under Section 2.3.

Section 1.41 Participating Employer means the Company, and any successor thereto and any other Affiliated Employer which, with the prior written approval of the Board and subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Board, shall adopt this Plan.

Section 1.42 Plan means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc., as amended from time to time.

Section 1.43 Plan Administrator means the Bank or any person, committee, corporation or organization designated in Section 15.5, or appointed pursuant to Section 15.5, to perform the responsibilities of that office.

Section 1.44 Plan Year means the period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2007 and each calendar year ending on each December 31st thereafter.

Section 1.45 Qualified Participant means a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has been a Participant of the Plan for at least 10 years.

Section 1.46 Retirement means any termination of employment with all Affiliated Employers at or after the attainment of age 65.

Section 1.47 Retroactive Contribution means a contribution made on a retroactive basis in accordance with Section 5.4.

Section 1.48 Share means a share of any class of stock issued by any Affiliated Employer; provided, however, that such share is a “qualifying employer security” within the meaning of Section 409(l) of the Code and Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA.

Section 1.49 Share Acquisition Loan means a loan obtained by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI.

Section 1.50 Share Investment Account means an Investment Account established and maintained in accordance with Article XI.

Section 1.51 Tender Offer means a tender offer made to holders of any one or more classes of Shares generally, or any other offer made to holders of any one or more classes of Shares generally to purchase, exchange, redeem or otherwise transfer Shares, whether for cash or other consideration whether or not such offer constitutes a “tender offer” or an “exchange offer” for purposes of the Exchange Act.

 

8


Section 1.52 Total Compensation during any period means an Employee’s 415 Compensation paid by any Affiliated Employer with respect to such period. In no event, however, shall an Employee’s Total Compensation for any calendar year include any compensation in excess of $225,000 (or such other amount as may be permitted under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code).

Section 1.53 Trust means the trust created pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

Section 1.54 Trust Agreement means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee therein named or its successors pursuant to which the Trust Fund shall be held in trust.

Section 1.55 Trust Fund means the corpus (consisting of contributions paid over to the Trustee and investments thereof), and all earnings, appreciation or additions thereof and thereto, held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement in accordance with the Plan, less any depreciation thereof and any payments made therefrom pursuant to the Plan.

Section 1.56 Trustee means the Trustee of the Trust Fund from time to time in office. The Trustee shall serve as Trustee until it is removed or resigns from office and is replaced by a successor Trustee appointed in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.

Section 1.57 Valuation Date means the last business day of each Plan Year and such other dates as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.

Section 1.58 Vesting Computation Period means, with respect to any person, the Plan Year including periods prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.

Section 1.59 Year of Eligibility Service means an Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

Section 1.60 Year of Vesting Service means an elapsed twelve (12) month period beginning with the date on which a Participant first became or becomes an Employee (or if later attains age 18) or, after a One Year Break in Service first again becomes an Employee (or if later attains age 18) during all of which he receives Credited Service as computed and defined in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof. The number of Years of Service shall be determined by a fraction which gives credit for each day which elapses during the period from such date of hire or anniversary thereof to the date of reference.

Article II

Participation

Section 2.1 Eligibility for Participation .

(a) Only Eligible Employees may be or become Participants. An Employee shall be an Eligible Employee if he (i) is employed by one or more Participating Employers; (ii) has attained age 18; (iii) has completed at least one Year of Eligibility Service; and (iv) is not excluded under Section 2.1(b).

 

9


(b) An Employee is not an Eligible Employee if he:

(i) does not receive Allocation Compensation from at least one Participating Employer; or

(ii) is an Employee who has waived any claim to participation in the Plan.

Section 2.2 Commencement of Participation.

Every Employee who is an Eligible Employee on the effective date of the transaction whereby the Bank becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company shall automatically become a Participant as of the Effective Date, or if later as of the first date which is the first day of a month on which he is an Employee and has attained age 18. An Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Effective Date shall automatically become a Participant on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the Eligibility Computation Period in which he becomes an Eligible Employee.

Section 2.3 Termination of Participation .

Participation in the Plan shall cease, and a Participant shall become a Former Participant, after termination of his Credited Service when he is entitled to no benefits hereunder or all such benefits have been distributed.

Article III

Credited Service

Section 3.1 Computation of Credited Service.

An Employee’s Credited Service shall terminate upon his death, disability, retirement or termination of service with all Affiliated Employers for any reason. The following types of absences shall not be deemed to terminate an Employee’s Credited Service and the periods elapsed during such absences shall be included in computing the length of an Employee’s Credited Service:

(a) Leave of absence granted by an Affiliated Employer for sickness, injury, disability, government, civic or charitable service or any other specific reason, for not more than two (2) years.

(b) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Affiliated Employer or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an Employee with the Affiliated Employer within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(c) Lay off not in excess of two (2) years until employment is terminated either by the Employee or the Affiliated Employer.

 

10


In no event shall the powers of any Affiliated Employer pursuant to Subsections (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 3.1 be exercised so as to discriminate in favor of Employees who are Highly Compensated. Any Participant who has an absence described in this Section 3.1 and who does not return to active employment with the Bank at the end of the period described in clause (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, shall be credited with Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service and Years of Vesting Service solely on the basis of service being recognized for such purposes only to the earlier of (A) the date such person attains age 65, dies, resigns, quits or is discharged, or (B) twelve (12) months after the date that such period commenced. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has a One Year Break in Service, such Participant shall be deemed to have rendered one (1) Hour of Service on the date described in (A) or (B) of the preceding sentence, whichever is earlier.

Section 3.2 Service to Acquired Entities .

The Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee of the Board or the Board may determine to extend for eligibility and/or vesting purposes Credited Service, for specified service or all service to any other party to acquisition for any period or periods designated by either such committee or the Board upon such conditions as such committee or the Board may establish. For purposes of this Section 3.2, the term “party to acquisition” means any entity (i) from which any Affiliated Employer acquires assets in the form of ongoing operations and related assets, or (ii) stock or other equity interests of which is acquired by any Affiliated Employer, or (iii) which merges with or is a party to a consolidation to which, any Affiliated Employer is a party. Service to other corporations or entities for which credit for eligibility purposes under any pension or profit sharing plan maintained by a party to acquisition may if so determined by either such Committee or the Board be treated as service to such party to acquisition.

Section 3.3 Breaks in Service .

For purposes of determining a person’s Years of Eligibility Service and Years of Vesting Service, (combined “Years of Service”) or any other benefit or right under the Plan, following a One Year Break in Service, service prior to such One Year Break in Service shall be taken into account subject to the following limitations:

(i) In the case of an Employee who is vested in his Account or an Employee who is not vested in his Account, but whose number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of five (5) or the number of his Years of Service prior to a One Year Break in Service, Years of Service completed before the One Year Break in Service shall be restored upon reemployment.

(ii) In the case of any Employee who is not vested in his Account on the date of his termination of employment, his Years of Service prior to such date shall be disregarded in computing his Years of Service after his return if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service equals or exceed the greater of five (5) or his Years of Service prior to such Break in Service.

 

11


(iii) In no event shall there be taken into the computation of Years of Service after a One Year Break in Service years of service which were previously disregarded on account of an earlier One Year Break in Service under the terms of this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4 Transfer to or From Employment Within the United States.

Any person initially hired by the Affiliated Employer to work outside the United States who becomes an Employee shall become a Participant in accordance with the terms of Section 2.1(a) applied by giving credit for eligibility purposes for service to any Affiliated Employer outside the United States. The service of such Participant for the Bank as an employee outside of the United States shall be included in computing such Participant’s Years of Service for vesting purposes to the same extent it would be if such service had been rendered as an Employee. In any event, the period of any such Participant’s employment outside the United States shall be excluded for all purposes of his entitlement to have any contributions made on his behalf or credited to him under this Plan.

Article IV

Contributions by Participants Not Permitted

Section 4.1 Contributions by Participants Not Permitted .

Participants shall not be required, nor shall they be permitted, to make contributions to the Plan.

Article V

Contributions by Participating Employers

Section 5.1 In General.

Subject to the limitations of Article VIII, for each Plan Year, the Participating Employers shall contribute to the Plan the amount, if any, determined by the Board, but in no event less than the amount described in Section 5.2(a). The amount contributed for any Plan Year shall be treated as a Loan Repayment Contribution, a Discretionary Contribution, or a combination thereof, in accordance with the provisions of this Article V.

Section 5.2 Loan Repayment Contributions .

For each Plan Year, a portion of the Participating Employers’ contributions, if any, to the Plan equal to the sum of:

(a) the minimum amount required to be added to the Loan Repayment Account in order to provide adequate funds for the payment of the principal and interest then required to be repaid under the terms of any outstanding Share Acquisition Loan obtained by the Trustee; plus

 

12


(b) the additional amount, if any, designated by the Committee to be applied to the prepayment of principal or interest under the terms of any outstanding Share Acquisition Loan obtained by the Trustee;

shall be treated as a Loan Repayment Contribution for such Plan Year. A Loan Repayment Contribution for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Loan Repayment Account and shall be applied by the Trustee, in the manner directed by the Board, to the payment of accrued interest and to the reduction of the principal balance of any Share Acquisition Loan obtained by the Trustee that is outstanding on the date on which the Loan Repayment Contribution is made. To the extent that a Loan Repayment Contribution for a Plan Year results in a release of Financed Shares in accordance with Section 6.4, such Shares shall be allocated among the Accounts of Eligible Participants for such Plan Year in accordance with Section 7.2.

Section 5.3 Discretionary Contributions .

In the event that the amount of the Participating Employers’ contributions to the Plan for a Plan Year exceeds the amount of the Loan Repayment Contributions for such Plan Year, such excess shall be treated as a Discretionary Contribution and shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible Participants for such Plan Year in accordance with Section 7.3.

Section 5.4 Retroactive Contributions .

A Participating Employer shall make a Retroactive Contribution in respect of any individual previously employed by it who is re-employed by any Affiliated Employer following the completion of a period of Qualified Military Service. Such Retroactive Contribution shall be made in the following manner for each Plan Year that includes any part of the period of Qualified Military Service:

(a) An allocation percentage shall be computed by dividing (i) the sum of the Fair Market Value of all Financed Shares allocated to Eligible Participants for such Plan Year plus the dollar amount of all Discretionary Contributions made in cash for such Plan Year plus the Fair Market Value of all Discretionary Contributions made in Shares for such Plan Year, divided by (ii) the aggregate amount of Allocation Compensation used in the allocation for such Plan Year. Fair Market Value for such purposes shall be determined as of the last day of the Plan Year.

(b) A notional allocation shall be determined by multiplying (A) the percentage determined under Section 5.4(a) by (B) the Allocation Compensation which the individual would have had for such Plan Year if he had remained in the service of his Participating Employer in the same capacity and earning Allocation Compensation and Total Compensation at the annual rates in effect immediately prior to the commencement of the Qualified Military Leave (or, if such rates are not reasonably certain, at an annual rate equal to the actual Allocation Compensation and Total Compensation, respectively, paid to him for the 12-month period immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service).

(c) An actual Retroactive Contribution for the Plan Year shall be determined by computing the excess of (A) the notional allocation determined under Section 5.4(b) over (B) the sum of the dollar amount of any Discretionary Contribution in cash, the Fair Market Value of any Discretionary Contribution in Shares and the Fair Market Value of any Financed Shares actually allocated to such individual for such Plan Year.

 

13


Section 5.5 Time and Manner of Payment .

(a) Payment of contributions made pursuant to this Article V shall be made: (i) in cash, in the case of a Loan Repayment Contribution; and (ii) in cash, in Shares, or in a combination of cash and Shares, in the case of a Discretionary Contribution or a Retroactive Contribution.

(b) Contributions made pursuant to this Article V for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts of the Eligible Participants in the case of a Discretionary Contribution, to the Account of the Participant for whom it is made in the case of a Retroactive Contribution, and to the Loan Repayment Account in the case of a Loan Repayment Contribution, as soon as is practicable following the payment thereof to the Trust Fund. Contributions for any Plan Year shall be made at any time during such Plan Year or the next subsequent Plan Year.

Article VI

Share Acquisition Loans

Section 6.1 In General .

The Board may direct the Trustee to obtain a Share Acquisition Loan on behalf of the Plan, the proceeds of which shall be applied on the earliest practicable date:

(a) to purchase Shares; or

(b) to make payments of principal or interest, or a combination of principal and interest, with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan; or

(c) to make payments of principal and interest, or a combination of principal and interest, with respect to a previously obtained Share Acquisition Loan that is then outstanding.

Any such Share Acquisition Loan shall be obtained on such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may approve; provided, however, that such terms and conditions shall provide for the payment of interest at no more than a reasonable rate and shall permit such Share Acquisition Loan to satisfy the requirements of Section 4975(d)(3) of the Code and Section 408(b)(3) of ERISA.

Section 6.2 Collateral; Liability for Repayment .

(a) The Board may direct the Trustee to pledge, at the time a Share Acquisition Loan is obtained, the following assets of the Plan as collateral for such Share Acquisition Loan:

(i) any Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any earnings attributable thereto;

 

14


(ii) any Financed Shares then pledged as collateral for a prior Share Acquisition Loan which is repaid with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any earnings attributable thereto; and

(iii) pending the application thereof to purchase Shares or repay a prior Share Acquisition Loan, the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any earnings attributable thereto.

Except as specifically provided in this Section 6.2(a), no assets of the Plan shall be pledged as collateral for the repayment of any Share Acquisition Loan.

(b) No person entitled to payment under a Share Acquisition Loan shall have any right to the assets of the Plan except for:

(i) Financed Shares that have been pledged as collateral for such Share Acquisition Loan pursuant to Section 6.2(a);

(ii) Loan Repayment Contributions made pursuant to Section 5.2; and

(iii) earnings attributable to Financed Shares described in Section 6.2(b)(i) and to Loan Repayment Contributions described in Section 6.2(b)(ii).

Except in the event of a default or a refinancing pursuant to which an existing Share Acquisition Loan is repaid or as provided in Section 14.3, the aggregate amount of all payments of principal and interest made by the Trustee with respect to all Share Acquisition Loans obtained on behalf of the Plan shall at no time exceed the aggregate amount of all Loan Repayment Contributions theretofore made plus the aggregate amount of all earnings (other than dividends paid in the form of Shares) attributable to Financed Shares and to such Loan Repayment Contributions.

(c) Any Share Acquisition Loan shall be without recourse against the Plan and Trust.

Section 6.3 Loan Repayment Account .

In the event that one or more Share Acquisition Loans shall be obtained, a Loan Repayment Account shall be established under the Plan. The Loan Repayment Account shall be credited with all Shares acquired with the proceeds of a Share Acquisition Loan, all Loan Repayment Contributions and all earnings (including dividends paid in the form of Shares) or appreciation attributable to such Shares and Loan Repayment Contributions. The Loan Repayment Account shall be charged with all payments of principal and interest made by the Trustee with respect to any Share Acquisition Loan, all Shares released in accordance with Section 6.4 and all losses, depreciation or expenses attributable to Shares or to other property credited thereto. The Financed Shares, as well as any earnings thereon, shall be allocated to such Loan Repayment Account and shall be accounted for separately from all other amounts or property contributed under the Plan.

 

15


Section 6.4 Release of Financed Shares .

As of the last day of each Plan Year during which a Share Acquisition Loan is outstanding, a portion of the Financed Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment Account shall be released. The number of Financed Shares released in any such Plan Year shall be equal to the amount determined according to one of the following methods:

(a) by computing the product of: (i) the number of Financed Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment Account immediately before the release is effected; multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the principal and interest payments (other than payments made upon the refinancing of a Share Acquisition Loan as contemplated by Section 6.1(c)) made with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan during such Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all principal and interest remaining to be paid with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan as of the first day of such Plan Year; or

(b) by computing the product of: (i) the number of Financed Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment Account immediately before the release is effected; multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the principal payments (other than payments made upon the refinancing of a Share Acquisition Loan as contemplated by Section 6.1(c)) made with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan during such Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all principal remaining to be paid with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan as of the first day of such Plan Year; provided, however, that the method described in this Section 6.4(b) may be used only if the Share Acquisition Loan does not extend for a period in excess of 10 years after the date of origination and only to the extent that principal payments on such Share Acquisition Loan are made at least as rapidly as under a loan of like principal amount with a like interest rate and term requiring level amortization of principal and interest.

The method to be used shall be specified in the documents governing the Share Acquisition Loan or, if not specified therein, prescribed by the Compensation Committee, in its discretion. In the event that property other than, or in addition to, Financed Shares shall be held in the Loan Repayment Account and pledged as collateral for a Share Acquisition Loan, then the property to be released pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be property having a Fair Market Value determined by applying the method to be used to the Fair Market Value of all property pledged as collateral for such Share Acquisition Loan; provided, however, that no property other than Financed Shares shall be released pursuant to this Section 6.4 unless all Financed Shares have previously been released.

Section 6.5 Restrictions on Financed Shares .

Except to the extent required under any applicable law, rule or regulation, no Shares purchased with the proceeds of a Share Acquisition Loan shall be subject to a put, call or other option, or to any buy-sell or similar arrangement, while held by the Trustee or when distributed from the Plan. The provisions of this Section 6.5 shall continue to apply in the event that this Plan shall cease to be an employee stock ownership plan, within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

16


Article VII

Allocation of Contributions

Section 7.1 Allocation Among Eligible Participants .

Subject to the limitations of Article VIII, Discretionary Contributions for a Plan Year made in accordance with Section 5.3 and Financed Shares and other property that are released from the Loan Repayment Account for a Plan Year in accordance with Section 6.4 shall be allocated among the Eligible Participants for such Plan Year, in the manner provided in this Article VII.

Section 7.2 Allocation of Released Shares or Other Property .

Subject to the limitations of Article VIII, in the event that Financed Shares or other property are released from the Loan Repayment Account for a Plan Year in accordance with Section 6.4, such released Shares or other property shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible Participants for the Plan Year in the proportion that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a Participant bears to the aggregate of such Allocation Compensation of all Eligible Participants for such Plan Year.

Section 7.3 Allocation of Discretionary Contributions .

Subject to the limitations of Article VIII, in the event that the Participating Employers make Discretionary Contributions for a Plan Year, such Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible Participants for such Plan Year in the proportion that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a Participant bears to the aggregate of such Allocation Compensation of all Eligible Participants for such Plan Year.

Article VIII

Limitations on Allocations

Section 8.1 Optional Limitations on Allocations .

If, for any Plan Year, the application of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 would result in more than one-third of the number of Shares or of the amount of money or property to be allocated thereunder being allocated to the Accounts of Eligible Participants for such Plan Year who are also Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, then the Compensation Committee may, but shall not be required to, direct that this Section 8.1 shall apply in lieu of Sections 7.2 and 7.3. If the Compensation Committee gives such a direction, then the Compensation Committee shall impose a maximum dollar limitation on the amount of Allocation Compensation that may be taken into account for each Eligible Participant. The dollar limitation which shall be

 

17


imposed shall be the limitation which produces the result that the aggregate Allocation Compensation taken into account for Eligible Participant who are Highly Compensated Employees, constitutes exactly one-third of the aggregate Allocation Compensation taken into account for all Eligible Participants.

Section 8.2 General Limitations on Contributions .

(a) No amount shall be allocated to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year to the extent that such an allocation would result in an Annual Addition of an amount greater than the lesser of (i) $45,000 (or such other amount as is permissible under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code), or (ii) 100% of the Participant’s Total Compensation for such Limitation Year.

(b) For purposes of this Section 8.2, the following special definitions shall apply:

(i) Annual Addition means the sum of the following amounts allocated on behalf of a Participant for a Limitation Year:

(A) all contributions by the Employer (including contributions made under a salary reduction agreement pursuant to Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the Code) under any qualified defined contribution plan or simplified employee pension (other than this Plan) maintained by the Employer, as well as the Participant’s allocable share, if any, of any forfeitures under such plans as well as amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; plus

(B) the sum of all of the nondeductible voluntary contributions under any other qualified defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer; plus

(C) all Discretionary Contributions under this Plan; plus

(D) except as hereinafter provided in this Section 8.2(b)(i), a portion of the Employer’s Loan Repayment Contributions to the Plan for such Limitation Year which bears the same proportion to the total amount of the Employer’s Loan Repayment Contributions for the Limitation Year that the number of Shares (or the Fair Market Value of property other than Shares) allocated to the Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 7.2 or 8.1, whichever is applicable, bears to the aggregate number of Shares (or Fair Market Value of property other than Shares) so allocated to all Participants for such Limitation Year.

Notwithstanding Section 8.2(b)(i)(D), if, for any Limitation Year, the aggregate amount of Discretionary Contributions allocated to the Accounts of the individuals who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Limitation Year, when added to such Highly Compensated Employees’ allocable share of any Loan Repayment Contributions for such Limitation Year, does not exceed one-third of the total of all Discretionary Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions for

 

18


such Limitation Year, then that portion, if any, of the Loan Repayment Contributions for such Limitation Year that is applied to the payment of interest on a Share Acquisition Loan shall not be included as an Annual Addition. In no event shall any Financed Shares, any dividends or other earnings thereon, any proceeds of the sale thereof or any portion of the value of the foregoing be included as an Annual Addition. No catch-up elective deferrals under Section 414(v) of the Code shall be included as an Annual Addition.

(ii) Employer means the Company, and all members of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code, as modified by Section 415(h) of the Code, all commonly controlled trades or businesses, as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code, as modified by Section 415(h) of the Code, all affiliated service groups, as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Company is a member that employs any person who is considered an employee under Section 20.7 and any other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(iii) Limitation Year means the Plan Year.

(c) When an individual’s Annual Addition to this Plan must be reduced to satisfy the limitations of Section 8.2(a), such reduction shall be applied to Discretionary Contributions and to Shares allocated as a result of a Loan Repayment Contribution which are included as an Annual Addition in such order as shall result in the smallest reduction in the number of Shares allocable to the Individual’s Account. The amount by which any individual’s Annual Addition to this Plan is reduced shall be allocated in accordance with Articles V and VII as a contribution by the Participating Employers in the next succeeding Limitation Year.

(d) Prior to determining an individual’s actual Total Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Participating Employer may determine the limitations under this Section 8.2 for an individual on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the individual’s Total Compensation for the Limitation Year that is uniformly determined for all individuals who are similarly situated. As soon as it is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the limitations of this Section 8.2 shall be determined on the basis of the individual’s actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year.

 

19


Article IX

Vesting

Section 9.1 Vesting .

Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.2 and 14.2, the balance credited to each Participant’s Account shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule:

 

     

Complete Years of Vesting Service

 

Vested Percentage

   
 

less than 2 years

  0%  
 

2 years

  25%  
 

3 years

  50%  
 

4 years

  75%  
 

5 or more years

  100%  

Section 9.2 Vesting on Death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control .

Any previously unvested portion of the remainder of the balance credited to the Account of a Participant or of a person who is a Former Participant solely because he is excluded from membership under Section 2.1(b) shall become fully vested immediately upon his Retirement, or, if earlier, upon the termination of his employment with all Affiliated Employers by reason of death, Disability or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

Section 9.3 Forfeitures on Termination of Employment .

Upon the termination of employment of a Participant or Former Participant for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, that portion of the balance credited to his Account which is not vested at the date of such termination shall be forfeited upon the earliest of (a) full distribution of the vested portion of the Account or (b)completion of five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service following the date of such termination of employment. The proceeds of such forfeited amounts, reduced by any amounts required to be credited because of re-employment pursuant to Section 9.4, shall be treated as Forfeitures and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 9.5. If no portion of the balance credited to an Account of a Participant or Former Participant is vested as of the date of his termination of employment, a distribution of $0, representing full distribution of the Account, shall be deemed to have been made to the Participant or Former Participant on such date.

Section 9.4 Amounts Credited Upon Re-Employment .

If an Employee forfeited any amount of the balance credited to his Account upon his termination of employment, and is re-employed by any Affiliated Employer prior to the occurrence of five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, then:

(i) an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares forfeited, determined as of the date of Forfeiture; and

 

20


(ii) the amount credited to his General Investment Account that was forfeited, determined as of the date of Forfeiture;

shall be credited back to his Account; provided however, that the Employee repays the amount distributed to him from his Account as a result of such termination no later than the fifth anniversary of his re-employment or the date he incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service after such distribution, whichever is earlier. Such amounts to be re-credited shall be obtained from the proceeds of the forfeited amounts redeemed pursuant to Section 9.3 during the Plan Year in which the repayment is made, unless such proceeds are insufficient, in which case the Employee’s Employer shall make an additional contribution in the amount of such deficiency. For purposes of this Section 9.4, a Participant or Former Participant who received a distribution of $0, shall be deemed to have made repayment on the date of re-employment with an Employer.

Section 9.5 Allocation of Forfeitures .

Any Forfeitures that occur during a Plan Year shall be used to reduce the contributions required of the Participating Employers under the Plan in the next Plan Year and shall be treated as Loan Repayment Contributions and Discretionary Contributions in the proportions designated by the Committee in accordance with Article V.

Article X

The Trust Fund

Section 10.1 The Trust Fund .

The Trust Fund shall be held and invested under the Trust Agreement with the Trustee. The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall vest such powers in the Trustee as to investment, control and disbursement of the Trust Fund, and such other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan, including provision for the appointment of one or more “investment managers” within the meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA to manage and control (including acquiring and disposing of) all or any of the assets of the Trust Fund, as the Compensation Committee may from time to time authorize.

Section 10.2 Investments .

Except to the extent provided to the contrary in Section 10.3, the Trust Fund shall be invested in:

(i) Shares;

(ii) such Investment Funds as may be established from time to time by the Compensation Committee; and

 

21


(iii) such other investments as may be permitted under the Trust Agreement;

in such proportions as shall be determined by the Compensation Committee or, if so provided under the Trust Agreement, as directed by one or more investment managers or by the Trustee, in its discretion; provided, however, that the investments of the Trust Fund shall consist primarily of Shares. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee may temporarily invest the Trust Fund in short-term obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States Government or an agency thereof, or may retain uninvested, or sell investments to provide, amounts of cash required for purposes of the Plan.

Section 10.3 Distributions for Diversification of Investments .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 10.2, each Qualified Participant may:

(i) during the first 90 days of each of the first five Plan Years to begin after the Plan Year in which he first becomes a Qualified Participant, elect that such percentage of the balance credited to his Account as he may specify, but in no event may he during such five Plan Years withdraw more than 25% of the balance credited to his Account, be either distributed to him pursuant to this Section 10.3(a)(i) or transferred to the 401(k) Plan maintained by the Bank to the extent permitted by such plan, no later than 90 days after the last day that such election may be made; and

(ii) during the first 90 days of the sixth Plan Year to begin after the Plan Year in which he first becomes a Qualified Participant, elect that such percentage of the balance credited to his Account as he may specify, but in no event more than 50% of the balance credited to his Account, be either distributed to him pursuant to this Section 10.3(a)(ii) or transferred to the 401(k) Plan maintained by the Bank to the extent permitted by such plan, no later than 90 days after the last day that such election may be made.

For purposes of an election under this Section 10.3, the balance credited to a Participant’s Account shall be the balance credited to his Account determined as of the last Valuation Date to occur in the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which such election is made and the 25% and 50% limitations shall apply to the balance obtained by adding the sum of all amounts withdrawn by such Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.3 to the balance after it has been reduced by the amount of all amounts distributed or transferred to the 401(k) Plan maintained by the Bank under this Section 10.3.

(b) An election made under Section 10.3(a) shall be made in writing, in the form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, and shall be filed with the Plan Administrator during the election period specified in Section 10.3(a). As soon as is practicable, and in no case later than 90 days following the end of the election period during which such election is made, the Plan Administrator shall take such actions as are necessary to cause the specified percentage of the balance credited to the Account of the Qualified Participant making the election to be distributed to such Qualified Participant.

(c) An election made under Section 10.3(a) may be changed or revoked at any time during the election period described in Section 10.3(a) during which it is initially made. In

 

22


no event, however, shall any election under this Section 10.3 result in more than 25% of the balance credited to the Participant’s Account being distributed to the Participant or transferred to the 401(k) Plan maintained by the Bank, if such election is made during a Plan Year to which Section 10.3(a)(i) applies, or result in more than 50% of the balance distributed to the Participant or transferred to the 401(k) Plan maintained by the Bank, if such election is made during the Plan Year to which Section 10.3(a)(ii) applies or thereafter.

Section 10.4 Cost of Administering Plan.

To the extent not paid by any Participating Employer, all costs of administering the Plan and all Trustee’s fees will be paid by the Trust from the General Investment Account and if not sufficient from the Share Investment Account.

Section 10.5 Use of Commingled Trust Funds.

Subject to the provisions of the Trust Agreement, amounts held in the Trust Fund may be invested in:

(a) any commingled or group trust fund described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code; or

(b) any common trust fund exempt under Section 584 of the Code maintained exclusively for the collective investment of the assets of trusts that are exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code; provided that the trustee of such commingled, group or common trust fund is a bank or trust company.

Section 10.6 Management and Control of Assets.

All assets of the Plan shall be held by the Trustee in trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries. No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries, and for defraying reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust Fund. No person shall have any interest in or right to any part of the earnings of the Trust Fund, or any rights in, to or under the Trust Fund or any part of its assets, except to the extent expressly provided in the Plan.

 

23


Article XI

Valuation of Interests in the Trust Fund

Section 11.1 Establishment of Investment Accounts.

The Plan Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, for each person for whom an Account is maintained a Share Investment Account and a General Investment Account. Such Share Investment Accounts and General Investment Accounts shall be maintained in accordance with this Article XI.

Section 11.2 Share Investment Accounts.

The Share Investment Account established for a person in accordance with Section 11.1 shall be credited with: (a) all Shares allocated to such person’s Account; (b) all Shares purchased with amounts of money or property allocated to such person’s Account; (c) all dividends paid in the form of Shares with respect to Shares credited to his Account; and (d) all Shares purchased with amounts credited to such person’s General Investment Account. Such Share Investment Account shall be charged with all Shares that are sold or exchanged to acquire other investments or to provide cash and with all Shares that are distributed in kind.

Section 11.3 General Investment Accounts.

The General Investment Account that is established for a person in accordance with Section 11.1 shall be credited with: (a) all amounts, other than Shares, allocated to such person’s Account; (b) all dividends paid in a form other than Shares with respect to Shares credited to such person’s Share Investment Account; (c) the proceeds of any sale of Shares credited to such person’s Share Investment Account; and (d) any earnings attributable to amounts credited to such person’s General Investment Account. Such General Investment Account shall be charged with all amounts credited thereto that are applied to the purchase of Shares, any losses or depreciation attributable to amounts credited thereto, any expenses allocable thereto and any distributions of amounts credited thereto.

Section 11.4 Valuation of Investment Accounts.

(a) The Plan Administrator shall determine, or cause to be determined, the aggregate value of each person’s Share Investment Account as of each Valuation Date by multiplying the number of Shares credited to such Share Investment Account on such Valuation Date by the Fair Market Value of a Share on such Valuation Date.

(b) As of each Valuation Date, the Accounts of each Participant shall be separately adjusted to reflect their proportionate share of any appreciation or depreciation in the fair market value of the General Investment Account, any income earned by the General Investment Account and any expenses incurred by the General Investment Account, as well as any contributions, withdrawals or distributions and investment transfers not posted as of the last Valuation Date.

 

24


Section 11.5 Annual Statements.

There shall be furnished, by mail or otherwise, at least once in each Plan Year to each person who would then be entitled to receive all or part of the balance credited to any Account if the Plan were then terminated, a statement of his interest in the Plan as of such date as shall be selected by the Plan Administrator, which statement shall be deemed to have been accepted as correct and be binding on such person unless the Plan Administrator receives written notice to the contrary within 30 days after the statement is mailed or furnished to such person.

Article XII

Shares

Section 12.1 Specific Allocation of Shares.

All Shares purchased under the Plan shall be specifically allocated to the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 11.2, with the exception of Financed Shares, which shall be allocated to the Loan Repayment Account.

Section 12.2 Dividends.

(a) Dividends paid with respect to Shares held under the Plan shall be credited to the Loan Repayment Account, if paid with respect to Financed Shares. Such dividends shall be: (i) applied to the payment of principal and accrued interest with respect to any Share Acquisition Loan, if paid in cash; or (ii) held in the Loan Repayment Account as Financed Shares for release in accordance with Section 6.4, if paid in the form of Shares.

(b) Dividends paid with respect to Shares allocated to a person’s Share Investment Account shall be credited to such person’s Share Investment Account. Cash dividends credited to a person’s General Investment Account shall be, at the direction of the Committee, either: (i) held in such General Investment Account and invested in accordance with Sections 10.2 and 11.3; (ii) distributed immediately to such person; (iii) distributed to such person within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which such dividends were paid; (iv) used to make payments of principal or interest on a Share Acquisition Loan; provided, however, that the Fair Market Value of Financed Shares released from the Loan Repayment Account as a result of such payment equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend; or (v) either held as provided in Section 12.2(b)(i) or distributed as provided in Section 12.2(b)(ii), as each person shall elect for his own Account.

Section 12.3 Voting Rights.

(a) Each person shall direct the manner in which all voting rights appurtenant to Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account will be exercised, provided that such Shares were allocated to his Share Investment Account as of the applicable record date. Such person shall, for such purpose, be deemed a “named fiduciary” within the meaning of Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. Such a direction shall be given by completing and filing with the inspector of elections, the Trustee or such other person who shall be independent of the Participating

 

25


Employers as the Committee shall designate, at least 10 days prior to the date of the meeting of holders of Shares at which such voting rights will be exercised, a written direction in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee. The inspector of elections, the Trustee or such other person designated by the Committee shall tabulate the directions given on a strictly confidential basis, and shall provide the Committee with only the final results of the tabulation. The final results of the tabulation shall be followed by the Committee in directing the Trustee as to the manner in which such voting rights shall be exercised. The Plan Administrator shall make a reasonable effort to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each person for whom a Share Investment Account is maintained all annual reports, proxy materials and other information known by the Plan Administrator to have been furnished by the issuer of the Shares, or by any solicitor of proxies, to the holders of Shares.

(b) To the extent that any person shall fail to give instructions with respect to the exercise of voting rights appurtenant to Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account:

(i) the Trustee shall, with respect to each matter to be voted upon: (A) cast a number of affirmative votes equal to the product of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given, multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of allocated Shares for which affirmative votes will be cast in accordance with written instructions given as provided in Section 12.3(a) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of affirmative and negative votes which will be cast in accordance with written instructions given as aforesaid, and (B) cast a number of negative votes equal to the excess (if any) of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given over (II) the number of affirmative votes being cast with respect to such allocated Shares pursuant to Section 12.3(b)(i)(A); or

(ii) if the Trustee shall determine that it may not, consistent with its fiduciary duties, vote the allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given in the manner described in Section 12.3(b)(i), it shall vote such Shares in such manner as it, in its discretion, may determine to be in the best interests of the persons to whose Share Investment Accounts such Shares have been allocated.

(c)    (i) The voting rights appurtenant to Financed Shares shall be exercised as follows with respect to each matter as to which holders of Shares may vote:

(A) a number of votes equal to the product of (I) the total number of votes appurtenant to Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of affirmative votes cast by Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants with respect to such matter pursuant to Section 12.3(a) and the denominator of which is the total number of affirmative and negative votes cast by Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, shall be cast in the affirmative; and

 

26


(B) a number of votes equal to the excess of (I) the total number of votes appurtenant to Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date, over (II) the number of affirmative votes cast pursuant to Section 12.3(c)(i)(A) shall be cast in the negative.

To the extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this Section 12.3(c)(i) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of Shares.

(ii) If voting rights are to be exercised with respect to Financed Shares as provided in Section 12.3(c)(i)(A) and (B) at a time when there are no Shares allocated to the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, then the voting rights appurtenant to Financed Shares shall be exercised as follows with respect to each matter as to which holders of Shares may vote:

(A) Each person who is a Participant on the applicable record date will be granted a number of votes equal to the quotient, rounded to the nearest integral number, of (I) such Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to such record date (or for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a Participant); divided by (II) $1,000.00; and

(B) a number of votes equal to the product of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of votes that are cast in the affirmative with respect to such matter pursuant to Section 12.3(c)(ii)(A) and the denominator of which is the total number of votes that are cast either in the affirmative or in the negative with respect to such matter pursuant to Section 12.3(c)(ii)(A), shall be cast in the affirmative; and

(C) a number of votes equal to the excess of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date, over (II) the number of affirmative votes cast with respect to such matter pursuant to Section 12.3(c)(ii)(B), shall be cast in the negative.

To the extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this Section 12.3(c)(ii) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of Shares.

Section 12.4 Tender Offers.

(a) Each person shall direct whether Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account will be delivered in response to any Tender Offer. Such person shall, for such purpose, be deemed a “named fiduciary” within the meaning of Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. Such a direction shall be given by completing and filing with the Trustee or such other person who shall be independent of the Participating Employers as the Committee shall designate, at least 10 days prior to the latest date for exercising a right to deliver Shares pursuant to such Tender Offer, a written direction in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee. The Trustee or other person designated by the Committee shall tabulate the directions given on a strictly confidential basis, and shall provide the Committee with only the final results of the tabulation. The final

 

27


results of the tabulation shall be followed by the Committee in directing the number of Shares to be delivered. The Plan Administrator shall make a reasonable effort to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each person for whom a Share Investment Account is maintained, all information known by the Plan Administrator to have been furnished by the issuer or by or on behalf of any person making such Tender Offer, to the holders of Shares in connection with such Tender Offer.

(b) To the extent that any person shall fail to give instructions with respect to Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account:

(i) the Trustee shall (A) tender or otherwise offer for purchase, exchange or redemption a number of such Shares equal to the product of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given, multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of allocated Shares tendered or otherwise offered for purchase, exchange or redemption in accordance with written instructions given as provided in Section 12.4(a) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of allocated Shares for which written instructions have been given as aforesaid, and (B) withhold a number of Shares equal to the excess (if any) of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given over (II) the number of Shares being tendered or otherwise offered pursuant to Section 12.4(b)(i)(A); or

(ii) if the Trustee shall determine that it may not, consistent with its fiduciary duties, exercise the tender or other rights appurtenant to allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been given in the manner described in Section 12.4(b)(i), it shall tender, or otherwise offer, or withhold such Shares in such manner as it, in its discretion, may determine to be in the best interests of the persons to whose Share Investment Accounts such Shares have been allocated.

(c) In the case of any Tender Offer, any Financed Shares held in the Loan Repayment Account shall be dealt with as follows:

(i) If such Tender Offer occurs at a time when there are no Shares allocated to the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, then the disposition of the Financed Shares shall be determined as follows:

(A) each person who is a Participant on the applicable record date will be granted a number of tender rights equal to the quotient, rounded to the nearest integral number, of (I) such Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to such record date (or for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a Participant), divided by (II) $1,000.00; and

(B) on the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer, a number of Shares equal to the product of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the effective period of such Tender Offer; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of tender rights exercised in favor of the delivery of Shares in response to the Tender Offer pursuant to Section 12.4(c)(i)(A) and the denominator of

 

28


which is the total number of tender rights that are exercisable in response to the Tender Offer pursuant to Section 12.4(c)(i)(A), shall be delivered in response to the Tender Offer; and

(C) a number of Shares equal to the excess of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the effective period of such Tender Offer; over (II) the number of Shares to be delivered in response to the Tender Offer pursuant to Section 12.4(c)(i)(B), shall be withheld from delivery.

(ii) If such Tender Offer occurs at a time when the voting rights appurtenant to such Financed Shares are to be exercised in accordance with Section 12.3(c)(i), then:

(A) on the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer, a number of Financed Shares equal to the product of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the effective period of such Tender Offer; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Shares delivered from the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants in response to such Tender Offer pursuant to Section 12.4(a), and the denominator of which is the total number of Shares allocated to the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants immediately prior to the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer, shall be delivered; and

(B) a number of Financed Shares equal to the excess of (I) the total number of Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer; over (II) the number of Financed Shares to be delivered pursuant to Section 12.4(c)(ii)(A), shall be withheld from delivery.

To the extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this Section 12.4(c) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of Shares.

Article XIII

Distribution Of Participant Accounts

Section 13.1 Distribution Date.

(a) Except as elsewhere specifically provided, no portion of the Fund shall be distributed to any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary until such Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers has been terminated. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant’s benefits shall be made in compliance with the provisions of Section 13.3 hereof, Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

29


(b) The benefits to which a Participant who attains age 70  1 / 2 is entitled hereunder shall be distributed or commence to be distributed no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires, provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a five (5) percent owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a five (5) percent owner under this Subsection (b), they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a five (5) percent owner in a subsequent year. The period over which distribution is made shall not be longer than the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and his designated beneficiary (or the life expectancy of the Participant or the life expectancies of the Participant and his designated beneficiary).

Section 13.2 Method of Distribution.

(a) In the event a Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers has been terminated, distribution of his vested Accounts shall be made in one lump sum. The time at which payment is to be made or commence to be made pursuant to this Section 13.2 shall be designated by the Participant and is subject to the notice requirements of Section 13.3 hereof. Under all options, unless the Participant otherwise elects, payment shall be made not later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following occurs: (i) the Participant attains age 65; (ii) the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the Participant terminates his service with all Affiliated Employers. Subject to the terms of Section 13.1 hereof, a Participant’s failure or delay in electing a distribution option shall be considered an election to defer distribution. In any event payment under any option shall not be required to commence earlier than 30 days following termination of such Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers for any reason.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIII to the contrary, if a Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers is terminated, and the total value of his vested Account as of the most recent Valuation Date immediately preceding his Distribution Date does not exceed $5,000, the Committee shall cause to be distributed a single sum equal to the value of the entire vested portion of his Account to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable; and the non-vested portion, if any, will be forfeited. If a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the total value of the Participant’s vested Account exceeds $5,000 on the applicable Valuation Date and if at a later time the value of such Account is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the Participant will receive a distribution of such Account as soon as administratively practicable; and the non-vested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.

(c) In the event a single sum distribution greater than $1,000 is to be made to a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 13.2(b), and such Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by such Participant in a direct rollover in accordance with Section 13.7 or to receive the distribution directly in cash in accordance with Subsection 13.2(b), then the Plan Administrator shall direct payment of the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.

 

30


Section 13.3 Minimum Distributions; 401(a)(9) Compliance.

Any method of distribution must comply with the requirements of this Section 13.3.

(a) General Rules .

(i) Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(ii) Requirements of Treasury Regulations. All distributions required under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) Time and Manner of Distribution .

(i) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

(ii) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed no later than as follows:

(A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will be made by December 31 st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 , if later.

(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will be made by December 31 st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(C) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 th of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 st of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Subsection 13.3(b)(ii), other than Subsection 13.3(b)(ii)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(c) Definitions . As used in this Section 13.3 the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Subsection.

 

31


(i) Designated Beneficiary. The individual or non-individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under this Article XIII of the Plan.

(ii) Required Beginning Date. The date by which distributions to the Participant are required to begin pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 13.1.

Section 13.4 Vested Interest Held in Fund.

Any part of the interest of a Former Participant or Beneficiary held for future distribution shall continue to be invested in accordance with Article X as part of the Trust Fund. The balance of such Account shall continue to fluctuate with investment results to the same extent as they would if such Former Participant or Beneficiary had continued to be a Participant. Distribution from such Accounts shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Article XIII.

Section 13.5 Distribution of Benefits Upon Death Prior to Benefit Payment.

(a) The vested Account balance of a Participant or Former Participant who dies prior to the Distribution Date shall be paid to his surviving spouse if such Participant or Former Participant is married, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has consented as provided in Section 13.8, then to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary. Such vested Account balance shall be payable in a lump sum. Such payment shall be made or commence to be made as soon as administratively practicable following the Beneficiary’s request for payment, subject to the terms of Subsection (d) and (e) hereof, but shall not be required to commence earlier than 30 days following the date of the Participant’s death. For purposes of this Section 13.5, the term “spouse” shall mean the spouse to whom the Participant is married on the date of his death.

(b) Such Participant or Former Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this Section 13.5 at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless the spouse consents to such waiver and the spouse’s consent satisfies the requirements of Section 13.8.

(c) In the event a Participant or Former Participant dies prior to commencing distribution of his Account, his vested Account balance shall be paid in accordance with Subsection (a) hereof to the Participant’s surviving spouse or other Beneficiary in one lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

(d) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Section 13.3 and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. If a Participant or Former Participant dies before he has begun to receive any distributions of his interest under the Plan or before distributions have begun pursuant to regulations, then distribution of such person’s interest in his Accounts (or applicable portion thereof) shall be distributed to his Beneficiaries by December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of his date of death occurs.

 

32


(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13.5, if a Participant or Former Participant dies and the total value of such Participant’s vested interest in his Account, does not exceed $5,000 an amount equal to the total value of such vested interest shall be distributed to his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a single sum as soon as administratively practicable. If a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the Participant’s vested account balance exceeded $5,000 on the Participant’s date of death and if at a later time such account balance is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will receive a distribution of such account balance as soon as administratively practicable.

Section 13.6 Manner of Payment.

Distributions made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XIII shall be made, in accordance with the written direction of the person requesting the payment, in whole Shares, in cash, or in a combination of cash and whole Shares. Such written direction shall be given in such form and manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. If no such direction is given, then payment shall be made in the maximum number of whole Shares that may be acquired with the amount of the payment, plus, if necessary, an amount of money equal to any remaining amount of the payment that is less than the Fair Market Value of a whole Share.

Section 13.7 Direct Rollovers.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article XIII, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Section:

(a) Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); any other distribution which when added to the total distributions expected to be made on behalf of the distributee for the calendar year is reasonably expected to total less than $200.

(b) Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, plans described in Sections 403(b) or 457(b) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

33


(c) Distributee: A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(d) Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

Section 13.8 Designation of Beneficiary:

(a) Subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) of this Section, each Participant or Former Participant may from time to time designate any person or persons (who may be designated primarily, contingently or successively and who may be an entity other than a natural person) as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom his Plan benefits are paid if he dies before receipt of all such benefits. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime.

If a married Participant wishes to designate a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with a notice explaining that the entire vested benefits of the Participant will, upon the Participant’s death, be distributed to the Participant’s spouse, unless the spouse has consented, as provided in Subsection (b), to the Beneficiary designation. Each Beneficiary designation filed with the Committee will supersede all previously filed Beneficiary designations. The revocation of a Beneficiary designation shall not require the consent of any designated Beneficiary except as provided in Subsection (b) below.

(b) No Beneficiary designation by a married Participant shall be effective unless the Participant’s spouse consents to the Beneficiary designation. The spouse’s consent must:

(i) be in writing and acknowledge the beneficiary the Participant designated including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);

(ii) acknowledge that without the spouse’s consent the spouse would receive upon the Participant’s death the Participants entire vested Account;

(iii) acknowledge that the consent cannot be revoked; and

(iv) be witnessed by a notary public.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, spousal consent to a Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall not be required if:

(i) the spouse is designated as the sole primary beneficiary by the Participant, or

 

34


(ii) it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that spousal consent cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.

(c) If any Participant or Former Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary in the manner provided in this Section, or no Beneficiary designated by him survives, then such Participant’s benefits shall be paid to his surviving spouse, and if no spouse survives, then to his surviving children, including adopted children, in equal shares, but if none survives then to his Legal Representative. Payments may be made in any form allowable hereunder and the Code (without loss of tax qualified status) and ERISA.

Section 13.9 Valuation of Shares Upon Distribution .

Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Article XIII, in the event that all or a portion of a payment of a distribution is to be made in cash, the recipient shall only be entitled to receive the proceeds of the Shares allocated to his Account that are sold in connection with such distribution and which are valued as of the date of such sale.

Section 13.10 Put Options .

(a) Except as provided otherwise in this Section 13.10, each Participant or Former Participant to whom Shares are distributed under the Plan, each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or Former Participant, including the estate of a deceased Participant or Former Participant, to whom Shares are distributed under the Plan, and each person to whom such a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary gives Shares that have been distributed under the Plan shall have the right to require the Company to purchase from him all or any portion of such Shares. A person shall exercise such right by delivering to the Company a written notice, in such form and manner as the Company may by written notice to such person prescribe, setting forth the number of Shares to be purchased by the Company, the number of the stock certificate evidencing such person’s ownership of such Shares (if represented by certificates), and the effective date of the purchase. Such notice shall be given at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of purchase, and the effective date of purchase specified therein shall be, either within the 60 day period that begins on the date on which the Shares to be purchased by the Company were distributed from the Plan or within the 60 day period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the Shares to be purchased by the Company are distributed from the Plan. As soon as practicable following its receipt of such a notice, the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to purchase the Shares specified in such notice at a price per Share equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the effective date of the purchase.

 

35


(b) The Company shall have no obligation to purchase any Share (i) pursuant to a notice that is not timely given, or on an effective date of purchase that is not within the periods prescribed in Section 13.11(a), or (ii) during a period in which Shares are publicly traded on an established market.

Section 13.11 Right of First Refusal .

(a) For any period during which Shares are not publicly traded on an established market, no person who owns Shares that were distributed from the Plan, other than a person to whom such Shares were sold in compliance with this Section 13.11, shall sell such Shares to any person other than the Company without first offering to sell such Shares to The Company in accordance with this Section 13.11.

(b) In the event that a person to whom this Section 13.11 applies shall receive and desire to accept from a person other than the Company an offer to purchase Shares to which this Section 13.11 applies, he shall furnish to the Company a written notice which shall:

(i) include a copy of such offer to purchase;

(ii) offer to sell to the Company the Shares subject to such offer to purchase at a price per Share that is equal to the greater of:

(A) the price per Share specified in such offer to purchase; or

(B) the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the date of such notice;

and otherwise upon the same terms and conditions as those specified in such offer to purchase; and

(iii) include an indication of his intention to accept such offer to purchase if the Company does not accept his offer to sell.

Such person shall refrain from accepting such offer to purchase for a period of fourteen days following the date on which such notice is given.

(c) The Company shall have the right to purchase the Shares covered by the offer to sell contained in a notice given pursuant to Section 13.11(b), on the terms and conditions specified in such notice, by written notice given to the party making the offer to sell not later than the fourteenth day after the notice described in Section 13.11(b) is given. If the Company does not give such a notice during the prescribed fourteen day period, then the person owning such Shares may accept the offer to purchase described in the notice.

 

36


Article XIV

Change in Control

Section 14.1 Definition of Change in Control; Pending Change in Control .

(a) A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:

(A) at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and

(B) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;

(ii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;

(iii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(iv) the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board do not belong to any of the following groups:

(A) individuals who were members of the Board on the Effective Date; or

(B) individuals who first became members of the Board after the Effective Date either:

upon election to serve as a member of the Board by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such Board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first election; or

 

37


upon election by the shareholders of the Board to serve as a member of such Board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;

provided, however , that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents other than by or on behalf of the Board; or

(v) any event which would be described in Section 14.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein and the term “Board” meant the Board of Directors of the Bank.

In no event, however, shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them. For purposes of this Section 14.1(a), the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

Section 14.2 Vesting on Change in Control .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, upon the effective date of a Change in Control, the Account of each person who would then, upon termination of the Plan, be entitled to a benefit, shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

Section 14.3 Repayment of Share Acquisition Loan .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient number of Shares to repay any outstanding Share Acquisition Loan, all remaining Shares which had been unallocated (or the proceeds from the sale thereof, if applicable) shall be allocated among the accounts of all individuals with undistributed Account balances on the effective date of such Change in Control who are employed by the Company or Bank on the effective date of such Change in Control. Such allocation of Shares or proceeds shall be in proportion to the balance credited to their Accounts immediately prior to such allocation.

Section 14.4 Plan Termination After Change in Control .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, after repayment of the loan and allocation of Shares or proceeds as provided in Section 14.3, the Plan shall be terminated and all amounts shall be distributed as soon as practicable.

Section 14.5 Amendment of Section XIV .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Article XIV of the Plan may not be amended after the earliest date on which a Change in Control or Pending Change in

 

38


Control occurs, except (i) to the extent any amendment is required by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition to the continued treatment of the Plan as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or (ii) to the extent that the Company, in its sole discretion, determines than any such amendment is necessary in order to permit any transaction to which the Company, and/or its parent or affiliate, is or proposes to be a party to qualify for “pooling of interests” accounting treatment.

Article XV

Fiduciary Responsibility

Section 15.1 Designation of Named Fiduciaries .

The following persons are named fiduciaries within the provisions of Section 402(a)(2) of the Act and are so designated by the Company:

(a) the Plan Administrator;

(b) the Administrative Committee;

(c) the Company;

(d) the Bank;

(e) any Investment Manager appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement; and

(f) the Compensation Committee.

Section 15.2 Allocation of Duties .

(a) The Trustee shall be responsible and liable for only those fiduciary duties relating to the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement.

(b) The Plan Administrator shall have such duties as are imposed by any provision of ERISA or by any provisions of the Code upon plan administrators. The Committee, the Trustee, or, at any time at which the Company is not the Plan Administrator, the Company, shall have no duty or responsibility for seeing that the Plan Administrator carries out his duties in accordance with the provisions of law.

(c) The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for carrying out the duties assigned to it by any specific provisions of the Plan including the provisions of Article XVI hereof. The Committee shall not be responsible for any failure of the Trustee or any other fiduciary or other person in carrying out their duties or their failure or errors in carrying out instructions of the Committee.

 

39


(d) The duties of any Investment Manager shall be as such duties are as set forth in the documents governing such Investment Manager’s relationship to the Trustee and the Trust Fund, the portion thereof which such Investment Manager is responsible and to carry out such duties in accordance with the provisions of ERISA and the Code as they relate to such Investment Manager’s responsibility and as they may be construed or interpreted by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or judicial decisions.

(e) The Company shall not be liable for any errors or failure to perform duties of the Committee, the Trustee, any Investment Manager or, at any time at which the Company is not the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator, except insofar as the Company may have violated the standards set forth in Section 15.3 hereof in choosing any other such fiduciary.

(f) Subject to any limitation on the application of this Section 15.7(c) pursuant to ERISA, neither the Plan Administrator, nor any member of the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Affiliated Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities are allocated by a Named Fiduciary, shall be liable for any act of omission or commission by himself or by another person, except for his own individual willful and intentional malfeasance.

(g) Any person or group of persons, committee or entity may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

Section 15.3 Fiduciary Standards .

(a) Each named fiduciary and any other person who is a fiduciary under the provisions of ERISA with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries and shall so discharge them for the exclusive purpose of (i) providing benefits to Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries; and (ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

(b) Such duties shall be carried forth in accordance with the standards of care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims.

(c) Any Plan assets held in the Fund shall, to the extent required by ERISA, the Code, or any other applicable law, be invested by the fiduciary having control of the same in a diversified manner so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so. In each case, such diversification shall be deemed to exist when held by any Insurance Company in a separate investment account, the assets of which are diversified and the Plan’s interest shares in all such diversified investments and such diversification requirement may also be satisfied by purchase of shares of stock in investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in a pooled trust fund (to the extent permissible under ERISA and the Code and regulations and rulings pursuant to either) the assets of which are diversified.

 

40


(d) Each named fiduciary and any other fiduciary shall discharge his duties with respect to the Plan and Trust in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and Trust Agreement and any common trust agreement or declaration governing any common, commingled or pooled trust fund in which Trust Fund assets are invested insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of ERISA.

Section 15.4 Employer as a Fiduciary .

The Company and each other Participating Employer is a named fiduciary to the extent it exercises control over assets of the Plan and to the extent it selects fiduciaries, but it shall not be responsible for the actions of any such fiduciaries selected by it in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 16.3. The Company shall not be deemed a fiduciary in exercising its power to amend the Plan or to terminate it or to discontinue contributions hereunder. No Participating Employers shall be deemed a fiduciary in adopting or withdrawing from the Plan.

Section 15.5 Plan Administrator .

(a) Except as provided pursuant to this Section 15.5, the Bank shall be the Plan Administrator and shall, except as provided under the Plan, perform all of the duties and functions of the “Plan Administrator” under ERISA and the Code. The Bank may delegate any duties, responsibilities, functions and powers of the Plan Administrator or any of its other duties, responsibilities, functions or powers to such persons specified by name, title or other description as it acting by the Compensation Committee as its delegee, the Board or the Executive Committee may determine for the efficient administration of the Plan. Until further action by the Compensation Committee, the Board or its Executive Committee, the Compensation Committee shall be responsible for overseeing the performance of officers and other employees of the Bank in carrying out compliance with the notice, reporting, and disclosure requirements of ERISA and the Code and other duties imposed under either or both imposed on the Plan or administrators.

(b) The Bank may designate one or more persons, by name or title, to act as the Plan Administrator, and from the effective date of such appointment, the Bank shall not be the Plan Administrator but such appointees shall be the Plan Administrator and shall perform all of the duties and functions of the Plan Administrator and have all of the powers thereof. Any such person or persons may delegate such duties, functions and powers of the Plan Administrator as it deems advisable, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.7.

(c) The Company may assign any and all rights and any and all responsibilities assigned to the Bank by any or all of the provisions of this Article XV to any one or more Affiliated Employers or Committee thereof or individuals.

Section 15.6 Compensation Committee .

The Compensation Committee shall as set forth in Article XVIII, have the power to amend and terminate the Plan or the Trust or both, to the extent the Company has such powers. In exercising such powers to amend or terminate, the Compensation Committee shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary. Further, the Compensation Committee shall have the power and authority to remove and replace the Trustee, and in so doing, it shall act as a fiduciary with respect to the Plan in that it shall make such decisions with respect to removal and replacement

 

41


in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 15.3. Further, it shall receive reports from the Administrative Committee with respect to the performance of the Trustee, and review such performance in accordance with carrying out its duties hereunder in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 15.3. Any right, power or duty and authority of the Company or the Bank to appoint or remove any Trustee or to take any actions with respect to the Plan or its assets shall be exercisable by the Compensation Committee without further action by the Company or the Bank.

Section 15.7 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties .

Any fiduciaries named or described in Section 15.1 hereof shall have the right to delegate their duties to one or more persons provided that such delegation is consistent with the standards and provisions of Section 15.3 hereof and such delegating fiduciary shall not be liable for any error or omission by any such delegates in carrying forth such duties provided such delegation was made in accordance with the standards of such Section 15.3 hereof and such delegating fiduciary monitor the performance of such delegate from time to time as required by the standards of Section 15.3 hereof.

Section 15.8 No Bond Except as Required by ERISA.

No bond or other security shall be required of a member of the Committee, the Plan Administrator, or any officer or employee of the Affiliated Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities are allocated by a Named Fiduciary or any other Plan fiduciary or service provider, except as may be required by ERISA.

Section 15.9 Limitation of Article XV .

Nothing in this Article XV shall be deemed to expand the scope of fiduciary responsibility or liability as otherwise set forth in and limited by provisions of ERISA and regulations, administrative interpretations or rulings or judicial decisions thereunder. In particular, no named fiduciary shall have any responsibility or liability for any loss or by reason of any breach which results from the exercise of control of over any or all accounts of any Participant to the extent such fiduciary would not be liable or responsible pursuant to U.S. Department of Labor Regulations §2550.404c-1.

Article XVI

Administrative Committee

Section 16.1 Appointment and Tenure .

The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank shall appoint an Administrative Committee (the “Committee”) to oversee the operations of the Plan. The Committee shall consist of one (1) member or such greater number as such President and Chief Executive Officer shall determine from time to time. Each member of the Administrative Committee shall serve at the pleasure of such President and Chief Executive Officer or until such time as such member resigns or dies. Members of the Committee may, but need not, be officers or Employees, Participants or directors of an Affiliated Employer. Vacancies due to any cause

 

42


may be promptly filled by such officer, but the Committee may act notwithstanding the existence of any number of vacancies. Members of the Committee who are employees of any Participating Employer shall serve without compensation, but their reasonable expenses shall be paid by the Bank as shall any compensation and any expenses of any member of the Committee who is not an Employee. In the event that at any time the same individual does not hold the office and title of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, then the officer exercising authority granted under any provision of the Plan shall be determined by resolution of the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee or the Board, and in the absence of such resolution, either such officer may exercise any of such powers.

Section 16.2 Notification of Trustee .

The Bank shall notify the Trustee of the membership of the Committee and any change in such membership and shall supply the Trustee with specimen administrative signatures of all such members. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on any such notice as to the membership of the Committee and shall be entitled to assume conclusively that any signatures so supplied are genuine.

Section 16.3 Action by Committee .

The Committee shall act by majority vote of its members at the time in office and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting duly called or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may, by such majority vote, authorize one or more of its members to execute documents on its behalf, in which event the Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing, and the Trustee thereafter may accept and rely upon such authorization until written notification that it has been revoked by the Committee.

Section 16.4 Documents .

The Committee shall keep on file a copy of this Plan (together with any subsequent amendments) and copies of all annual reports of the Trustee, which shall be made available for inspection by Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries during normal business hours of the Bank. Upon written request of any Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary, the Committee shall furnish such person with a statement of his interest in the Fund as determined as of the most recent Valuation Date.

Section 16.5 Powers of Committee .

The Committee shall have general responsibility to oversee the ordinary operation of the Plan and the execution of the funding and investment policies and alternatives recommended and adopted pursuant to an action of the Compensation Committee or the Board. The Committee shall report to the Compensation Committee, as provided in Section 15.6. The Committee shall further review from time to time the operations of a Plan and provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement for compliance with applicable legal requirements including those imposed by ERISA and the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder as the same may be amended or otherwise developed from time to time. The Committee shall have all powers necessary or convenient to enable it to fulfill its duties hereunder, except that the Committee shall have no responsibility for the performance of those duties for which the Plan Administrator

 

43


is responsible under ERISA or the Code or any other provision of law. The Committee shall further have the power and authority to incur all reasonable expenses deemed advisable by it in the performance of its duties under the Plan.

Section 16.6 Benefits Payable Under the Plan .

The Bank shall give the Trustee written notification with respect to all benefits which become payable under the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall direct the Trustee to pay such benefits from the Fund. The Committee shall review and oversee such procedures.

Section 16.7 Construction of the Plan .

The Committee shall have full power to construe, interpret and apply this Plan and to supply implied or interstitial provisions. Further, the Committee shall determine all questions of fact that may arise hereunder, including, but not limited to, what persons are Employees as defined herein, the identity of any Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, the periods of any Employee’s Credited Service, the amount of any Employee’s Compensation, and the rights of persons who are, or claim to be Employees, Participants, Former Participants, Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees. Any discretionary actions to be taken under this Plan by the Committee, with respect to the classification of Employees or determination of benefits, shall be uniform in nature and applicable to all Employees similarly situated. The Committee shall have absolute discretion in carrying out its responsibilities. The conclusions and determinations of the Committee as to the construction, interpretation or application of the Plan, or any question arising in connection with the Plan shall be final and conclusive upon all persons claiming an interest in the Fund.

Section 16.8 Engagement of Assistants and Advisors .

The Committee may employ and retain legal counsel, agents, administrators, accountants, actuaries, and such clerical, medical, accounting and bookkeeping services as it may reasonably require to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee may delegate any or all of its administrative functions, including reporting to Participants, Former Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees and other similar record keeping functions, to any one or more service providers as it deems appropriate or advisable. All fees, costs and expenses charged by any persons so employed or retained shall be paid from the Trust unless sooner paid by one or more Participating Employers.

Section 16.9 Indemnification of the Committee .

The Participating Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee, each member thereof, counsel, accountants, employees, and the officers and trustees of Participating Employers, from any and all liability, claim, or demand asserted against them with respect to their respective acts or omissions with respect to the Plan provided that with respect to any person who is a fiduciary under any provision of the Code or ERISA, such act or omission to act was not the result of such person’s bad faith. As part of such indemnification and holding harmless, the Company shall provide counsel chosen by it and shall pay all expenses in connection with opposing any such claim, demand or asserted liability. Nothing herein shall be deemed a limitation upon any other protection which any such fiduciary may be entitled under

 

44


any provision hereof or any doctrine of common law, any relevant statutory provision or the terms of the Charter, Certificate of Incorporation, or By-laws of any Affiliated Employer or any resolution or other action of the Board or its Executive Committee. The provisions of this Section 16.9 shall not be deemed to be applicable with respect to any action by any fiduciary claiming the benefits of this provision unless such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of any Affiliated Corporation or, in the best interest of the Participants, Former Participants or Beneficiaries and consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

Section 16.10 Designation of Forms by Committee .

The Committee may designate forms for all documents, instruments and communications (which forms it may change from time to time) which it deems reasonable for the designation of Beneficiaries, the election of optional modes of distribution, and any other forms which it deems necessary or advisable for proper administration of the Plan. The Committee may also accept any other forms of documents, instruments or communications as it deems reasonable, but shall be under no obligation to accept any other forms of documents, instruments or communications and may refuse or refrain to act upon or give effect to any such other forms of documents, instruments or communications. No document, instrument or communication shall be effective under the Plan unless it is in a form designated or otherwise accepted by and filed with the Committee. The Committee may treat any document, instrument or communication filed with an Affiliated Employer, or a service provider designated by an Affiliated Employer for such purposes, or accepted by an Affiliated Employer, or any such service provider, as having been filed or accepted, or both, as the case may be, with the Committee.

Section 16.11 Acknowledgment of Benefits .

If requested by the Committee, the Trustee, or any Participating Employer, a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary or other person shall be required as a condition of receiving any benefits hereunder to acknowledge the correctness of the computation of such benefits and to release any other claim which he might have. If such person fails to execute any such requested acknowledgment or release, no benefits shall be distributed to him until there is a judicial determination as to the amount of his benefits, or until the party or parties requesting such acknowledgment or release withdraw such request. Nothing herein shall be deemed in any way to limit the power and authority of the Committee and the Trustee under this Plan.

Section 16.12 Delegation by Committee .

The Committee may, upon approval of a majority of its members:

(a) allocate among any of the members of the Committee any of the responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan or;

(b) designate any person, firm or corporation that is not a member of the Committee to carry out any of the responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan. Any such allocation or designation shall be made pursuant to a written instrument executed by a majority of the members of the Committee.

 

45


Section 16.13 Information Furnished by Affiliated Employer .

The Company shall cause each Affiliated Employer to furnish to the Committee or any service provider approved by it all information and data necessary for the Committee to administer the Plan, including but not limited to, a list of Employees eligible to become Participants, notification of each Employee becoming so eligible, the Allocation Compensation and Total Compensation of all Participants, the date of hire of all Participants, the age of all Participants and any other information requested by the Committee and reasonably determined by it to be advisable in discharging its duties hereunder. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on such information as being accurate and complete unless such information is challenged by any Employee in a writing addressed to the Committee, in which event the Committee shall determine the accuracy of such information to the extent that such questions raised by such Employee are within the scope of the Committee’s powers and authority under this Article XVI. The Company or its delegees or delegees (including any service provider) shall be responsible for all record keeping including the allocations and investment results allocable to accounts.

Article XVII

Amendment, Termination and Tax Qualification

Section 17.1 Right to Amend .

The Company reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to modify or amend the Plan and Trust Agreement or both in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such amendment or modification:

(a) shall have the effect of vesting in any Affiliated Employer any portion of the principal or income of the Trust Fund; or

(b) shall cause or permit any portion of the principal or income of the Trust Fund to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of present or future Participants and their Beneficiaries and to defray the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; or

(c) shall increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without its written consent; or

(d) shall reduce any amounts credited to any Account unless such reduction appears to the Company, the Compensation Committee or the Committee to be necessary or reasonably advisable in order to conform with any statute, regulation, ruling or other official promulgation by any agency of the United States of America or any judicial decision compliance with which is necessary or reasonably advisable in order that the Trust, the Plan, the Participating Employers and the Participants be entitled to the tax benefits to which they are entitled at the Effective Date the Code if the Plan is a plan described as a qualified plan in Sections 401(a) of the Code and as an employee stock ownership plan (as described in Section 20.8), or that the Trust, the Plan and the Participating Employers not be in violation of any provision of ERISA.

 

46


Section 17.2 Procedure to Amend.

(a) The Company’s power to amend the Plan may be exercised in any way and to any extent by the Compensation Committee without further action by or on behalf of the Bank to authorize such amendment, and any such amendment may be executed consistent with the effective dates, if any, set forth in the action of the Compensation Committee by any officer of the Bank authorized by or pursuant to any action taken by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive Committee of the Board may also exercise such power of amendment to the extent either deem it appropriate to do so.

(b) The power of the Company to amend the Plan may further be exercised by its President and Chief Executive Officer with respect to provisions dealing with matters of administration, including compliance with any legal requirements described in Section 10.1(d), provided that such amendments are recommended by the Committee and such officer determines that such amendments are not likely to result in substantial expense to one or more Participating Employers by way of additional contributions to the Plan. The reasonable determination of the President and Chief Executive Officer as to any amendment being within the scope of his authority hereunder shall be conclusive. In the event of the absence or other unavailability of the President and Chief Executive Officer, any member of the Committee so authorized by the President and Chief Executive Officer may execute any amendment provided for in this Subsection (b).

Section 17.3 No Obligation or Liability.

The Company has established and each Participating Employer has adopted and will adopt the Plan with the intention and expectation that it will continue to make contributions to the Trust indefinitely, but neither Company shall not be under any obligation or liability whatsoever to continue such contributions or to maintain the Plan and may, in its sole discretion, discontinue such contributions or terminate the Plan or Trust at any time without incurring any liability whatsoever for such discontinuance. The Plan may be terminated by formal action of the Board or its Executive Committee or the Compensation Committee without further authority.

Section 17.4 Continuation of Trust.

The Plan and Trust shall terminate upon dates or times specified in a notice of termination executed by the Bank and delivered to the Trustee. Unless it is specified in such notice that the Trust shall terminate upon a date certain, or described therein, the Trust shall continue until all interests are distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan including the provisions of this Article XVII.

Section 17.5 Effect of Termination .

In the event of complete termination or any partial termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, all unallocated contributions shall be allocated, and the total Accounts of all Participants shall become nonforfeitable, as of the date thereof; provided, however, that in the event of a partial termination only the Accounts of Participants subject to the partial termination shall become nonforfeitable. In the event of termination of the Trust coincident with or following the termination of the Plan, the balance of each Account shall

 

47


be distributed as promptly as practicable Participants and Beneficiaries; (ii) if the Participant consents, in a lump sum, or (iii) as otherwise provided under the Code and regulations thereunder. To the extent not paid by any Participating Employer, all expenses of administration ordinarily payable by Participating Employers and of termination, after the date of termination, shall be apportioned to each Account in the proportion which the balance of such Account bears on the date of such termination to the balances of all such Accounts with appropriate adjustments to reflect any partial distribution of any Account.

Section 17.6 Conformity to Internal Revenue Code.

The Participating Employers have established the Plan with the intent that the Plan and Trust will at all times be qualified under Section 401(a) and exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code and constitute a qualified employer stock ownership plan as described in Section 20.8 and with the intent that contributions under the Plan will be allowed as deductions in computing the net income of the Participating Employers for federal income tax purposes, and the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be construed to effectuate such intentions. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore provided, the Plan and the Trust Agreement may be amended at any time without prior notice to Participants, Former Participants, Beneficiaries or any other persons entitled to benefits, if such amendment is deemed by the Board to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate such intent.

Section 17.7 Contingent Nature of Contributions.

(a) All Discretionary Contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of a determination that the Plan and Trust are qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and exempt under section 501(a) of the Code. If the Participating Employers apply to the Internal Revenue Service for such a determination within 90 days after the date on which it files its federal income tax return for its taxable year that includes the last day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is adopted, and if the Internal Revenue Service issues a determination that the Plan and Trust are not so qualified or exempt, all Discretionary Contributions made by the Participating Employers prior to the date of receipt of such a determination may, at the election of the Participating Employers, be returned to the Participating Employers within one year after the date of such determination.

(b) All Discretionary Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions to the Plan are made upon the condition that such Discretionary Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions will be allowed as a deduction in computing the net income of an Affiliated Employer for federal income tax purposes. To the extent that any such deduction is disallowed, the amount disallowed may, at the election of the Participating Employers, be returned to the Participating Employers within one year after the deduction is disallowed.

(c) Any contribution to the Plan made by the Participating Employers as a result of a mistake of fact may, at the election of the Participating Employers, be returned to the Participating Employers within one year after such contribution is made.

 

48


Article XVIII

Special Rules for Top Heavy Plan Years

Section 18.1 In General.

As of the Determination Date for each Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall determine whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan in accordance with the provisions of this Article XVIII. If, as of such Determination Date, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, then the Plan Year immediately following such Determination Date shall be a Top Heavy Plan Year and the special provisions of this Article XVIII shall be in effect; provided, however, that if, as of the Determination Date for the Plan Year in which the Effective Date occurs, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, such Plan Year shall be a Top Heavy Plan Year, and the provisions of this Article XVIII shall be given retroactive effect for such Plan Year.

Section 18.2 Definition of Top Heavy Plan.

(a) Subject to Section 18.2(c), the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date: (i) it is not a member of a Required Aggregation Group, and (ii)(A) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees exceeds 60% of (B) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees (excluding former Key Employees), former Employees (excluding former Key Employees and other former Employees who have not performed any services for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the immediately preceding Plan Year), and their Beneficiaries.

(b) Subject to Section 18.2(c), the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date: (i) the Plan is a member of a Required Aggregation Group, and (ii)(A) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees under all plans that are members of the Required Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of (B) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees (excluding former Key Employees), former Employees (excluding former Key Employees and other former Employees who have not performed any services for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the immediately preceding Plan Year), and their Beneficiaries under all plans that are members of the Required Aggregation Group.

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 18.2(a) and 18.2(b), the Plan is not a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date: (i) the Plan is a member of a Permissible Aggregation Group, and (ii)(A) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees under all plans that are members of the Permissible Aggregation Group does not exceed 60% of (B) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees (excluding former Key Employees), former Employees (excluding former Key Employees and other former Employees who have not performed any services for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the immediately preceding Plan Year), and their Beneficiaries under all plans that are members of the Permissible Aggregation Group.

Section 18.3 Determination Date.

The Determination Date for the Plan Year in which the Effective Date occurs shall be the last day of such Plan Year, and the Determination Date for each Plan Year beginning

 

49


after the Plan Year in which the Effective Date occurs shall be the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The Determination Date for any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer for a plan year shall be the last day of the preceding plan year of each such plan, except that in the case of the first plan year of such plan, it shall be the last day of such first plan year.

Section 18.4 Cumulative Accrued Benefits.

(a) An individual’s Cumulative Accrued Benefits under this Plan as of a Determination Date are equal to the sum of:

(i) the balance credited to such individual’s Account under this Plan as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding the Determination Date;

(ii) the amount of any Discretionary Contributions or Loan Repayment Contributions made after such Valuation Date but on or before the Determination Date; and

(iii) the amount of any distributions of such individual’s Cumulative Accrued Benefits under the Plan (including distributions under terminated plans that would have been included in the Required Aggregation Group if not terminated) during the five-year period (for in-service distributions) or one-year period (for all distributions other than in-service distributions) ending on the Determination Date.

For purposes of this Section 18.4(a), the computation of an individual’s Cumulative Accrued Benefits, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account, will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(b) For purposes of this Plan, the term “Cumulative Accrued Benefits” with respect to any other qualified plan, shall mean the cumulative accrued benefits determined for purposes of Section 416 of the Code under the provisions of such plans.

(c) For purposes of determining the top heavy status of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissible Aggregation Group, the Cumulative Accrued Benefits under this Plan and the Cumulative Accrued Benefits under any other plan shall be determined as of the Determination Date that falls within the same calendar year as the Determination Dates for all other members of such Required Aggregation Group or Permissible Aggregation Group.

Section 18.5 Key Employees.

(a) For purposes of the Plan, the term Key Employee means any employee or former employee of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer who is at any time during the current Plan Year:

(i) a Five Percent Owner;

 

50


(ii) a person who would be described in Section 1.25 if the number “1%” were substituted for the number “5%” in Section 1.25 and who has an annual Total Compensation from the Employer and any Affiliated Employer of more than $150,000; or

(iii) an Officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer who has an annual Total Compensation greater than $135,000 (or any greater amount as specified in Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i) of the Code) for the Plan Year.

(b) For purposes of Section 18.5(a):

(i) for purposes of Section 18.5(a)(iii), in the event the Employer or any Affiliated Employer has more officers than are considered Officers, the term Key Employee shall mean those officers, up to the maximum number, with the highest annual compensation in any one of the five consecutive Plan Years ending on the Determination Date; and

(ii) for purposes of Section 18.5(a)(ii), if two or more persons have equal ownership interests in the Employer, each such person shall be considered as having a larger ownership interest than any such person with a lower annual compensation from the Employer or any Affiliated Employer.

(c) For purposes of Section 18.5(a): (i) a person’s compensation from Affiliated Employers shall be aggregated, but his ownership interests in Affiliated Employers shall not be aggregated; (ii) an employee shall only be deemed to be an officer if he has the power and responsibility of a person who is an officer within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code; and (iii) the term Key Employee shall also include the Beneficiary of a deceased Key Employee.

Section 18.6 Required Aggregation Group.

For purposes of this Article XVIII, a Required Aggregation Group shall consist of (a) this Plan; (b) any other qualified plans currently maintained (or previously maintained and terminated within the five year period ending on the Determination Date) by the Employer and any Affiliated Employers that cover Key Employees; and (c) any other qualified plans currently maintained (or previously maintained and terminated within the five year period ending on the Determination Date) by the Employer or any Affiliated Employers that cover Key Employees that are required to be aggregated for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code.

Section 18.7 Permissible Aggregation Group.

For purposes of this Article XVIII, a Permissible Aggregation Group shall consist of (a) the Required Aggregation Group and (b) any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer and any Affiliated Employers; provided, however, that the Permissible Aggregation Group must satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Code.

 

51


Section 18.8 Special Requirements During Top Heavy Plan Years.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for each Top Heavy Plan Year, in the case of a Participant (other than a Key Employee) on the last day of such Top Heavy Plan Year who is not also a participant in another qualified plan which satisfies the minimum contribution and benefit requirements of Section 416 of the Code with respect to such Participant, the sum of the Discretionary Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions made with respect to such Participant, when expressed as a percentage of his Total Compensation for such Top Heavy Plan Year, shall not be less than 3% of such Participant’s Total Compensation for such Top Heavy Plan Year or, if less, the highest combined rate, expressed as a percentage of Total Compensation at which Discretionary Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions were made on behalf of a Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year. The Employer shall make an additional contribution to the Account of each Participant to the extent necessary to satisfy the foregoing requirement. Such minimum contribution shall be made under this Plan rather than requiring additional contributions under the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan or the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan or any successor to either such Plan pursuant to the Top Heavy provisions of either such Plan or any such successor.

Article XIX

Participating Employers

Section 19.1 Adoption by Affiliated Employer.

The Plan is subject to adoption (with or without retroactive effect) by any Affiliated Employer provided the Company consents to such adoption.

Section 19.2 Contributions by Participating Employers.

Subject to the provisions of Section 19.4 hereof, the contributions under the Plan to be made by Participating Employers for a Plan Year shall be made in the proportions to which they agree.

Section 19.3 All Rights Exercisable by Company.

Except as provided in Section 19.4 hereof, all rights under the Plan (including this Article XIX) of the Company or Bank (whether acting by its respective Board of Directors or Committee thereof) and of the Compensation Committee respectively, shall be exercisable by such entity or committee. Any amendments made by it shall be fully effective with respect to each plan which then includes this Plan pursuant to this Article.

Section 19.4 Amendment by Participating Employers.

At any time any Participating Employer (other than the Company) (a) may amend or terminate the Plan as to its employees so as to no longer include them in the Plan, and (b) shall so amend the Plan upon thirty (30) days notice so to do from the Company. Any such employer shall nevertheless be considered a Participating Employer with respect to the period preceding and during which its plan incorporated the Plan.

 

52


Article XX

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 20.1 No Employment Contract.

Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan, nor the establishment of the Trust, shall be deemed to be a contract between any Participating Employer and its Employees. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Participating Employer or to interfere with the right of any Participating Employer to discharge any Employee at any time, or to give any Participating Employer the right to require any Employee to remain in its employ or to interfere with any Employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Section 20.2 Non-Alienation of Benefits, QDROs.

(a) The Plan and Trust have been established to provide for the support of Participants and their Beneficiaries. Therefore, the interest hereunder of any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary shall not be subject to being assigned or alienated by any method and shall not be subject to attachment by or otherwise available by an process whatsoever to his creditors.

(b) If any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary is adjudicated bankrupt, or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, encumber or charge any benefit under the Plan, or if such benefit is made the subject of any garnishment, attachment or other similar legal process, then such benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, and in that event the Trustee shall hold or apply the same, or any part thereof, to or for the benefit of such Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary in such manner as the Trustee may determine.

(c) This Section 20.2 shall not prohibit the Plan Administrator from recognizing a Domestic Relations Order that is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with Section 20.16.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s, Former Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Accounts under the Plan may be offset by any amount such Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary is required or ordered to pay to the Plan if:

(i) the order or requirement to pay arises: (A) under a judgment issued on or after August 5, 1997 of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (B) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court on or after August 5, 1997 in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA; or (C) pursuant to a settlement agreement entered into on or after August 5, 1997 between the Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary and one or both of the United States Department of Labor and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA by a fiduciary or any other person; and

 

53


(ii) the judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s, Former Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefits under the Plan.

Section 20.3 Mergers and Consolidations of Company

In the event that the Company shall merge or consolidate into or sell substantially all of its operating assets (whether or not the Company is liquidated or dissolved as part of the same transaction or subsequent thereto) to another corporation (hereinafter “Successor Corporation”), such Successor Corporation may assume the Plan. In the event that any Successor Corporation assumes the Plan, then after consummation of any such merger, consolidation, or sale, the Plan and Trust shall continue and each reference to the Company or People’s United Financial, Inc. (a) shall be deemed to refer to such Successor Corporation, and (b) shall no longer be deemed to refer to People’s United Financial, Inc. except that each such reference (i) shall be deemed to include references to People’s United Financial, Inc., or (ii) shall be deemed to exclude reference to any Successor Corporation, or (iii) both (i) and (ii), whenever such inclusion or exclusion is necessary so as to avoid depriving any Participant or any Employee of any rights or interest accrued hereunder, or any right to participate in the Plan once the eligibility requirements of the Plan are met, or failing to give full credit for all services to the any Affiliated Employer prior to such merger, consolidation or sale or diminishing or adversely affecting such rights of such Employees in any way whatsoever.

Section 20.4 Governing Law

The Plan shall be governed by the law of the State of Connecticut including federal law to the extent it is part of or preempts such state law.

Section 20.5 Participants Limited to Assets of Fund

In the event of any termination or partial termination of the Plan, complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan or any suspension or curtailment of such contributions, the remedies of all Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries and any other person claiming an interest shall be limited to the assets of the Fund for provision of their benefits under the Plan, and they shall be entitled to no other remedy from any Affiliated Employer.

Section 20.6 Severability of Provisions

Should any provision of the Plan be found invalid under the laws of the State of Connecticut, such provision shall be deemed null and void, but all of the provisions not so found invalid shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 20.7 Mergers and Consolidations of Plans

In the event this Plan is merged or consolidated with any other employee retirement plan or this Plan’s assets or liabilities are transferred to any other employee retirement plan, each Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary and other person entitled to benefits shall, if the Plan is then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then been terminated.

 

54


Section 20.8 Status as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

It is intended that the Plan constitute an “employee stock ownership plan,” as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA. The Plan shall be construed and administered to give effect to such intent.

Section 20.9 Claims Procedure

(a) If a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing with the Committee. (If no claim is received by the Committee within 60 days after he receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Committee’s determination shall be final.)

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

When a claim for benefits is made under Plan, the Committee is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee may notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of your appeal adverse to your position.

 

55


(b) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing with the Committee.

(i) The written claim for review must be filed within 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Committee’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to your claim for benefits.

(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the claim is denied, the notice will include:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 20.9 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

(d) Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 20.9 or pursuant to subsection (c) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

 

56


(e) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

(f) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

Section 20.10 Agent For Legal Process

The Bank shall act as agent for legal process of the Plan subject to (a) the right of the Company to designate another such agent (which may be the Company) and (b) the Company’s or the Bank’s right to designate an individual or agent as such agent.

Section 20.11 Insurance Company

No Insurance Company shall be considered a party to the Plan or Trust, nor shall any Insurance Company have any responsibility for the validity of the Plan or the Trust. The duty and liability of any Insurance Company is only as stated in any contract it may issue.

Section 20.12 Dates

Whenever any action by the Trustee, the Compensation Committee, the Committee, the Bank, a Participant, a Former Participant or a Beneficiary or any other person must be taken within a period ending on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, such period shall be extended to the first day following the end of such period which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 20.13 Incapacity of Distributee

In the event the Committee or the Trustee deem any person incapable of receiving benefits to which he is entitled by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other legal incapacity, the Committee may direct the Trustee, or the Trustee may determine, to make payment by applying the same directly for the benefit of any such person or by paying the same to any person selected by the Committee or the Trustee which person has agreed in writing to use and apply the same for the benefit of such person. Any such payments made, to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of any Affiliated Employer, the Committee and the Trustee under the Plan to the person entitled to receive such benefit, and none of the Affiliated Employers, the Committee and the Trustee shall have any responsibility for seeing that such agreement to use such sums for such person are actually carried out.

 

57


Section 20.14 Limitation Year

For purposes of Section 415 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Plan Year shall be deemed to be the Plan Limitation Year.

Section 20.15 Recapture of Erroneous Payments

In the event that, for any reason, it is discovered that amounts have been paid to a Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary in excess of the amounts owed to him as a result of erroneous allocations to his Account, failure to recognize events classified as a partial termination, clerical or computational errors or otherwise, the Plan shall have a right against such payee to recover the amount of such excess; provided, however, that the Committee may determine that as a result of the administrative problems and costs and expenses of collection involved, such rights shall not be enforced.

Section 20.16 Benefits Payable Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

Any prohibition in Section 20.2 of the Plan against the assignment or alienation of benefits shall not apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to (i) a qualified domestic relations order entered on or after January 1, 1985, (ii) any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, provided benefits are being paid pursuant to such order as of such date; or (iii) any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, provided the Plan Administrator determines to treat such order as a qualified domestic relations order. To the extent consistent with such a qualified domestic relations order so affecting any benefit under the Plan, an alternate payee may withdraw all or any part of such benefit so assigned or granted to him and such benefit shall not be payable to any other person under this Plan, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except to the extent provided in such qualified domestic relations order. The terms “qualified domestic relations order” and “domestic relations order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 414(p) of the Code. To the extent consistent with a qualified domestic relations order or domestic relations order so affecting any benefit under the Plan effective January 1, 1995, an alternate payee may withdraw all or any part of such benefits assigned or granted to him.

Section 20.17 USERRA

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

Section 20.18 Construction of Language.

Wherever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural, words used in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the feminine and the neuter. Any reference to an Article or Section number shall refer to an Article or Section of the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.

 

58


Section 20.19 Headings.

The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

  Philip R. Sherringham
  Chief Financial Officer
April 16, 2007

 

59

Exhibit 10.24(a)

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

of People’s United Financial, Inc.

Amendment No. 1

People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby amends the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Plan”) pursuant to its power so to do as provided in Section 17.1 and 17.2 of the Plan as hereinafter set forth.

 

  1. Section 1.4 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Section 1.4. Bank means People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank, and prior to June 7, 2007, its predecessor People’s Bank, and any successor to said People’s United Bank.”

 

  2. Section 1.13 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Section 1.13. Disability ’ means any disability or ill health which results in a Participant being unable to perform the regular duties of his regular occupation as determined by a third party administrator selected by the Committee; and for purposes of determining whether a Participant is subject to a Disability, the Committee may rely on the determination of a third party which administers such Participant’s Affiliated Employer’s disability program or the determination of such other third party as the Committee may reasonably determine, provided such third party makes such determination for one or more purposes other than the terms of this Plan and/or any other retirement Plan maintained by the Bank or any other Affiliated Employer.”

 

  3. Section 3.1 is hereby amended as follows:

A. The following sentence is hereby added at the beginning of Section 3.1: “References in the Plan to “Credited Service” shall be to Credited Service as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of this Article III.”

B. The words “disability”, “retirement” and the comma after death are hereby deleted from the first sentence of Section 3.1.

C. The words and number “two (2) years” are hereby deleted from each of clause (a) and (c) of such Section 3.1 and in each case the words and number “one (1) year” shall replace such deleted phrase.


D. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 3.1. “References to service as herein shall not include any service as an independent contractor of any Affiliated Employer or employer described in Section 3.2 for purposed of this Article III.”

4. Subsection (b) of Section 12.2 is hereby amended by deleting the word “or” immediately preceding clause (v) and adding a semicolon at the end of such clause (v) and the following: “(vi) either held as provided in Section 12.2 (b) (i) or distributed as provided in Section 12.2(b)(iii), as each person shall elect for his own Account”.

5. The following subparagraph (D) is added to Section 12.3(c)(ii) immediately after Paragraph (C) of said 12.3(c)(ii):

“(D) In the event that the provisions of this Paragraph 12.3(c )(ii) would otherwise be literally applicable but for the fact that there has been no prior Plan Year because the applicable record date occurs during the first Plan Year, then the terms of this Paragraph shall be applied by substituting for the prior Plan Year the portion of the first Plan Year terminating on the applicable record date.”

6. Section 13.2 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Section 13.2 Method of Distribution .

(a) In the event a Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers has been terminated, distribution of his vested Accounts shall be made in one single distribution. The time at which such distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section 13.2 shall be designated by the Participant except as otherwise provided in this Article XIII and is subject to the notice requirements of Section 13.3 hereof. Under all options, unless the Participant otherwise elects, distribution shall be made not later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following occurs: (i) the Participant attains age 65; (ii) the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the Participant terminates his service with all Affiliated Employers. Subject to the terms of Section 13.1 hereof, a Participant’s failure or delay in electing a distribution option in accordance with the provisions of this Article XIII shall be considered an election to defer distribution. In any event distribution under any option shall not be required to be made earlier than 30 days following termination of such Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers for any reason.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIII to the contrary, if a Participant’s employment with all Affiliated Employers is terminated, and the total value of his vested Account as of the most recent Valuation Date immediately preceding his Distribution Date does not exceed $5,000, the Committee shall cause to be distributed to such Participant in a single distribution the entire value of the vested portion of his Account as soon as administratively practicable; and the non-vested portion, if any, will be forfeited. If a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the total value of the

 

2


Participant’s vested portion of his Account exceeds $5,000 on the applicable Valuation Date and if at a later time the value of such vested portion is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the Participant will receive a distribution of such vested portion as soon as administratively practicable; and the non-vested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. In the event distribution is to be made to a Participant pursuant to this subsection (b), such Participant may elect to have such distribution made in cash or in whole Shares (provided, however that fractional Shares will be paid in cash), and if no such election is made, distribution will be made in the form of cash.

(c) In the event a single sum distribution greater than $1,000 is to be made to a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 13.2(b), and such Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by such Participant in a direct rollover in accordance with Section 13.7 or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Subsection 13.2(b), then the Plan Administrator shall direct payment of the distribution in a direct rollover in cash to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator; provided however that in the event the value of such vested portion is less than $200, such Participant shall have no option with respect to distribution thereof, and the entire vested portion shall be distributed to him in cash.”

7. Subsection (e) is amended by substituting the word “distribution” in place of “sum” in the first sentence thereof and further by adding at the end of the last sentence thereof the following:

“In the event distribution is to be made to a Beneficiary pursuant to this subsection (b), such Beneficiary may elect to have such distribution made in cash or in whole Shares (provided, however that fractional Shares will be paid in cash), and if no such election is made, distribution will be made in the form of cash.”

8. Section 13.6 is hereby amended by adding at the end of the last sentence thereof the following: “except to the extent the provisions of Section 13.2 or 13.5 provide such distribution is to be made all in cash”.

9. Section 13.7 is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The following sentence is hereby added to Subsection (a) thereof:

“Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.”

 

3


(b) Subsection (b) thereof is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a State, political subdivision of a State, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or a political subdivision of a State and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.”

10. The following is hereby added at the end of Section 14.5:

“For purposes of this Section 14.5 a “Pending Change in Control” shall be (a) deemed to have occurred under this Plan if (1) the Company enters into a Change in Control Agreement, or (2) the CEO of the Company declares in writing that, or the Board of adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Pending Change in Control has occurred; and (b) shall be deemed terminated upon (1) an occurrence of a Change in Control or (2) termination of such Change in Control Agreement without the occurrence of a Change in Control or (3) such CEO declares in writing or the Board adopts a resolution that such Pending Change in Control no longer exists. Upon the end of a Potential Change in Control Period the Company shall waive the right to amend the Plan thereafter to the same extent as it would be able had no Pending Change in Control occurred.”

11. The amendments made hereby shall become effective as set forth herein, subject to the provisions of this paragraph. The Plan as amended may be submitted to the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with a request for a written ruling to the effect that the provisions as set forth herein will result in the Plan continuing to be a qualified Plan as set forth in the provisions of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may from time to time be amended. To the extent that any provisions contained in such amendments would contain any provision which would adversely affect such qualified status in the opinion of the IRS, such provisions, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, shall become null and void. Further, the Plan shall be subject as of the applicable effective date set forth herein to all provisions of any further amendments so made in response to any suggestions, comments or requests by any personnel of the IRS in connection with the request described in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any action for declaratory judgment is instituted

 

4


in the Tax Court in connection with any refusal or failure to issue such written determination by the IRS or any adverse action with respect to such request, the putting into effect of any such amendment shall be further postponed, but all amendments shall be made in accordance with the decision of the Tax Court or such decision as it may be altered or changed upon further proceedings before the Tax Court or any appeal therefrom, all as of the applicable effective date indicated herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment effective as of January 1, 2007.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
By:  

/s/Philip R. Sherringham

 

 

  Philip R. Sherringham   Date
  Its Acting CEO and President  

 

5

Exhibit 21

 

Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction
of Incorporation
  

Line of Business

   Ownership

People’s United Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Financial Services    100%

People’s Securities, Inc.

1000 Lafayette Boulevard

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Securities Brokerage    100%

People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.

255 Bank Street

Waterbury, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Equipment Financing    100%

R.C. Knox and Company, Inc.

1 Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Insurance Agency    100%
The address of the following wholly owned subsidiaries is 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut:
People’s Mortgage Investment Company    Connecticut    Connecticut Passive Investment Company   
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments   
PB Real Estate, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments   
Glamis Investment Corp.    Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary   
MSB Mortgage Company of Florida, Inc.    Florida    Mortgage Lending   
MSB Real Estate Corp.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments   
Pow-Dan Corporation    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments   

Caprice Properties, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of MSB

Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development   

CMSB Enterprises of Florida, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of MSB

Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development   

DelRay Properties, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of MSB

Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development   


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction
of Incorporation
     Line of Business

Stonebridge Golf and Country Club

Partnership (a 50% subsidiary of CMSB

Enterprises of Florida, Inc. and a 50%

subsidiary of Caprice Properties, Inc.)

   Florida      Real Estate Investment

Wycliffe Golf & Country Club

Partnership (an 85% subsidiary of CMSB

Enterprises of Florida, Inc. and a 15%

subsidiary of Caprice Properties, Inc.)

   Florida      Real Estate Investment

1401 Farmington Avenue Joint Venture

(50% owned by MSB Real Estate

Corp. and 50% owned by Pow-Dan Corporation)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Development

PB Real Estate #1, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #2, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #3, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #4, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #5, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #6, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #7, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #8, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

 

2


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction
of Incorporation
     Line of Business

PB Real Estate #9, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #10, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Massachusetts, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Massachusetts      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate of New York, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   New York      Real Estate Investment

1523 Chapel Street, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #11, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #12, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #13, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #14, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #15, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #16, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #17, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of

PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut      Real Estate Investment

 

3

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-140865 and No. 333-142119) of our reports dated February 28, 2008, with respect to the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, which reports appear in the December 31, 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2008

Exhibit 31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

CERTIFICATION

I, Philip R. Sherringham, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2008    

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM         

    Philip R. Sherringham
   

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

Section 1350 Certification

Executive Certification

pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to the best of the officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2007.

This Certification is made effective as of the date the Report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

Philip R. Sherringham

Chief Executive Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 99.1

Impact of Inflation

The consolidated financial statements and other financial information presented in the Annual Report (Exhibit 13) have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

Exhibit 99.2

Other Statistical Data

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity (based on final payment date) and interest rate sensitivity (based on next repricing date) of People’s United Financial’s construction loans and commercial loans:

 

As of December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
   After One
Year Through
Five Years
   After
Five Years
   Total

Contractual maturity:

           

Construction loans:

           

Residential mortgage

   $ 95.9    $ —      $ —      $ 95.9

Commercial real estate

     232.3      293.2      81.7      607.2

Commercial loans

     408.1      1,334.0      858.1      2,600.2
                           

Total

   $ 736.3    $ 1,627.2    $ 939.8    $ 3,303.3
                           

Interest rate sensitivity:

           

Predetermined rates

   $ 56.2    $ 705.1    $ 548.4    $ 1,309.7

Variable rates

     680.1      922.1      391.4      1,993.6
                           

Total

   $ 736.3    $ 1,627.2    $ 939.8    $ 3,303.3
                           

The following table sets forth information concerning People’s United Financial’s borrowings:

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2007     2006     2005  

Federal funds purchased:

      

Balance at year end

   $ —       $ 4.1     $ 269.9  

Average outstanding during the year

     3.3       158.2       250.5  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     9.7       277.9       302.2  

Average interest rate during the year

     5.22 %     4.78 %     3.19 %

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     —         5.15       3.94  

Repurchase agreements:

      

Balance at year end

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Average outstanding during the year

     —         —         1.7  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     —         —         —    

Average interest rate during the year

     —   %     —   %     2.41 %

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     —         —         —    
                        

Exhibit 99.3

Management’s Report on the Effectiveness of

Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

Management Report

Financial Statements

Management of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the published consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and include some amounts that are based on judgments and estimates of People’s United Financial’s management.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of People’s United Financial is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports (“Thrift Financial Report Instructions”). This internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

There are inherent limitations in any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Management assessed People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Thrift Financial Report Instructions as of December 31, 2007. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, People’s United Financial maintained effective internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Thrift Financial Report Instructions.

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

People’s United Financial’s management is also responsible for compliance with the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, and the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders, which have been designated by the Office of Thrift Supervision as safety and soundness laws and regulations for purposes of this Management Report.

Management assessed People’s United Financial’s compliance with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness. Based on this assessment, management believes that People’s United Financial complied, in all significant respects, with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness for the year ended December 31, 2007.

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

Philip R. Sherringham

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2008

Exhibit 99.4

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm on

Management’s Assessment Regarding Internal

Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited People’s United Financial, Inc.’s (“People’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, management’s assessment and our audit of People’s internal control over financial reporting included People’s United Bank’s controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the Office of Thrift Supervision Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2008